the 6th annual student scientific conference in english

ISSN 2686-9454

Ministry of Science and Higher Education of the Russian FederationFar Eastern Federal University

School of Natural Sciences

The 6TH ANNUAL STUDENTSCIENTIFIC CONFERENCE IN ENGLISH

Vladivostok

27 – 31 May 2019

CONFERENCE PROCEEDINGS

Scientific electronic publication

VladivostokFar Eastern Federal University

2019

© ФГАОУ ВО «ДВФУ», 2019

THE 6th ANNUAL STUDENT SCIENTIFIC CONFERENCE IN ENGLISHVladivostok, 27–31 May 2019

2

UDC 082LBC 94.3

T44Editorial board:

Chief editor - A.V. MalyuginScientific editors - I.L. Artemeva, K.R. Frolov, K.V. Gorobets, L.G.

Moskovchenko, A.V. Shirokova.Editors - G.L. Ardeeva, Yu.O. Kamornaya, V.B. Kolycheva, E.V.

Kravchenko, I.N. Lazareva, O.K. Titova, I.F. Veremeeva.

The 6th annual student scientific conference in English,Vladivostok, 27–31 May 2019 [Electronic resource]: conferenceproceedings / Chief editor A.V. Malyugin. – Electr. dat. –Vladivostok: Far Eastern Federal University, 2019. Uniform ResourceLocator: https://www.dvfu.ru/schools/school_of_natural_sciences/sciences/the-conference/. – Title screen.

ISSN 2686-9454

The collected volume contains proceedings of the contest of scientificreports in English and the results of scientific studies made by students,master's degree students and postgraduate students of the School of NaturalSciences, FEFU 27 – 31 May 2019.

UDC 082LBC 94.3

Text electronic editionMinimum System Requirements:

Минимальные системные требования:Web browser Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher,

Opera version 7.0 or higher,Google Chrome version 3.0 or higher

A computer with Internet access

Posted on the website of 09.11.2019

Far Eastern Federal University690950, Vladivostok, Sukhanova st., 8

E-mail: [email protected]

© FEFU, 2019

T44

Volume 2,5 MB

3

CONTENTS

Section I. BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY...................................................................................... 8Egorova E.L. HIPPOCAMPAL INFLAMMATION IN CONDITIONS OF CHRONICNEUROPATHIC PAIN ...........................................................................................................8Gnetetsky A.V. SPATIAL STRUCTURE OF THE NON -DISTURBED KOREAN PINE –BROAD LEAVED FORESTS ON THE TERRITORY OF THE SOUTH OF THEPRIMORSKY KRAI OF RUSSIA ..........................................................................................9Gornikov D.V. THE STUDY OF THE FIRST AND SECOND UPPER MOLARS OF THEKOREAN FIELD MOUSE....................................................................................................12Iagodina V.D. RESEARCH OF GENETIC VARIABILITY OF APOSTICHOPUSJAPONICUS ACCORDING TO MICROSATELLITE LOCI ..............................................13Juliardi Adrio THE DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF FISH IN POLLUTED WATER(CASE STUDY OF THE SIAK RIVER, RIAU PROVINCE, INDONESIA)......................14Kalinina K.A. STUDYING PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONSHIPS WITHIN THENEPOVIRUS GENUS............................................................................................................15Kolesnikova D.A. ISOLATION OF POTASSIUM SOLUBILISING MICROORGANISMSAND EVALUATION OF THEIR INFLUENCE ON THE GERMINATION OF SEEDS OFCEREALS CROPS ................................................................................................................16Koop V.K. ENVIRONMENTAL ADVANTAGES OF PRODUCING AND USINGBIOGAS AT THE ENTERPRISES OF THE AGROINDUSTRIAL COMPLEX INPRIMORSKY KRAI..............................................................................................................17Pereverzeva A.O., Yugay Y.A., Shkryl Y.N., Bulgakov V.P. GENOMIC EDITING OF THEHOS1 GENE REPRESSOR OF COLD-RESPONSIVE GENES IN ARABIDOPSISTHALIANA .............................................................................................................................19Starinets A.A., Manzhulo I.V. ROLE OF IMMUNE CELLS IN THE PATHOPHYSIOLOGYOF NEUROTRAUMA AFTER CHRONIC CONSTRICTION OR TRANSECTION OFTHE RAT SCIATIC NERVE ................................................................................................21

Section II. CHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY ............................................ 24An G. DETERMINATION OF FRACTIONAL COMPOSITION OF OIL PRODUCTS BYA GAS-LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY ............................................................................24Belousova E.B. CO-CULTIVATION AS ONE OF THE METHODS OFBIOTRANSFORMATION OF THE SECONDARY METABOLITES OF MARINE FUNGI................................................................................................................................................26Bragina Y.А. MODELING A PROCESS OF PROPYLENE EXTRACTION FROMPROPYLENE-PROPANE FRACTION OF CRACKED GAS.............................................27Bugrov V.L. FEATURES OF SETTING UP OF PRODUCTION OF RECYCLEDGRANULATED HIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE).........................................29Chernova A. THE CHANGE OF QUALITATIVE PARAMETERS IN THE MIXTURE OFDIESEL FUEL AND MOTOR GASOLINE .........................................................................32Drankov A.N. SYNTHESIS OF MAGNETIC SORBENTS BASED ON CoFe2O4 SPININEFOR URANIUM (VI) EXTRACTION FROM DIFFERENT PH OF AQUATIC MEDIA .34Dvornitcin A.A. STUDY OF THE PROPERTIES OF NEW POROUS MONOLITHICSORBENT BASED ON POLYETHYLENE ........................................................................35


4

Еfimov I.M. MODEL OPERATION OF THE MODES OF FUNCTIONING OF ARECTIFICATION COLUMN WITH USE OF THE MODIFIED METHOD OFRELAXATIONS....................................................................................................................38Eremeeva A.A., Popov A.S. INFLUENCE OF TREATMENT OF THE PEACH OFBUCKWHEATS ON THE PHYSICAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THEPOLYMERIC COMPOSITION MATERIAL.......................................................................40Fraimovich S.А. DIESEL EMISSION IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT DURING THEPROCESS OF FUEL STORAGE..........................................................................................42Ishtokina E.I., Khrebtov A.A., Pavlov I.S., Nefedov P.S. SENSITIZED LUMINESCENCEOF A SYSTEM BASED ON POLYSTYRENE DOPED WITH THREE LUMINOPHORES................................................................................................................................................44Kalinovskii A.P. MARINE SPONGES 28S rRNA GENE PCR-AMPLIFICATION ...........46Khmelevskaya E.A., Dyshlovoy S.A., Sabutskiy Yu.E., Pelageev D.N. TIOMETHYLATIONOF 2-HYDROXYNAPHTAZARINES 1,2,3,4-TETRAACETYL-6-MERCAPTOGLUCOSE........................................................................................................47Kozhushnaia A.B. ISOLATION OF INDIVIDUAL SECONDARY METABOLITES FROMTHE MARINE SPONGE GEODIA SP. ................................................................................48Kozlovskaia Е.А. PRODUCTION AND PROPERTIES OF THE CATALYST ON THEBASIS OF IMMOBILIZED IONIC LIQUID IN THE PROCESS OF ISOMERIZATION OFN-HEXANE ...........................................................................................................................49Krivonos N.О. STUDYING THE PROCESS OF GRAPHITE CONCENTRATEFLUORINATION WITH AMMONIUM DIFLUORIDE .....................................................51Liubikh N.A. SYNTHESIS OF NITROGEN-CONTAINING ANALOGUES OFACETYLACETONATE AND DIBENZOYLMETHANATE DISULFIDES OF BORONDIFLUORIDE........................................................................................................................54Melnik A.I. EXTRACTION OF HYDROCARBONS FROM SOLUTIONS WITHNANOPORISTS SORBENTS...............................................................................................55Nefedov P.S., Khrebtov A.A., Pavlov I.S., Ishtokina E.Yu. INFLUENCE OF SILICONECONTAINING ADDITIVES ON THE ADHESION OF POLYMER FILMS TO SILICATEGLASS ...................................................................................................................................57Nesterenko L.E. SEA ANEMONE TOXINS: AN OVERVIEW OF STRUCTUREDIVERSITY AND ACTION MECHANISMS .....................................................................59Pavlov I.S., Khrebtov A.A., Nefedov P.S., Ishtokina E.U. INVESTIGATION OF THEQUENCHING OF LUMINESCENCE OF POLYCARBONATE FILMS DOPED WITHBORON CHELATES ............................................................................................................60Parkhomchuk A.P. PLASMA-ELECTROLYTIC SYNTHESIS OF COMPOSITES Ti/TiO2-WO3-MeOx(Me-Fe, Cu, Ni) ...................................................................................................62Pliugina S.A. STUDY OF STRUCTURAL DIVERSITY OF PEPTIDES-MODULATORSOF ACID-SENSING ION CHANNELS (ASICs) OF SEA ANEMONES ...........................63Popov A.S., Eremeeva A.A. THERMOPLASTIC POLYMERS FOR OBTAININGCOMPOSITE MATERIALS BASED ON PLANT RAW MATERIALS ............................64Puzyrkov Z.N. SYNTHESIS AND STUDY OF PYROCATECHOL DERIVATIVES OFβ-KETOIMINATES OF BORON..........................................................................................66Sedinkina E.S. THE COMPOSITION OF WASTE WATER GENERATED DURING THEPROCESSING OF RICE HUSK ...........................................................................................67


5

Serov А.D., Eremeeva А.А. POROUS POLYMER MEMBRANE FORMATION ONDISPERSED WASHING OUT FILLER...............................................................................68Sidelnikova A.P. Verkhusha V.A. ETHANOL LIGNINS FROM PLANT WASTE ANNUALARTICULTURAL CROPS....................................................................................................70Son E.Y. POLYSACCHARIDES OF RED ALGAE - CLASSIFICATION, METHODS OFISOLATION AND PURIFICATIONS..................................................................................72Starnovskaya S.S. ERIODICTIOL FROM LESPEDEZA CYRTOBOTRYA ..........................74Studenetsky K.S. CARBON BASED SORBENTS ...............................................................76Surits V.V. STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS AND ANTICANCER ACTIVITY OFFUCOIDANS FROM BROWN ALGAE SARGASSUM MIYABEI AND S. OLIGOCYSTUM................................................................................................................................................77Tiguntsev A.M. HYDROCARBON CRACKING UNITS IN RUSSIA................................80Timochkina A.S. THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF DRINKING WATER AT THEINSTITUTE OF CHEMISTRY FAR EASTERN BRANCH OF THE RUSSIAN ACADEMYOF SCIENCES.......................................................................................................................81Tryapkin O.A. INVESTIGATION OF THE SYNTHESIS OF 9-AMINO AND9-HYDROXYFASCAPLYSIN..............................................................................................83Tumasyeva A.R. THE MODELLING OF PYROGAS COMPOSITION DEPENDENCE ONTEMPERATURE MODE IN ETHANE THERMAL CRACKING FURNACE..................84Ushkova A.U. ISOPRENOID FROM MARINE-DERIVED FUNGUS PENICILLIUMPILTUNESE KMM 4668 .......................................................................................................86Voronkova P.A. CENTRAL GAS FRACTIONATION UNIT..............................................88Voronkova P.A., Makarcuk A.V. THE FUTURE OF POLYMERS.......................................90Shashura D.A., Privar Y.O., Bratskaya S.Y. INFLUENCE OF THE METAL CENTER TYPEON THE EFFICIENCY OF THE EXTRACTION OF FLUORINE-QUINOLONES METAL-AFFINE SORBENTS BASED ON CHITOSAN DERIVATIVES.......................................93Shkrabov R.A. FUCOIDANS ................................................................................................94Shpichko A.A. LECTINS OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES ..............................................95Zabudskaya N.E. PLASMA-ELECTROLYTIC FORMATION OF Ti/TiO2,SnOx pH-SENSITIVE POTENTIOMETRIC ELECTRODES .............................................................96Zharinov D.A. COST REDUCTION METHODS OF RECTIFICATION SEPARATION OFTHE PROPANE-PROPYLENE FRACTION .......................................................................98

Section III. EARTH SCIENCE................................................................................................ 100Belov D.V. THE DEVELOPMENT OF ECOLOGICAL TOURISM IN THEKOMSOMOLSK NATURE RESERVE .............................................................................100Degtyarenko M.N. SCALE AND DIRECTIONS OF INTERNATIONAL MIGRATION OFTHE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION ...........................................................................................103Kishkina A.K. ESTIMATION OF THE CONTENT OF INTEGRATED WATER VAPORIN THE ATMOSPHERE ACCORDING TO GNSS OBSERVATIONS ANDRADIOSONDE DATA AT THE AREA OF VLADIVOSTOK, RUSSIA.........................105Semchenko O.V. ETHNIC AND RELIGIOUS DIVERSITY IN INDIA: GEOGRAPHICCONTEXT ...........................................................................................................................106Tretyakova M.O. MODERN APPROACHES TO DRILLING WASTE PROCESSING:CONVERSION INTO TECHNOGENIC SOILS ................................................................109


6

Zhukovina M.G. THE ROLE OF ICE IN THE FORMATION OF THE SHORES OF THESEA OF OKHOTSK ............................................................................................................112

Section IV. MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCES........................................... 114Baryshnikova V.A. APPLICATION OF METHODS FOR ANALYSIS OF IMAGES INNEUROLOGY.....................................................................................................................114Borovik K.G. ON TIME-DEPENDENT PROCESSES OF HETEROGENEOUSCOMBUSTION THROUGH AXISYMMETRIC POROUS OBJECTS WITH NATURALCONVECTION....................................................................................................................116Cedrik N.O. DEVELOPMENT OF SOFTWARE FOR SUPPORTING COURSES ANDDISCIPLINES IN MATHEMATICS AND PROGRAMMING BASED ON ADAPTIVELEARNING ALGORITHMS ..............................................................................................117Gulyaeva K.A. INTELLIGENT SYSTEM FOR ORGANIC COMPOUND REACTIONCAPACITY IDENTIFICATION.........................................................................................119Konogorov A.V. MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR MONITORING PATIENTSWITH PARKINSON'S DISEASE .......................................................................................122Makovsky K.E. THE USE OF A SYSTEMIC APPROACH TO THE PROBLEM OFINFORMATION SECURITY .............................................................................................125Namsaraev Zh. MATHEMATICAL MODEL AND VISUALIZATION OF THE SENSORMOTION IN THE MAGNETIC FIELD .............................................................................127Perevolotsky V.S. METHOD OF INDEXATION FOR WEB-SEARCH IN ELECTRONICTRADING SYSTEMS.........................................................................................................128Rasskazova S.R., Ryzhkova Yu.V. RESEARCH OF OPPORTUNITIES OF NAVIGATIONINDOORS ACCORDING TO BLUETOOTH OF BEACONS ..........................................129Ryndych R.D. REVIEW OF AUXILIARY SOFTWARE FOR PATIENTS WITHPARKINSON'S DISEASE...................................................................................................131Strekalev V.O. ADAPTIVE IMMERSIVE VIRTUAL REALITY.....................................134Shelekhova A.A. DEVELOPMENT OF A SUBSYSTEM FOR FORMALIZATION ONTHE RESULTS OF OBJECTIVE EXAMINATION OF PATIENTS................................135Shulenina A.V. ESTIMATION OF MARINE TRAFFIC SAFETY ...................................137Tartynskikh P.S. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT FOR MARINE MAMMALSRESEARCH. HUMPBACK WHALE TAIL FIN PHOTO RECOGNITION.....................139Trofimova O.N. DIFFUSION APPROXIMATION FOR COLLIMATED LASERRADIATION........................................................................................................................141Vinichenko I.A. DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFTWARE COMPLEX FOR CARRYINGVIRTUAL LABORATORY WORKS ON CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY........................142Zabluda E.V. DEVELOPMENT OF DOCTOR'S LOG APPLICATION IN THE FIELD OFNEUROLOGY.....................................................................................................................144Zotov S.S., Pavlinskaya V.Yu. INTRUSION DETECTION BASED ON NEURALNETWORKS........................................................................................................................146

Section V. PHYSICS ................................................................................................................. 148Balatskiy D.V. PECULIARITIES OF MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SPINNING RIBBONFeCu1Nb3Si13.5B8..................................................................................................................148Begun A.M. NON-HERMITIAN SCALAR FIELD THEORY ..........................................149Borodaenko J.M., Budnikova J.M. MORPHOLOGICAL AND RADIATION PROPERTIESOF Fe3O4 AND Fe3O4/Ta2O5 PARTICLES.........................................................................151


7

Gerasimenyuk N.V. DETECTION OF PHASE TRANSITION VIA NEURAL NETWORK..............................................................................................................................................154Grishmanovsky I.V. STUDY OF MONOPOLE CORRELATIONS IN LATTICECOMPACT ELECTRODYNAMICS WITH CASIMIR BOUNDARY CONDITIONS ....156Kerdun Y.O. THE OPTIMIZATION OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY OF BASKETBALLPLAYERS THROUGH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY .............................................157Korneev А.А. CYLINDRICAL SYMMETRIC SOLUTIONS IN NONLINEAR SO (3)SIGMA MODEL..................................................................................................................158Lyubimov S.D. PREDICTION OF THE PHASE TRANSITION IN THE LATTICE GAUGETHEORY..............................................................................................................................160Lysenko D.M. CULTIVATING CREATIVE REPRODUCING SKILLS OF RETELLING INPRIMARY SCHOOL: INFORMATION MODEL .............................................................162Pavlova J.K., Balatskiy D.V. MÖSSBAUER STUDIES OF CORE-SHELL PARTICLESFe3O4/Ta2O5 .........................................................................................................................163Sobirov M.I., Sitnik M.A. THERMOMAGNETIC AND HYSTERESISCHARACTERISTICS OF Fe3O4 / Ta2O5 NANOPARTICLES .......................................164Sorokin M., Petrov P. MODELLING OF SOUND PROPAGATION IN COMPLICATEDSHALLOW ..........................................................................................................................167Tanashkin A.S. STATISTICAL POTTS MODEL WITH NONLOCAL INTERACTION 168Vornovskikh A.A. A NEW METHOD FOR CALCULATING THE RESIDUAL POROSITYOF TRANSPARENT MATERIALS ...................................................................................170Zorina A.A. PHYSICAL LAWS AS A MEANS OF MEMORING DANCE MOVEMENTS..............................................................................................................................................172


8

Section IBIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY

Egorova E.L.1HIPPOCAMPAL INFLAMMATION IN CONDITIONS OF CHRONIC NEUROPATHIC

PAIN1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 A.V. Zhirmunsky National Scientific Center of Marine Biology, Far Eastern Branch, RussianAcademy of Sciences

3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – I.V. Manzhulo2

Scientific consultant – G.L. Ardeeva3

Chronic neuropathic pain is a widespread debilitating disorder which is caused by injuriesof peripheral nerves [3]. It is associated with memory impairment, which implies involvement ofthe central nervous system, namely the hippocampus. This part of the brain’s limbic system isnotable for its pool of neural stem cells which continue to differentiate into neurons in adultorganisms contributing to formation of memories and learning [2].

Previous studies showed that various chronic stress conditions led to decrease in the stemcells amount, cellular proliferation and overall volume of the hippocampus [1, 4, 5]. We surmisethat chronic pain leads to pathological inflammatory activity of microglial cells, which in turn isthe reason for the observed disruption of hippocampal neurogenesis.

We used sciatic nerve injury in rat as a model for chronic neuropathic pain and employedimmunohistochemical staining and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay to measure the changesin neural cell proliferation and activity of both proinflammatory and neuroprotective microglia inthe hippocampus [Table 1]. Our results suggest the presence of inflammation in the hippocampusin conditions of chronic pain which may be the reason for associated cognitive symptoms.

This work is supported by the Russian Science Foundation under grant 17-74-20006.Table 1

Changes in cellular activity (in comparison to sham-operated group)Experimental

groupCell

proliferation(PCNA+)

Neurogenesis(DCX+)

Microglia activity

(iba1+)

Proinflammatory microglia

(CD86+)

Neuroprotective microglia

(CD163+)Chronic

constriction injuryof sciatic nerve

< < > > <

Transectionof sciatic nerve

= < = = <

References1. Abnormalities in Hippocampal Functioning with Persistent Pain / A. A. Mutso et

al. // Journal of Neuroscience. – 2012. – No. 32. – P. 5747–57562. Involvement of Adult Hippocampal Neurogenesis in Learning and Forgetting / S.

Yau et al. // Neural Plasticity. – 2015. – P. 1–133. Neuropathic pain in the general population: A systematic review of

epidemiological studies / O. van Hecke et al. // Pain. – 2014. – No. 155. – P. 654–662


9

4. Stress Increases the Negative Effects of Chronic Pain on HippocampalNeurogenesis / C. Romero-Grimaldi et al. // Anesthesia & Analgesia. – 2015. – No. 121. – P.1078–1088

5. Suppression of enriched environment-induced neurogenesis in a rodent model ofneuropathic pain / M. Terada et al. // Neuroscience Letters. – 2008. – No. 440. – P. 314–318

Gnetetsky A.V.1SPATIAL STRUCTURE OF THE NON -DISTURBED KOREAN PINE – BROAD

LEAVED FORESTS ON THE TERRITORY OF THE SOUTH OF THE PRIMORSKYKRAI OF RUSSIA

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Botanical Garden-Institute FEB RAS

3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute - School of Regionaland International Studies

Scientific adviser – A.S. Vozmicheva2


The structure of the forest community is a key factor in growth, functioning and naturaldisturbances occurring within the community [1]. At the same time, the model of spatialdistribution of plants is determined by the processes of growth, mortality and regeneration ofindividuals in the population [2]. Species in the phytocenosis can be distributed both in the areaof the phytocenosis, that is, horizontally and tiered, that is, in a vertical section, thus forming thevertical and horizontal structure of the community. The horizontal structure of the communitydepends on the type of distribution of different species in the phytocenosis. Some are distributedmore or less evenly over the area, others form clusters, and others can form dense spots that canbe separated by gaps where individuals of this species are completely absent. The study wasconducted on the permanent study area of 1 ha on the territory of the BGI FEB RAS (thecoordinates of trees with a trunk diameter more than 6 cm were measured). With the help of thesoftware Programita the distribution of trees the number of which was sufficient for a statisticallysignificant analysis was studied: horizontal structure for the entire population of trees of the firstand second tier, as well as separately - the distribution pattern of Abies holophylla, Tilia amurensis,Quercus mongolica in the first tier; Carpinus cordata and Aralia elata - in the second tier of thetree layer (Fig. 1 a-f). In our study, the horizontal distribution of trees was analyzed using the paircorrelation function g (r), the formula of which is given below (formula 1). We chose this functionfor the calculation since it allows us to estimate the simultaneous distribution in space of two ormore samples, takes into account the size of the analyzed samples and the space in which they aredistributed, and also it is not a cumulative function in contrast to the previously popular Ripley K-function. In addition, when calculating, it is easy to interpret the results by developing hypotheses(the so-called null hypotheses) with respect to the processes that control the observed regularities.


10

where g (r) is the value of the function of the studied distance, A is the gross area of the survey plot, n1 isthe sample size of the points of type 1, and n2 is the of points of type 2, xi is the location of the points oftype 1, s, yi is the location of the points of type 2, wij is a coefficient of correction of edge effects (from 0.5to 1).

The results are easily interpreted using function graphs which are then complemented bysimulation intervals constructed using the Monte Carlo method according to the chosen nullhypothesis. Exceeding of the imitation interval indicates a group distribution of individuals. If thefunction values are within the simulation interval, the distribution is random. If the function valuesare lower than the simulation interval, the distribution is uniform.

Fig. 1. The results of the analysis of point mosaics of the forest stand (one type of points) on a permanentstudy plot:

a - all trees of the first tier, b - all trees of the second tier, c - Tilia amurensis trees in the first tier, d - Quercusmongolica trees in the first tier, e - Carpinus cordata trees in the second tier, f - Aralia elata trees in the second tier,

g - Abies holophylla in the first tier

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

es g

(r)

Distance, m

aFunction g(r)Lower immitation intervalUpper imitation interval

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

esg(

r)Distance, m

b

0123456

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

esg(

r)

Distance, m

c

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

esg(

r)

Distance, m

e

0123456

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

esg(

r)

Distance, m

d

0

15

30

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

esg(

r)

Distance, m

f

0

5

10

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Func

tion

valu

esg(

r)

Distance, m

g


11

In addition, the interspecific interactions, i.e. the distribution of the second tier treesrelative to the main tier trees were analyzed (Fig. 2 a – h).

Fig. 2. The results of the analysis of point mosaics of the forest stand (two types of points) on apermanent study plot:

a - the trees Quercus mongolica and Carpinus cordata, b - the trees Tilia amurensis and Carpinus cordata, c - thetrees Abies holophylla and Carpinus cordata, d - trees of the first tier and Carpinus cordata, e - trees of the first tierand Aralia elata, f - trees Abies holophylla and Aralia elata, g - trees Qurcus mongolica and Aralia elata, h - trees

Tilia amurensis and Aralia elata

Thus, by means of the pair correlation function, a tendency to random distribution of treesof the upper tier was revealed, within which different species of trees in their biological andecological characteristics keep a tendency to grow in groups. In addition, the analysis of thehorizontal distribution of trees indicates a high degree of interspecific competition in thesubordinate tier and extreme heterogeneity of the site conditions. The revealed regularities of thedistribution of the trees of the upper tiers are probably due to the optimal use of growing conditionsby species with different competitiveness and life expectancy, which ensures the sustainabledevelopment of multi-breed forest ecosystems in the south of Primorsky Krai.

References1. Boyden, S., Binkley, D. Spatial and temporal patterns in structure, regeneration, and

mortality of an old-growth ponderosa pine forest in the Colorado Front Range // Forest ecologyand management. - 2005. - Vol. 219. - P. 43–55

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

aFunction g(r)Lower immitation intervalUpper imitation interval

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

d

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

c

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

e

0

1

2

3

1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

b

0

5

10

1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

f

0

5

10

1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

g

0

1

2

3

4

5

1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51

Funct

ion va

lues g

(r)

Distance, m

h


12

2. Suzuki, R., Numata, S., Okuda, T., Supardi, M., Kachi, N. Growth strategies differentiatethe spatial patterns of 11 dipterocarp species coexisting in a Malaysian tropical rain forest // J.Plant. Res. - 2009. - Vol. 122. - P. 81–93

Gornikov D.V.1THE STUDY OF THE FIRST AND SECOND UPPER MOLARS OF THE KOREAN

FIELD MOUSE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - I.V. Kartavtseva1


The Korean field mouse Apodemus peninsulae (Thomas, 1906) inhabits deciduous forestsof the Asian part of the Palaearctic (Central and Eastern Siberia, the Sayan Mountains, the Baikalregion, Northern Mongolia, China, Korea, the Russian Far East) and four islands (Sakhalin,Hokkaido, Russky and Stenin). Nine subspecies are distinguished for the species, but theirmorphological differences are poorly expressed [1], and opinions about the number of subspeciesof the Russian Far East based on the dimensional characteristics of the skull and body arecontradictory.

Not only the morphometric characteristics, but also the variants of the structure of theocclusal surface of molars are used as diagnostic features for many species of forest mice of thegenus Apodemus (s.str.). The description of the variability of the occlusal surface of the molars ofApodemus was made for two species of this genus distributed only in Japan: A. speciosus(Temminck, 1894) A. argenteus (Temminck, 1894) in the study of modern populations and fromfossil material [3]. The variability of the occlusal surfaces of the molars A. peninsulae has not beeninvestigated yet. For the first two types of mice, differences in the structure of the surface patternof the first and second upper molars of both modern and fossil populations of Japan are shown,which made it possible to use these features as diagnostic ones. Therefore, a study of the variabilityof the structure of the occlusal surface of the molars discovered for A. speciosus and A. argenteuscan be useful for studying the phenetics of populations of A. peninsulae. In this work themorphology of the occlusal surfaces of the first and second upper molars of 19 animals from theUssurisky Nature Reserve (Anikin Cordon) trapped by Sherman traps from August 7 to August11, 2018 was studied for the first time for the species. The photos were taken on astereomicroscope of the collective use center of the Federal Science Center for Biodiversity of theFar Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences - SteREO Discovery.V12. The study ofthe first upper molar revealed 16 variants of the structure. Twelve variants of the structure havebeen revealed for the second upper molar. Comparison of our data with literature data on thevariability of the tooth surface made it possible to identify 7 variants of the structure of the firsttooth previously described for mice (A. speciosus and A. argenteus) of this genus (s. str.) [3], aswell as 2 variants of the structure of the first tooth for a mouse (A. witherbyi (Thomas, 1902)) ofthis genus (s. lato) [2], also 7 variants of the structure of the first tooth and 2 variants of thestructure of the second tooth new for the genus (s. lato) have been described for the first time.

Since the studied sample is not large, it is impossible to speak about the frequency of thedetected variants. A further increase in the sample will allow us to find out the frequency of the


13

detected variants, make a full description of them and reveal the geographical variability of the A.peninsulae tooth morphology. Preliminary data have shown the perspective to study morphologyof these teeth for investigating the phenetics of populations of this species and possibledifferentiation of subspecies forms.

References1. Gromov, I.M. Rodents // Mammals of the fauna of Russia and adjacent territories

(lagomorphs and rodents). Qualifier. St. Petersburg: Science. - 1995. - P. 58-5202. HosseinPour Feizi. M. Biosystematics study of steppe field mouse Apodemus

witherbyi (Rodentia: Muridae) from North-West Iran / M. HosseinPour Feizi. // Iranian Journal ofAnimal Biosystematics. – 2009. - №1. – P. 47-58

3. Kawamura, Y. Quaternary Rodent Faunas in the Japanese Islands (Part 2) / Y.Kawamura. // Memoirs of the Faculty of Science, Kyoto University. Series of geology andmineralogy. – 1989. – №54 (1-2). – P. 2-86

Iagodina V.D.1RESEARCH OF GENETIC VARIABILITY OF APOSTICHOPUS JAPONICUS

ACCORDING TO MICROSATELLITE LOCI1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – V.A. Brykov1

Scientific consultant – G. L. Ardeeva2

Molecular markers are identifiable DNA sequences found at specific locations in thegenome. They are transmitted by standard inheritance laws from one generation to another [1].DNA-based markers have many advantages over phenotypic markers because they are relativelysimple to analyze and are not exposed to the environment.

Microsatellites are also called short tandem repeats (STR) and simple sequence repeats(SSR). SSR are tandem repeat motifs from 1 to 6 nucleotides, which are distributed in the genomeof various taxa. A high level of polymorphism is due to the appearance of a different number ofrepeats in the microsatellite regions and can be easily detected by PCR.

Microsatellite markers are codominant, genetically neutral, but are closely associated withthe loci of quantitative traits (QTL), therefore, may be useful for their identification andcharacterization.

In this work genetic variability of 5 microsatellite loci of the Far Eastern trepangApostichopus japonicus was analyzed [2]. Trepangs are benthic echinoderms of Holothuriide class(Holothuroidea). They are distributed from the coastal shelf to the deep ocean; over 1,250 speciesof this class have been described. A. japonicus represents the greatest economic value among the20 edible types of sea cucumbers [3].

Research of the genetic variability of the microsatellite DNA of trepang will provide anopportunity for better understanding the adaptive strategy, characterize the genetic originality anduniqueness of the populations of the species, develop recommendations for rational fishing andcultivation, and also in the future to identify genetic markers associated with survival, growth rate,etc.


14

References1. Semagn, K. An overview of molecular marker methods for plants / K. Semagn, A.

Bjornstad, M. N. Njiondjop // African journal of biotechogy. - 2006. - Vol. 25, №5. - P. 2540-2568.

2. Selenka, E. Beiträge zur Anatomie und Systematik der Holothurien // Zoology. –1867. – Vol. 17. – P. 291-374.

3. Romofafia, C. Development of three commercial sea cucumbers Holothuriascabra, H. fuscogilva and Actinopyga mauritiana: larval structure and growth / C. Ramofafia, M.Byrne, S. C. Battaglene // Marine and freshwater research. – 2003. – Vol. 54, №5. – P. 657-667.

Juliardi Adrio1

THE DIVERSITY AND ABUNDANCE OF FISH IN POLLUTED WATER(CASE STUDY OF THE SIAK RIVER, RIAU PROVINCE, INDONESIA)

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Science, Padjadjaran University, Jatinangor, Bandung,

Indonesia3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisers - Dhahiyat Yayat2, Zahidah2


The Siak River is one of four main rivers in Riau Province and the deepest river inIndonesia. Throughout the time, the state and quality of the Siak River is gradually deterioratingdue to anthropogenic impact. The causes of this decline in the quality of the Siak River are theeffluents of different buildings along the river: there are 43 major and minor piers, besides thatthere are also several wooden landing sites (log ponds), palm oil factory, rubber factory, pulp andpaper, plywood and sawmill manufactories, moulding and vulcanizing industries tire [1].

During the study in April-May 2014 256 individuals belonging to 34 species of fish from16 families were caught and identified. Based on the calculation results, Shannon-Wiener indexvalues ranged from 0.023-0.056. Furthermore, the relative abundance formula was used toestimate the abundance of fish [2]. The maximum number of fish species (23 species) was notedat the station one. The station one was dominated by Leiocassis micropogon (15 fishes or about17.4%) from the family Bagridae. Opposite of the station one, the station two had the lowestnumber of species (9 species) compared to other stations. The greatest abundance of fishes at thisstation was observed in fish families the Bagridae (Leiocassis micropogon), and Helostomatidae(Helostoma Temminckii), with accounted for up to 26%. Moreover, 10 species were identified atthe station three of which the family Cyprinidae dominated. The percentage of Thynnichthysthynnoides, abundance was about 33.7%. At the station four 13 species were caught and identifiedof which the family Pangasidae dominated and the abundance of Pangasius lithostoma reached25%. There was a sharp decline in species abundance downstream the Riau River. The greatestdecrease in the number of species was noted at the station two (up to 60.9%). The decrease reached56.52% at the station three and 43.5% at the station four.

Furthermore, the parameters of the Siak River we obtained were: temperature - 31o-32oC;brightness - 19.7-21.8 cm; turbidity - 25.5-36 NTU; pH -7.9-8.2; DO - 1.9-4.5 mg/L, BOD - 7.38-20.9 mg/L; COD - 57.1-100.8 mg/L and ammonia - 0.15-0.34 mg/L. Most of them exceeded the


15

standard water quality thresholds set by the government: T = ± 3oC; Ph - 6-9; DO - 4 mg/L; BOD- 3 mg L; COD - 25 mg/L [3].

References1. Iskandar, J dan Dhahiyat Y. 2012. Keanekaan Ikan di Sungai Siak Riau (Fish

Diversity in Siak River Riau). Jurnal Bionatura. Lembaga Penelitian dan Pengabdian KepadaMasyarakat Universitas Padjadjaran. Inpress. Bandung.

2. Odum, E.P., 1998. Dasar-Dasar Ekologi. Edisi Ketiga. Gadjah Mada UniversityPress. Yogyakarta.

3. Peraturan Pemerintah. 2001. PP No. 82 untuk air kelas II.

Kalinina K.A.1STUDYING PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONSHIPS WITHIN THE NEPOVIRUS GENUS

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2 The Primorsky Aquarium (Department of Environmental education)

3 The Federal Scientific Center of the East Asia Terrestrial Biodiversity, Far Eastern Branch ofthe Russian Academy of Sciences

4 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific advisers - A.V. Gapeka2, Y.V. Tatonova3

Scientific consultant - G.L. Ardeeva4

Viruses (from lat. virus - poison) are non-cellular microorganisms. They are invisible tothe naked eye and unable to survive outside of a host cell. Viruses infect all types of organisms,from plants and animals to bacteria and archaea [1].

The viruses of plants are commonly named phytoviruses. The relevance of the study ofphytoviruses is determined by the fact that they cause serious and often fatal plant diseases. Theylead to large losses in agricultural production all over the world and become a threat to endemicplant species in natural cenoses. Representatives of the Nepovirus genus have a wide range ofhost-plants including trees and shrubs and cause inevitable consequences for the host plants untiltheir death. These phytoviruses can be transmitted by root nematodes of the genera Xiphinema,Longidorus and Paralongidorus, as well as they use pollen and seeds for transmission [2,3,4].

The aim of this work is to study the phylogenetic relations within the genus Nepovirusaccording to the GenBank database (NCBI). Molecular marker, the partial sequence of the geneof RNA-dependent RNA polymerase (RdRp) was selected according to Iwanami et all [5]. Themain difference between our work and the work carried out by Iwanami and co-authors is that theyused a sequence of RdRp with a length of 750 bp [5] while we analyzed a sequence of RdRp witha length of 2554 bp. It should be noted that representatives of other genera were also consideredin the article, and only four representatives of the genus Nepovirus were involved. Three of themwere included to our study. In total, 22 sequences for representatives of the genus Nepovirus wereanalyzed in our work. In addition, three members of the genus Comovirus were used as an externalgroup. It was found that the marker length doesn’t affect the result. All phylogenetic trees showedcertain similarities with respect to each other, i.e. three groups with the same straines of viruseswere obtained. Differences were observed only in the statistical supports and position of somestrains. Two strains belonging to the genus Nepovirus, RRSV (Raspberry ringspot virus) and SLSV


16

(Soybean latent spherical virus) were not included in any of the groups formed on the trees becauseclustering of these strains with any of the three groups was accompanied by low statistical support.

References1. International Committee on the taxonomy of viruses ICTV [Electronic resource] //

Access mode: https://talk.ictvonline.org/.2. Murant A. Viral diseases of berry crops and grapes / Edited by K. S. Sukhov // –

M: Kolos, 1975. – P. 384 (in Russian).3. Kakareka N. N. Nepoviruses in the south of the Far East: the results of long-term

monitoring / N. N. Kakareka, Z. N. Kozlovskaya, Y. G. Volkov, T. I. Pleshakova, M. V. Sapotsky,M. Y. Schelkanov // South of Russia: ecology, development. – 2017. – Volume 12. – № 4. – P.105-119 (in Russian).

4. Brown D. J. F., Robertson W. M., Trudgil D. L. Transmission of viruses by plantnematodes // Annual Review of Phytopathology. – 1995. – Vol. 33. – P.223-249.

5. Iwanami T. Nucleotide sequences and taxonomy of satsuma dwarf virus / T.Iwanami, Y. Kondo, V. Alexander, Karasev // Journal of General Virology, Great Britain. – 1999.– P.793-797.

Kolesnikova D.A.1ISOLATION OF POTASSIUM SOLUBILISING MICROORGANISMS AND

EVALUATION OF THEIR INFLUENCE ON THE GERMINATION OF SEEDS OFCEREALS CROPS

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – M.L. Sidorenko1

Scientific consultant - G.L. Ardeeva2

The soils of the southern part of the Far East contain various forms of potassium includinginaccessible forms for plants, even when using fertilizers [1]. The use of mineral fertilizers canaffect the ecological state of the soil as well as the quality of the crop [2]. They are replaced bybacteria that can increase agricultural productivity, improve product quality and reduce the needfor mineral fertilizers [3]. However, when creating bacteria preparations. either phosphate-reducing and nitrogen-fixing microorganisms are used, or due attention isn’t paid to silicatebacteria capable of releasing potassium from silicate minerals.

The purpose of this study is to isolate silicate microorganisms and assess their impact onthe development of cereal crops.

Thus, during the work, 31 isolates of heterotrophic microorganisms with differentcharacteristics were isolated from the studied soils. 4 strains among them were classified as silicateand identified by the 16S rRNA gene fragment as S1 – Artrobacter sp. KP 34597; S2 – Artrobactersp. KP 345971; S3 – Micrococcus sp. MB 204549; S4 – Micrococcus sp. MF 000790. Treatmentof cereal seeds with suspensions of examined microorganisms increases the germination energyand germination of barley seeds by 19% and 10%, respectively, and wheat, by 25% and 23%,respectively. The effectiveness of strains can vary depending on the types of crops. Silicatebacteria have a positive effect on the morphometric parameters of wheat and barley seedlings. Themost favorable strain for barley is strain S3. – Micrococcus sp. MB 204549, for wheat – strain S2


17

– Artrobacter sp. KP 345971. Strains S2 – Artrobacter sp. KP 345971 and S4 – Micrococcus sp.MF 000790and S3 are the most universal, since they showed positive results in the case of bothexperimental cultures.

References1. Zharikova, E.A. Potassium in soils of eastern zone of brown forest soils of Russia

/ E.A. Zharikova. – Vladivostok: Dalnauka, 2006. – 132 p.2. Korshunova, T.Y. Influence of biofertilizer azolen on the spring wheat productivity

and its phytopathogens stability / T.Y. Korshunova, N.N. Silischev et al. // Bulletin of the BashkirUniversity. – 2007. - №3(12)– P.34-35.

3. Hu, H. Genetic Diversity and Phylogeny of 38 Silicate Bacteria Isolated fromPurple Soil / H. Hu et al. // Journal of Wuhan University (Natural Science Edition). 2008. – Vol.54. - №.2. – P. 029-035.

Koop V.K.1ENVIRONMENTAL ADVANTAGES OF PRODUCING AND USING BIOGAS AT THE

ENTERPRISES OF THE AGROINDUSTRIAL COMPLEX IN PRIMORSKY KRAI1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Engineering

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – E.V. Niskovskaya1

Scientific consultant - N.A. Glushko2

The agroindustrial complex of the Primorsky Krai is the leading backbone sector of itseconomy, which forms the agri-food market, the region’s food and economic security, and thelabor and settlement potential of its rural areas. The gross agricultural output is consistentlyshowing the growth of dynamics and it ranks second place in the Russian Far Eastern FederalDistrict after the Amur Region. The main share in the regional crop production is held by soybean,corn, potatoes and vegetables, in animal production by cattle and poultry enterprises and milkproduction [5].

Nowadays, the largest investment projects of both crop and livestock activities like GreenAgro LLC, Mercy Trade LLC, Rusagro-Primorye LLC are implemented in the region. Theseprojects are carried out for several reasons: introduction of economic sanctions, import restrictionof certain types of agricultural products and raw materials into the territory of the RussianFederation in order to accelerate import substitution as well as ensure food security. Recently,agroindustrial holdings invest huge capitals for the construction of more powerful pig-breedingcomplexes. For example, Rusagro-Primorye LLC plans to build up to 10 pig farms with a capacityof 700 thousand heads per year and slaughter production with a capacity of up to 600 heads perhour including a compound feed mill and an elevator.

However, the public grievance is also growing along with the development of the economyas people complain about an unpleasant smell, which the wind brings to the nearest settlementsfrom pig farms. The environment suffers from the greenhouse gas emissions. The discharge ofwaste into the hydrological network results in fish dying. On the back of inspections in 2018 itwas identified that at one of the enterprises simply dug trenches filled with water and animal wasteproducts, and used them for a disposal of waste [4].


18

These deficiencies are caused primarily by the immaturity of technologies of utilization,processing and usage of industrial wastes. In the furtherance of these challenges, as the basictechnology for processing manure and minimizing emissions of unpleasant odors, it isrecommended to install biogas stations that allow processing organic waste and producing biogasand mineral fertilizers at the output.

The main environmental benefits of the production and utilization of biogas fuel include: reduction of waste and its accumulation while the amount of environmental pollution is

significantly reduced; decrease of a local air pollution due to fewer harmful emissions; ecological safety of the contiguous to the enterprises area; cutback of the organic matter in the wastes and wastewaters; ecological isolation of the production; increase of soil fertility through the use of fertilizers obtained in the processing of the

industrial wastes; reduction of time for disposal of a livestock waste; solution of a number of sanitary and hygienic tasks, such as elimination of unpleasant

odors, outgoing waste, improvement of the epidemiological situation in consequence ofpathogenic flora collapse, etc.

In addition, biogas can be used as a fuel at boilerhouses or cogeneration plants ofenterprises that will reduce the amount of flue gas emissions in comparison with alternative fuels.Another promising issue is the change of road transport from gasoline and diesel fuel to biogas,which will significantly reduce CO2 emissions [3].

Currently, a large amount of manure is produced at the agroindustrial enterprises in theperiod of increasing the livestock of animals that may contain hazardous substances such asammonia, hydrogen sulfide, mercaptan, phenol, and heavy metal salts. This may also be animpulse for the development of biogas technologies.

Table 1Calculation of biogas production at various designed capacities

Enterprise productivity,thousand heads 100 200 300 400 500 600 700

Total amount of raw materials,tpd 425 850 1275 1700 2125 2550 2975

The amount of biogas,thousand m3 per day 27,6 55,2 82,8 110,4 138 165,6 193,2

The amount of liquid fertilizer atthe output, tpd 553 1105 1658 2210 2763 3315 3868

Table 1 shows the amount of the organic waste output for various project implementation atthe pig-breeding complexes of the company Rusagro-Primorye. For example, with a maximumcapacity number of pigs per day about 2975 tons of raw materials will be produced, and from thesematerials we can produce about 193.2 thousand m3 of biogas fuel and about 3868 tons of liquidfertilizers per day [2].

Generally, implementation of the mentioned technologies has high initial costs, which, alongwith imperfect legislation, create obstacles for projects realizations. Nowadays, one can see apositive trend set out in Federal industrial and household waste Act of 1998 (last updated onDecember 25, 2017) [1]. Today the state policy in the field of waste management is focused on


19

maximizing the use of raw materials and preventing waste generation. Also from 01/01/2017 it isprohibited to dispose the waste containing useful components. That creates new impetus for thedevelopment of the biogas industry not only in the enterprises of Primorsky Krai, but throughoutthe territory of Russia.

References1. About industrial and household waste: federal law of 06/24/1998 (last updated

25/12/2018) №89-FL: [adopted by the State Duma on May 22, 1998] - M., 1998. - 54 p.2. Calculation of the average daily volume of biogas by livestock. URL:

https://rosbiogas.ru/on-line-calculator.html.3. Naiman S.M., Tunakova J.A. Ecological and economic aspects of the use of biogas

technologies for the processing of organic waste // Bulletin of Kazan Technological University,№13. 2013, p. 191-196.

4. Pig farms in the Mikhailovsky ASEZ are promising to set up manure drains by 2020,when they will again completely regain livestock. URL: https://www.newsvl.ru/vlad/2019/03/25/179263/

5. Progress report and assessment of performance government program«Development of Agriculture and Regulation of Agricultural Products, Raw Materials and FoodMarkets, Improving the Living Standards of the Rural Population of the Primorsky Krai for 2013-2020»: Explanatory Information / Department Agriculture and Food of Primorsky Krai. -Vladivostok, 2017. - 23 p.

Pereverzeva A.O.1, Yugay Y.A.2, Shkryl Y.N.2, Bulgakov V.P.2GENOMIC EDITING OF THE HOS1 GENE REPRESSOR OF COLD-RESPONSIVE

GENES IN ARABIDOPSIS THALIANA1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Federal Scientific Center of the East Asia Terrestrial Biodiversity of the Far East Branch of theRussian Academy of Sciences

3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – Y.N.Shkryl2

Scientific consultants - N.E. Zumchenko1, G.L. Ardeeva3

The negative regulator of plant cold responses, HOS1 protein, is a RING E3 ligase thatmediates the ubiquitination and degradation of ICE1. The ICE1 protein is a transcription factor ofbHLH-type that triggers a cascade of protective reactions in response to exposure to cold. Thus,active HOS1 leads to ICE1 degradation and hence, to the inhibition of cold-responsive genesexpression. Both overexpression of the ICE1 gene and inactivation of HOS1 will lead to metaboliccell rearrangement, which potentially results in the plant becoming resistant to low temperatures.The objective of this study was genome editing of Arabidopsis thaliana for inactivation of theHOS1 gene-repressor.

Targeted genome editing was carried out using the CRISPR/Cas9 editing system, which ischaracterized by a relatively simple design and high efficiency. Cas9 nuclease is associated witha short guidance of RNA molecule (gRNA), which determines the specificity of the introduceddouble-strand breaks in DNA. The important trait of this method is the ability to create modifiedplants devoid of any transgenic elements.


20

To develop spacers for the first and second exon of HOS1 gene of Arabidopsis, we usedonline programs CCTop and CRISPRDesign. The creation of the guide-RNA (a spacer fused witha synthetic structure "stem-loop") was carried out using site-directed PCR mutagenesis based onthe plasmid pUC119-gRNA. Then we carried out the transfer of the Cas9 gene from plasmidpSAT4-Cas9 and a gRNAs specific to the HOS1 gene in the plasmid pPZP-NptII. Thus, the binaryvector pPZP-NptII-Cas9-HOS1 containing the gene for resistance to kanamycin under the controlof the ocs promoter was obtained. After that, the Agrobacterium-mediated transformation ofArabidopsis thaliana was performed using the floral dip method [1].

Germination of seeds of transformed plants T0 was carried out under different lightconditions: light mode "L-D" (light 16 h – darkness – 8 h, 4 days) and light mode 2 – "L-D-L"(light 6 h – 48 h darkness – 24 h light). The light mode "L-D-L" promoted accelerated selectionof transformed plants, compared with the germination of seeds in the normal light mode "L-D"[4]. Kanamycin-resistant seedlings were characterized by more extended green cotyledons andelongated hypocotyl in the early stages of breeding. Later they form true leaves - a characteristicfeature of kanamycin-resistant plants containing the nptII gene.

We analyzed a total of 475 seeds, of which 101 showed resistance to kanamycin. Thus, theaverage coefficient of identification of transformers was 21.3±1.6%. These results suggest thatthere was no effective elimination of untransformed seedlings [3]. Probably, the weak expressionof the nptII gene under the control of the ocs gene promoter didn’t allow us to differentiate clearlytransgenic kanamycin-resistant plantlets among the untransformed ones. Low toxicity ofkanamycin may cause inefficiency of its using for some plant species compared with otherselective agents used for the selection of transgenic plants [2]. On average, due to low selectivepressure, each 5th plant was more or less resistant to the selected dose of kanamycin (50 mg/l). Atthe same time, the analysis of previously obtained independent lines of transgenic plants showedthat this selective marker did not provide resistance to higher concentrations of antibiotic.

The light mode «L-D-L» showed a slight increase in breeding efficiency compared to thetraditional light mode. Long incubation of seeds in the dark at the initial stages of germination canslightly improve the efficiency of breeding compared to the traditional light mode. After additionalbreeding and further PCR analysis, 8 transgenic T1 plants were selected. Thus, the true efficiencyof the transformation was 1.7%. We obtained transformed plants of Arabidopsis thaliana withgenomic editing of the HOS1 gene – repressor of the cold-responsive genes. Currently, we areanalyzing transgenic plants of the T2 generation, the analysis of the splitting of the T3 generationand the selection of homozygous lines.

References1. Bent A. Arabidopsis thaliana floral dip transformation method – M.: Methods Mol

Biol, 2006. – 103 p.2. Davey M. Generation of development of transgenic crop plants: an overview. /

Sonej JR, Rao MN, Kourmpetti S, Bhattacharya A.// Transgenic Crop Plants, 2010.3. Dehestani A. Investigation into the Arabidopsis transformant selection time and

escapes frequency reduction. / Ahmadian G, Salmanian A, Jelodar N, Seyedi M, Kazemitabar K.//Biharean Biologis, 2009.

4. Harrison. A rapid and robust method of identifying transformed Arabidopsisthaliana seedlings following floral dip transformation. / Mott EK, Parsley K, Aspinall S, GrayJC, Cottage A. // Biharean Biologi, 2006.


21

Starinets A.A.1,2, Manzhulo I.V.2ROLE OF IMMUNE CELLS IN THE PATHOPHYSIOLOGY OF NEUROTRAUMAAFTER CHRONIC CONSTRICTION OR TRANSECTION OF THE RAT SCIATIC

NERVE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2National Scientific Center of Marine Biology, Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy ofSciences

3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser I.V. Manzhulo 2


Peripheral neurotrauma causes inflammatory reactions in the nerve fibers and spinal cordwhich, on the one hand, promotes nerve regeneration [3] and on the other hand, leads to thedevelopment of neuropathic pain syndrome [1]. Chronic constriction injury (CCI) of the sciaticnerve is an animal model of peripheral neurotrauma which simulates the symptoms of chronicnerve compression or tumor development. CCI is accompanied by edema and damage of the nervefibers located mainly on the surface of the peripheral nerve. Limb innervation is partiallypreserved, behavioral signs of neuropathic pain are present [4]. Transection of the sciatic nerve isa model of peripheral neurotrauma in animals which involves complete transection of the sciaticnerve at mid-thigh level [9] and simulates the clinical symptoms of “phantom limb”, a conditionthat arises in humans after amputation or spinal cord lesions.

Glial cell activation is important for post-traumatic plasticity and excitability of the dorsalhorn sensory neurons in the spinal cord [8]. However, peripheral nerve injury also causesactivation of neuroglial elements in the ventral horn, in CCI and transection models in 7 and 10days since injury [2, 4, 7], though partial sciatic nerve ligation did not induce significant microglialcell upregulation in the ventral horn in one- and two-weeks post-surgery [5]. So, glial cellactivation in the ventral horn in various peripheral neurotrauma models can differ and requiresmore detailed analysis of the spatial and temporal dynamics of changes in various phenotypes ofglial cells during the development of traumatic injury to the peripheral nerve. There is a growingevidence suggesting that motor dysfunction can correlate with pain behavior in neuropathic painmodels; the peak of allodynia in CCI model and its resolution phase correlates with motor axons’damage and recovery [4, 6]. The objective of the present study is to analyze the activity of glialcells in the ventral horn of the spinal cord after sciatic nerve injury.

Wistar rats were divided into 3 groups: sciatic nerve chronic constriction injury (CCI),sciatic nerve transection, sham-operated group. Cold allodynia was evaluated to monitor thebehavior. Tissues for histological examination were collected in 14 days post-surgery. Paraffinsciatic nerve slices and cryomicrotome spinal cord slices were incubated with antibodies to glialfibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), S100β, ionized calcium binding adapter-1 (iba-1), CD86, CD163.Microphotographs of the sciatic nerve distal part and the ventral horns of lumbar spinal cord wereprocessed and analyzed using ImageJ software.

Peripheral nerve compression trauma develops into several pathological phenomena,which include neuropathic pain. CCI of the sciatic nerve leads to changes in animal behavior, suchas allodynia and hyperalgesia [4]. Our data demonstrate that cold allodynia appeared on the 3d daypost-surgery and lasted for two weeks. Sciatic nerve transection caused the total denervation of


22

the injured hind paw, that is confirmed by the absence of cold allodynia in this group of animalsin our study.

Neuropathic trauma leads to local inflammatory response, swelling and derangement ofnerve fibers, peripheral tissues innervation impairment. Our data demonstrated the increased iba-1 macrophages, CD86+ proinflammatory macrophages, CD163+ anti-inflammatory macrophagesimmunoreactivity in the distal part of the sciatic nerve following neurotrauma on day 14 post-surgery, the rate of reaction was significantly higher after transection than after CCI. S100βimmunoreactivity was reduced in the sciatic nerve after neurotrauma as compared to sham groupshowing the dedifferentiation of Schwann cells in the injured nerve. Neurotrauma resulted inincreased GFAP immunoreactivity in the ipsilateral ventral horn motor nucleus comparing tosham-surgery. Iba-1+ microglia encapsulated motoneurons of the ipsilateral horn after CCI andtransection.

Peripheral neurotrauma leads to inflammatory reaction, expressed in the degradation ofSchwann cells, activation of proinflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages and theirmigration to the site of injury. These processes were observed along with the activation of GFAP-positive astroglia and iba-1-positive microglia in the ventral horn motor nucleus of the spinal cordand encapsulation of motoneurons by microglial cells. The results of our study prove the activeparticipation of the spinal cord motor nucleus in the pathophysiological process after sciatic nervetrauma.

References1. Austin, P.J., Moalem-Taylor, G. The neuro-immune balance in neuropathic pain:

Involvement of inflammatory immune cells, immune-like glial cells and cytokines // Journal ofNeuroimmunology. – 2010. – Vol. 229. – P. 26-50.

2. Brownjohn P.W., Ashton J.C. Microglial encapsulation of motor neurons in modelsof neuropathic pain: A confound in pain assessment? // European Journal of Pain. – 2012. – Vol.16. – P. 459-460.

3. Camara-Lemarroy, C.R. Molecular inflammatory mediators in peripheral nervedegeneration and regeneration / C.R. Camara-Lemarroy, F.J. Guzman-de la Garza, N.E.Fernandez-Garza // Neuroimmunomodulation. – 2010. – Vol. 17. – P. 314-324.

4. Hu, P. Immune cell involvement in dorsal root ganglia and spinal cord after chronicconstriction or transection of the rat sciatic nerve / P. Hu, A. L. Bembrick, K. A. Keay, E. M.McLachlan // Brain, Behavior, and Immunity. – 2007. – Vol. 21. – P. 599-616.

5. Kim C.F., Moalem-Taylor G. Detailed characterization of neuro-immuneresponses following neuropathic injury in mice // Brain Research. – 2011. – Vol. 1405. – P. 95-108.

6. Manzhulo I.V. Neuron-astrocyte interactions in spinal cord dorsal horn inneuropathic pain development and docosahexaenoic acid therapy / I.V. Manzhulo, O.S.Ogurtsova, Yu.O. Kipryushina, N.A. Latyshev, S.P. Kasyanov, I.V. Dyuizen, A.A. Tyrtyshnaia //J. Neuroimmunol. – 2016. – Vol. 298. – P. 90-97.

7. Qian, C. Peripheral Nerve Injury-Induced Astrocyte Activation in Spinal VentralHorn Contributes to Nerve Regeneration / C. Qian, D. Tan, X. Wang, L. Li, J. Wen, M. Pan, Y.Li, W. Wu, J. Guo // Neural Plast. – 2018. – Vol. 2018. – P. 8561704.


23

8. Terayama, R. Differential Changes in Neuronal Excitability in the Spinal DorsalHorn After Spinal Nerve Ligation in Rats / R. Terayama, Y. Yamamoto, N. Kishimoto, M. Tabata,K. Maruhama, S. Iida, T. Sugimoto // Neurochem. Res. – 2016. – Vol. 41, № 11. – P. 2880-2889.

9. Wall, P.D. Autotomy following peripheral nerve lesions: experimental anaesthesiadolorosa / P.D. Wall, M. Devor, R. Inbal, J.W. Scadding, D. Schonfeld, Z. Seltzer, M.M.Tomkiewicz // Pain. – 1979. – Vol. 7, № 2. – P. 103-111.


24

Section IICHEMISTRY AND CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY

An G.1DETERMINATION OF FRACTIONAL COMPOSITION OF OIL PRODUCTS BY A

GAS-LIQUID CHROMATOGRAPHY1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.S. Chudovskiy1

Scientific consultant – V.B. Kolycheva2

Basic mathematical modeling methods with application of the latest informationtechnologies can not only supplement but acquire new knowledge about the object when the toolsare not available or applicable. One example of modeling methods is the determination offractional composition of oil products. Fractional composition is a key indicator of fuel quality.This indicator affects starting the engine, warm-up time, intake capacity, combustion efficiencyand fuel consumption, even distribution of fuel mixture in the engine cylinders and sedimentationin the combustion chamber.

Now the main problems of certified methods of determination of fractional compositionare the process time (more than 3 hours), cumbersome of the equipment, the need for a largenumber of test samples (not less than cm3).

As a result of the development of gas chromatography and the use of high performancecapillary tube it is possible to analyze oil products quickly, qualitatively and also to calculate usingvarious methods such operational parameters of oil products as: density, fractional composition,individual hydrocarbon composition, cetane number and flash-point. Thus application ofchromatography analysis allows to get the value of oil products quality indicators based on theresults of single analysis processing by calculation methods with quite high degree of accuracyand not to carry out various tests on the whole group of instruments.

The present experiment rests on oil products chromatography analysis with furtherrecalculation of retention times to the boil point of appropriate recovery percent with the datausage of ASTM D 2887-16, analogues which in Russia is STATE STANDARD Р 56720-2015.

Fractional composition of light oil products samples was analyzed according to the methodof A STATE STANDARD 2177-99 for further comparison with constructed mathematical model.

For calculating boiling points the mathematical model was constructed. The system oflinear equations with 4 unknowns was worked out. Unknowns in this system of equations werecorrelation coefficients used for determining the boiling points. The given system of equationswas resolved by the means of automatic coefficients’ selection to find solutions of nonlinearequations using the method of generalized reduced gradient (GRG).

Obtained true boiling points and their comparison with experimental boiling points arepresented in Table 1.


25

Table 1Experimental boiling points

Recoveryshare T e

xp.,°

С

Т tru

e.,°

С

ε, %

T exp

.,°С

Т tru

e.,°

С

ε, %

T exp

.,°С

Т tru

e.,°

С

ε, %

T exp

.,°С

Т tru

e.,°

С

ε, %

DF-W-K5 MG-92-K5 MG-95-K5 MG-98-K5

ТSB 147.2 144.8 1.62 28.7 29.3 2.17 32.5 31.8 2.17 27.4 26.8 2.175 183.1 182.6 0.25 40.2 40.3 0.27 43.8 43.7 0.27 37.8 37.7 0.2510 197.3 189.4 4.01 46.0 46.7 1.50 49.0 48.3 1.43 42.9 42.3 1.5020 216.0 213.8 1.03 55.5 56.5 1.89 57.9 57.1 1.31 51.1 50.1 1.8930 228.1 228.1 0.01 65.7 67.2 2.22 66.7 65.2 2.22 59.9 61.1 2.0850 246.1 249.4 1.34 91.1 93.5 2.62 90.3 87.9 2.62 83.3 85.5 2.6270 265.0 263.8 0.44 120.9 121.6 0.54 121.8 121.1 0.55 119.4 120.1 0.5580 275.0 274.0 0.35 136.1 135.8 0.22 135.8 136.1 0.24 134.4 134.1 0.2490 289.4 287.3 0.74 155.3 155.1 0.11 154.8 155.0 0.11 155.0 155.1 0.0995 301.0 296.8 1.39 175.9 177.7 1.01 177.5 178.4 0.50 180.6 178.8 1.01

ТEB 308.4 306.9 0.50 196.1 193.0 1.59 190.0 187.0 1.59 188.6 191.6 1.59As shown in the table 1, deviation for gas oil does not exceed 4.1 % and for petrol test does

not exceed 2.7%.ConclusionAs a result of data comparison obtained by atmospheric distillation according to the terms

of STATE STANDARD 2177-99 and by the constructed mathematical models it has beenindicated that the relative error for gas oil does not exceed 4.5 % and for petrol – 2.6 %.

References1. ASTM D 2887-16. Standard test method for boiling range distribution of petroleum

fraction by gas chromatography. – App. 01.05.2011. – West Conshohocken: ASTM CopyrightOffice, 2016. – P. 13.

2. STATE STANDARD 2177-99. Nefteprodukty. Metod opredeleniya fractionnogosostava. – Vved. 01.01.2001. – М: Iz-vo standartov, 2001. – 24 P.

3. STATE STANDARD Р 56720-2015. Nefteprodukty i kondensat gasoviy stabilniy.Opredeleniya fractionnogo sostava metodom gasovoy chromatograhy. – Vved. 01.07.2016. – М:Iz-vo standartov, 2016. – 21 P.


26

Belousova E.B.1CO-CULTIVATION AS ONE OF THE METHODS OF BIOTRANSFORMATION OF

THE SECONDARY METABOLITES OF MARINE FUNGI1School of Natural Science, Far Eastern Federal University

2G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry (PIBOC)3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – O.I. Zhuravleva 2


The investigation of biosynthetic interaction of marine fungi is promising direction for theproduction of various metabolites. Biotransformation is one of the pathways to expandbiosynthesis fungal metabolites. Nowadays, co-cultivation is most promising way ofbiotransformation to obtain new metabolites. As a result of co-cultivation, an increase in the yieldof previously isolated bioactive compounds and the production of their derivatives, as well as thesynthesis of new metabolites of other chemical classes, are expected [1-3].

The purpose was to analyze the metabolite profile of co-culture of marine fungi Isariafeline KMM 4639 and Aspergillus carneus KMM 4638.

The fungi A. carneus and I. felina were separately cultivated. The next step, the fungus I.felina mycelium was inoculated with A. carneus culture and then fungal cultures were co-cultivated. Individual cultures of fungi we cultivated in parallel.

After incubation period, the mycelium of individual and mixed cultures were extracted byHexane, EtOAc and BuOH. Three aliquots of ethyl acetate extracts were taken for testing by ThinLayer Chromatography (TLC) (Fig.1). Primary analysis showed difference in the metabolic profileof the samples.

Fig. 1. TLCTLC on Si gel, toluene – isopropanol 6:1, v/v (a) and Si gel 60 RP-18 F254S, EtOH – H2O 8:2 (b)

For HPLC analysis, the investigated fractions were purified by column chromatography ona glass column with reverse-phase YMC-Gel ODS-A, which were eluted by EtOH.

Then, the samples were analyzed using reverse-phase HPLC on a Supelco Discovery C-18column using a gradient system from 100 % water to 100 % CH3CN in 60 minutes and 100 %


27

CH3CN in 20 minutes. Fractions were analyzed using a UV detector at two wavelengths: 254 and290 nm.

According to the results of TLC and HPLC analyses, the conclusion of the work is thefollowing: the fungi co-cultivation leads to changing in the metabolite profile in the joint co-culture relative to the original cultures. With further separation of the ethyl acetate fraction of theco-culture of A. carneus and I. felina is likely to lead to the release of new natural compounds.

References1. Prenylated indole alkaloids from co-culture of marine-derived fungi Aspergillus

sulphureus and Isaria feline / S. S. Afiyatullov et. Al. // The Journal of Antibiotics. – 2018. – Vol.71, N 9. – P. 846–853.

2. Unique prostate cancer-toxic polyketides from marine sediment-derived fungusIsaria feline / O. F.Smetanina // The Journal of Antibiotics. – 2017. – Vol. 70. – P. 856–858.

3. New diorcinol J produced by co-cultivation of marine fungi Aspergillus sulphureusand Isaria feline / Zhuravleva O.I. // Chemistry of Natural Compounds. – 2016. – Vol. 52, N 2. –P. 227–230.

Bragina Y.А.1MODELING A PROCESS OF PROPYLENE EXTRACTION FROM PROPYLENE-

PROPANE FRACTION OF CRACKED GAS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.V. Anufriev1


Propylene is an important monomer in organic chemistry production. First of all, propyleneis used for polypropylene production. It is also used in production of glycerol, propylene oxide,isopropyl alcohol, isopropylbenzene etc [1].

The process of polymer grade propylene extraction requires significant amounts of energysince boiling points of propane and propylene differ slightly that makes separation difficult. As aconsequence, to achieve desirable propylene quality massive distillation sections with 200 and moretrays are used. The reflux ratio must be high as well it makes the separation process cost-intensive.

In industry there are plenty methods of energy recovery such as heat pump technology. Heatpump is a device that takes heat from one source and moves it to another location through electricor mechanical means. In this case it is carried out with compressor, which compresses the vaporproduct from the top and released heat is used to boil up the bottom product. Comparison of variousmethods including heat pump technology is shown in table 1.

The main disadvantages of using compression processes are capital costs and the energyconsumption for the operation of compressor equipment. However, these costs are considered to belower than those associated with common distillation [3]. Taking this into account, methods withheat pump technology have their future. Nevertheless, the final choice of method depends on manyfactors such as access to steam energy, electricity and big amounts of water.

In order to suggest more energy-effective separation method the model consisting of С3/С4

separation unit, С3 stripper unit and C3H6/C3H8 separation unit was built. Simulation was carried out


28

using Honeywell UniSim Design software and was based on LLC ZapSibNeftehim data. Peng-Robinson fluid package was applied as it describes propylene-propane mixture quite accurately [3].Simulation results correspond with project data that confirms adequacy of a model.

Table 1Comparison of various schemes applied to propylene extraction

№ Method Details Processesinvolved

Advantages and limitations ofmethod

1 Vaporrecompression(propylene heatpump) [4]

Vapor is compressed andheat is used for boiling upthe bottom product

Condensation,

compression,

distillation

One heat exchanger is usedinstead of condensator andreboiler; less energy isrequired for distillation;compressing equipment isnecessary

2 External heatpump [3]

Heat transfer agent in aclosed loop is used

Condensation,

compression,

distillation

Compressing equipment isnecessary

3 Heat integrateddistillation column[3]

Heat pump technologywith several stages of heattransfer

Condensation,

compression,

distillation

Compressing equipment isnecessary

Based on the first model another C3H6/C3H8 separation model was built using heat pumptechnology, specifically vapor recompression (propylene heat pump). Improved model shows betterresults in energy consumption in comparison with the first model based on LLC ZapSibNeftehimdata (shown in table 2).

Table 2Energy consumption of basic and optimized model

Model Basic model (LLCZapSibNeftehim data)

Optimized model(vapor

recompression)

Energy consumption for condensation, kW 94520 17800

Energy consumption for reboiling, kW 96340 –

Energy consumption for comression, kW – 17136

Energy consumption for propylene overcooling, kW 1579 1580

Energy consumption for pumps, kW 28 28

Total energy consumption, kW 192467 36544

Optimized model enables to save huge amounts of circulating hot water and cooling waterusing compression means. Due to compressing unit there is no need in circulating hot water (in


29

comparison with basic model using 2840 t/h). Furthermore, demand on cooling water is reduced on6140 t/h.

However, the main drawback of optimized scheme is demanding operation and service ofcompressing equipment and also high capital costs. Therefore, proposed scheme can improve theperformance greatly if it is possible to use compressing equipment.

References1. Nabiev, M. S. Osnovnye faktory, vliyayushchie na sistemu frakcionirovaniya na

etilenovyh ustanovkah [Main factors affecting the separation system on ethylene units] / M. S.Nabiev, М. М. Muhitdinov, N. L. Solodova // Vestnik Kazanskogo tekhnologicheskogouniversiteta. – 2017. – Book. 20, № 14. – P. 66-71.

2. Pat. 2296736 Russian Federation, MPK C 07 C 7/05, C 07 C 11/06, C 07 C 9/08.Propene and propylene separation method / Pavlov O. S.; declarant and applicant for patent PavlovO. S. – № 2006104239/04 ; claimed 13.02.06 ; published 10.04.07, pat. official journal № 10. –11 p.

3. Kazemi, A. Distillation without hot utilities; development of novel distillationconfigurations for energy and costs saving for separation of propylene / propane mixture / A.Kazemi, A. Mehrabani-Zeinabad, M. Beheshti // Chemical Engineering & Processing : ProcessIntensification. – 2018. – Vol. 123. – P. 158 – 167.

4. Paushkin, Ya. M. Tekhnologiya neftekhimicheskogo sinteza [Technology ofoilchemistry sythethis] / Ya. M. Paushkin, S. V. Adelson, T. P. Vishnyakova. – Мoscow :Khimiya, 1973. – 448 с.

Bugrov V.L.1,3

FEATURES OF SETTING UP OF PRODUCTION OF RECYCLED GRANULATEDHIGH-DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE)


3«Raduga» company, VladivostokScientific adviser – V.A. Reutov1


One of the functions performed by the «Raduga» company is recycling of HDPE-wasteinto granule. HDPE-waste is brought by outside companies in the form of used barrels, tubes,boxes, braid and so on. Every listed type of waste consists of certain type of: tube-type, blow-type,injection-molding-type and so on. Each of them has different value of melt flow rate (MFR): forexample, injection-molding-type HDPE’s MFR is high and can reach 25 g/10 min under the loadof 5 kg per cm [1]. Based on this fact, the settings of temperature profile of granulator’s extruderfor recycling used the Vladivostok’s «Vladchleb» company’s boxes were selected (table 1). Theseboxes were produced using injection molding method from HDPE with MFR (21,4±0,2) g/10 minunder the load of 5 kg per cm (MFR was taken by using MFR-measurer in laboratory of technicalcontrol department of the «Raduga» company).

The main result was productivity increase from about 1600 to 2400 kg per day (about50 %).


30

Table 1Settings of temperature profile of granulator’s extruder for recycling «Vladchleb»’s boxes

Heating temperature, °СExtruder’s

zone 1Extruder’s

zone 2Extruder’s

zone 3Extruder’s

zone 4Filtering

zoneMolding

zoneBefore thechanges 180 190 200 210 220 220

After thechanges 160 145 145 145 155 185

First of all, it’s related to the fact, that because of overheated extruder the material’s surfacebegins to melt and overheating still on the loading and compaction stage, and the material beginsto slide on the effective area of rotating pressing worm and, as the result, to lag, which alsointerrupts flow of the new portion of material into the extruder – all these facts decreaseproductivity. As the production practice shown, the higher MFR of recycling polymer, the worsethis problem becomes.

The heating of the first extruder’s zone is set a little higher, than the other three. At thestart of extruder the crushed raw material starts to be softer and to be packed. Loweredtemperatures of the next extruder’s zone, where the material’s viscosity is higher, and it’s speed –lower, allow to pack material additionally and to make remove air easier between particles ofcrushed raw material because of their irregular form.

In filtering zone, where the melt is cleaned from impurities, because of the filter partitionthe flow’s cross sectional area is lower – here it’s necessary to keep mass flow of the melt byincreasing the its speed, and this can be managed by decreasing its viscosity [2, 3]. So the decisionto increase the temperature of heating this zone by 10 degrees was made.

In the molding zone the temperature of heating was made 185 °С. In this zone the meltmoves through the capillaries very short way with high speed and has time to reach this temperatureonly on the surface. The overheated surface of the melt has the low viscosity and, as the result, thelow friction between the melt flow and the inner surface of capillary (fig. 1). This gives large increaseto productivity and quality of producing granule.

At the elder settings the temperature of melt leaving from extruder could reach to 220 °С,because it was increasing gradually during moving through the whole extruder. (table 1). At the exitthe viscosity of this melt was too low, and, as the result, here was a number of difficulties of cuttingthe leaving melt into the granules.

At the newer settings at the exit of granulator’s extruder the temperature of the polymer meltis near to the temperature of heating of 2-4 zones of extruder – 145-150 °С. This gave a number ofimprovements in technology:

easy cutting into granule and making its clear cylindrical form due to increased viscosityof the melt at the exit;

almost no need to clean the knives from adhering material; increased efficiency of cooling (no risk of sticking between granules); a significant reduction in energy costs for heating and melting the material, and for

cooling the granules.


31

Fig. 1. Scheme of molding zone

In conclusion it must be said, it’s necessary to manage to save physical-chemical HDPE’sproperties as much as possible during recycling it into the granules for possibility to use it as rawmaterial in the future. It’s also necessary to understand how settings of temperature profile ofextruder affects not only the granule’s quality but the technical condition of such granulator’s unitsas cooling system and knives. Otherwise, over time, the general technical condition of the granulatorwill deteriorate, and, in addition, the quality of the produced granule will not meet the statedrequirements, because of which the process of recycling of HDPE-waste into the granule practicallyloses its meaning.

References1. Technology of polymer materials : the book for universities : edit. 2-nd. 2 books.

Part 1. Basics of plastics processing technology/ S. V. Vlasov, L. B. Kandyrin, V. N. Kyleznev,А. V. Markov, I. D. Simonov-Emelyanov, P. V. Surikov, O. B. Ushakova – Мoscow : Chemistry,2004. – 600 p.

2. Bratcychin, Е. А. Technology of plastic masses : edit. 3-rd, remastered / Е. А.Bratcychin, E. S. Shulgina – Leningrad : Chemistry, 1982. – 328 p.

3. Kuleznev, V. N. Chemistry and physics of polimers: edit. 2-nd, remastered /V. N. Kuleznev, V. А. Schershnev – Мoscow : KolosS, 2007. – 367 p.


32

Chernova A.1THE CHANGE OF QUALITATIVE PARAMETERS IN THE MIXTURE OF DIESEL

FUEL AND MOTOR GASOLINE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - Chudovskyi A.1

Scientific consultant - Kolycheva V.B.2

Since modern cars are operated with the use of internal combustion engines burningpetroleum products, the demand for "fuel" energy is growing rapidly every year. During theproduction and transportation of petroleum products, various abnormal situations arise with theviolation of the rules of discharge / filling at receiving at issuing or transferring of internal fuels.As a result of motor fuel mixing of various classes and brands there is a change in operationalcharacteristics leading to the fact that the quality indicators of the obtained oil product do not meetthe requirements of regulatory standards.

The processes of fuel quality recovery are quite complex to implement, since the processesare time-consuming and require large investments the problem of determining the permissiblecontent of one type of fuel in a certain amount of another without outperformance of qualityindicators, is particularly relevant at the present time.

The objective was to develop a mathematical model for calculating the limiting ratios ofthe mixing of automotive fuels based on changes in their quality indicators.

Analysis termsMixtures of winter diesel fuels (DF-W-K5) and gasoline of various grades (MG-92-K5,

MG-95-K5 and MG-98-K5) were used to conduct studies to determine the flash point in a closedcrucible according to the conditions of State Standard 6356-75 [1].

Processing of the results of the analysis to determine the patterns of change in flash pointwith an increase in the share of motor gasoline in diesel fuel was carried out in Microsoft Excelsoftware.

Determination of flash point of automotive fuel blendsThe samples were subjected to analysis of diesel winter fuel DT-F-K5:1 Manufacturer LLC RN-Komsomolsk Refinery;2 Manufacturer JSC "ANHK";3 Manufacturer of Achinsk Refinery VNK.As a result of the analysis, the values of flash temperatures were obtained, determined in a

closed crucible of mixtures of motor gasolines MG-98-K5, MG-95-K5 and MG -92-K5 and dieselfuel samples №1, №2 и №3.

The results obtained allowed to establish that the flash point of the mixtures of diesel fuelsof samples №1, №2 и №3 and MG-98-K5, MG-95-K5 and MG-92-K5 motor gasolines naturallydecreases with an increase in the share of motor gasoline, while their quality indicators go beyondthe established conditions of State Standard 32511 2013 “Diesel fuel EURO. Technicalconditions” [2] when the concentration of gasoline is equal to and exceeds 1.14% (0.8 ml) and1.71% (1.2 ml), and their flash points are less than 40 ° C, that is, petroleum product cannot beconsidered as a standard fuel.

Determination of patterns of change in flash points of mixtures of winter diesel fuelswith motor gasolines of various brands


33

In the course of processing the results of the analysis, using the calibration curve method,the laws of change in flash temperatures were determined - it was found that the flash temperaturedecreases linearly with an increase in the concentration of motor gasoline mixed with diesel fuelaccording to the equation presented in formula 1.

1 2k t k , (1)where ɳ – calculated mixing ratios;

t – flash point.It was also found that when the content of motor gasoline is less than 1% in a mixture with

diesel fuel, the quality indicators of motor fuel was not go beyond the limits set by regulatorystandards for diesel fuel. Quality indicators of automotive fuel will not exceed the limits set by theregulatory standards for diesel fuels when the content of motor gasoline is less than 1% mixedwith diesel fuel.

Mathematical model for calculating the ratio of mixing automotive fuelsThe construction of the mathematical model was carried out using the Microsoft Excel

software using automatic selection of coefficients for finding solutions to nonlinear problemsusing the generalized reduced gradient method.

In the course of the study, a linear equation was compiled, which general form is presentedin formula 1. It allows calculating the ratio of the mixing of diesel fuels with motor gasolines onthe basis of varying flash temperatures of these fuel mixtures.

The results of the mixing ratios of automotive fuels, according to the developedmathematical model calculation and their comparison with experimental data (∆2), are presentedin the table.

TableThe results of the mixing ratios

Sample Brand gasoline ɳ exp, % ɳ calc, % ∆1, %

№1MG-98-К5 1,00 0,73 27,30MG-95-К5 1,00 0,83 16,68MG-92-К5 1,00 0,87 12,84

№2MG-98-К5 1,00 0,43 56,63MG-95-К5 1,00 0,56 53,52MG-92-К5 1,00 0,54 46,38

№3MG-98-К5 1,00 0,50 49,68MG-95-К5 1,00 0,58 41,81MG-92-К5 1,00 0,62 38,15

The average relative error of calculation is 38%, the maximum relative error does notexceed 57%. In the process of mathematical modeling, a tendency was revealed to reduce themagnitude of the permissible error, which can be considered a prospect for further improvementof the model.

ConclusionDetermining flash temperatures in a closed crucible of diesel fuel mixtures with motor

gasolines of various brands, a proportional decrease in flash temperatures was established with anincrease in the share of gasoline in mixtures, increasing in the series MG-98-K5, MG-95-K5, MG-92-K5.

The maximum permissible concentration of gasoline in mixtures with diesel fuels has beendetermined, at which the quality indicators of the latter will not go beyond the limits establishedby regulatory standards, which amounted to 1.14% for MG-98-K5, MG-95-K5 and MG-92-K5.


34

A mathematical model has been developed for calculating the mixing ratios of diesel fuelswith automobile gasolines of various grades using experimentally obtained flash points ofmixtures determined in a closed cup.

References1. STATE STANDARD 6356-75. Nefteprodukty. Metod opredeleniya temperatury

vspyshki v zakrytom tigle. – Vved. 01.01.1977. – M. : Iz-vo standartov. - 7 p.2. STATE STANDARD 32511-2013 Toplivo dizel'noe EVRO. Tekhnicheskie

usloviya.– Vved. 15.03.2014. – M. : Iz-vo standartov. – 17 p.

Drankov A.N.1,2

SYNTHESIS OF MAGNETIC SORBENTS BASED ON CoFe2O4 SPININE FORURANIUM (VI) EXTRACTION FROM DIFFERENT PH OF AQUATIC MEDIA

1Far Eastern Federal University2Institute of Chemistry, FEB RASScientific adviser – I.G. Tananaev1


For many years, spinel-type ferrite particles have attracted attention because of theiroutstanding physicochemical properties, including excellent magnetic characteristics, surface-activecenters, high chemical stability, customizable shape and size, and the ease with which they can bemodified or functionalized. Due to their multifunctional properties, availability and ability tomagnetic separation, spinel-ferrite sorbents are the best choice for water treatment applications thatrequire high adsorption efficiency and fast kinetics. The stability of spinel-ferrite sorbents atdifferent values (pH 2.0–8.0) is an advantage, since they can be used in a wide pH range as adsorbingmaterials for water purification [1].

In order to obtain nanostructured sorbents based on iron oxides and cobalt, including sampleswith mixed phase composition (CoFexOy spinels) and their reduced forms, in this work, we usedthe methodology of template, sol-gel synthesis and thermostimulatory synthesis in gases (argon-hydrogen) for the synthesis of materials with reduced nanoscale phases of metals iron and cobalt.

In the course of physical and chemical research methods, it was found that the conditions ofheat treatment of materials affect the composition, structure and properties of the spinels obtained.

TableThe list of materials based on a mixture of iron oxides and cobalt and their reduced forms

Synthesis SampleName

Synthesistemperature,

С

Gasenvironment

Phasecomposition S, m2/g

Sol-gel Co-Fe-Sg-600 600 Air Co3O4|CoFe2O4 2.24Co-Fe-Sg-900 900 Air CoO|CoFe2O4 0.42

Template Co-Fe-Тs-600 600 Air Fe2O3|CoFe2O4 13.70Co-Fe-Тs-900 900 Air Fe2O3|CoFe2O4 5.65

Reconstructive

Co-Fe-Тs-600-Red 900 Hydrogen Co0|Fe0 0.54

Co-Fe-Тs-900-Red 900 Hydrogen Co0|Fe0 0.36


35

Fig. 1 Sorption of uranyl ions from aqueous media at different pH valuesAccording to the data (Table 1), the phase composition of the samples under study is

composites based on CoFe2O4 spinel with an admixture of cobalt and iron oxides. An increase in theannealing temperature is accompanied by a sharp decrease in the specific surface area of the material.

Sorption efficiency was evaluated, kinetic curves of sorption of uranium (VI) extraction fromaqueous media were obtained at different pH values of the medium for the obtained sorbents.Sorption mechanisms (“reductive precipitation” or “sorption-reagent interaction”) of uranyl ions inthe presence of synthesized sorbents of different composition are proposed.

The work was supported by the Russian Foundation for Basic Research in the frameworkof the scientific project No. 18-33-00066 “mol_a”. The analytical definition used the equipmentof Shimadzu with the financial support of Genzo Shimadzu scholarship.

References1. Harikishore, D. / Spinel ferrite magnetic adsorbents: Alternative future materials

forwater purification? / D. Harikishore // Coordination Chemistry Reviews. –2016. – Vol. 315 –P. 90 –111

Dvornitcin A.A.1STUDY OF THE PROPERTIES OF NEW POROUS MONOLITHIC SORBENT BASED

ON POLYETHYLENE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – L.A. Lim1


Recently, interest in relation to three-dimensional porous sorbents with a monolithicstructure has become apparent in the field of production and research of synthetic polymeric

0102030405060708090

100

1 2 3 4

Degr

ee o

f ext

ract

ion,

%

рН=2 рН=4 рН=6 рН=8

Sorption of uranyl ions

Co-Fe (TS) 600 Co-Fe (TS) 900 Co-Fe (TS) 600 Red Co-Fe (TS) 900 Red


36

sorbents. They have some positive properties such as: a significant surface area, the possibility ofsorption by the surface and the internal volume, simplicity and multiple uses, lack of dispersionof the material, large holding capacity [4, 5].

It is especially attractive to use polyolefins, in particular polyethylene, as a raw materialfor the production of the presented class of sorbents, considering the scale of production and thegeneration of wastes from this material. In the Russian segment of scientific articles and patents,a number of papers were found on the preparation of sorbents based on polyethylene [2, 3].However, we did not find works devoted to monolithic polyethylene nanoporous sorbents.

Earlier, we developed an original method for obtaining nanoporous polymeric sorbentbased on polyethylene used to obtain a material with a given porosity [1]. Its structure has beeninvestigated by SEM. At low concentrations, the presence of strongly developed surface withsignificant roughness, pores and voids of various sizes was established. When trying to obtain asorbent with high porosity, the property of “collapsing” of voids and pores is found and this leadsto a decrease in the specific surface. An example of the surface structure is presented below (Fig.1).

From the general form of the surface structure of this product, one can single out the generalform of the product, which tends to the form of a “blossoming flower” with the presence ofcharacteristic “petals”. In addition, a sufficiently large number of fibers of polyethylenemacromolecules with the presence of surface roughness are noticeable. In addition, the entireimage shows the dominance of elongated pores and depressions with a linear size of 4-6 micronsand a number of very small pores in the lower right part of the image. The presence of irregularitiesin the seams of PE fibers and the presence of a region with very small pores suggests that thereare mesopores in these regions with sizes less than 50 nm. The same surface with a larger scale ispresented below (Fig. 2).

Fig. 1 – Surface structure in 3100x increase

The structure of the sample is characterized by a very developed surface with the presenceof significant cavities in the form of "gorges" and several large cavities. This may indicate a fairlyweak connectivity of the entire material, which significantly affects the mechanical properties.The presence of "petals" over the entire surface area is noticeable, which looks more vividly withincreasing scale.


37

Fig. 2 – Surface structure in 420x increase

This feature in the volume and on the surface can explain the demonstration of a significantholding capacity, found during model experience with the summer diesel fuel.

Possible superhydrophobicity was found for this substance for all ratios, the coefficient ofwetting angle varies from 152 ̊ to 157 .̊ Supposedly, the demonstration of possiblesuperhydrophobicity is due to the developed surface structure, represented by pores, voids andcomplex relief with the overall hydrophobicity of polyethylene. In the case of incomplete dryingof the material after contact with water, a loss of possible superhydrophobicity is observed, andthe wetting angle takes on values of 138-142 .̊ This may be due to some delay of the microdropletsof water in the pores, voids and surface irregularities. Further testing of the material for possiblesuperhydrophobicity is needed, despite the indicators of the contact angle.

In this way, the obtained nanoporous material based on polyethylene has a number ofinteresting properties, which makes it promising for the development of new polymer membranes,devices for solid-phase extraction and other applications.

References1. Dvornitcin, А. А. Nanoporous polymeric sorbent based on polyethylene : Final

qualifying work / А. А. Dvornitcin. – Vladivostok : FEFU, 2018. – 78 P.2. Pat. 2194719 Russia, IPC7 С 08 F 6/12. The method of separation of components

from solutions of polyolefins in organic solvents / К.V. Pochivalov, V.V. Afanasyev,L.N. Mizerovsky, S.N. Kozlov ; applicant and patent holder Ivanovo State University of ChemicalTechnology, Central Research Institute of Film Materials and Artificial Leather. –№ 2001121973/04; decl. 07.08. 01 ; publ. 20.02.02. – 6 P.

3. Pat. 2252071 Russia, IPC7 B 01 J 20/26, C 08 J 11/04, C 08 F 6/12. The methodof obtaining fine sorbent oil and oil products from high molecular waste production / D. L.Siganov; applicant and patent holder Institute of Chemistry of Solutions of the Russian Academyof Sciences. – № 2003123667/04; decl. 28.07.03 ; publ. 20.05.05. – 8 p.

4. Advanced sorbents for oil-spill cleanup: recent advances and future perspectives /J. Ge, H.-Y. Zhao, H.-W. Zhu, J. Huang // Advanced Materials. – 2016. – Vol. 28. –P. 10459-10490.


38

5. Gadgeel, A. Synthesis of microporous interconnected polymeric foam ofpoly(glycidyl methacrylate-co-divinyl bezene-co-butyl acrylate) by using aqueous foam as atemplate / A. Gadgeel, S. T. Mhaske // Colloids and Surfaces A. – 2019. – Vol. 563. – P. 193-205.

Еfimov I.M.MODEL OPERATION OF THE MODES OF FUNCTIONING OF A RECTIFICATION

COLUMN WITH USE OF THE MODIFIED METHOD OF RELAXATIONS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – V.P. Krivosheev1

Scientific consultant – Yu.O. Kamornaya2

In the real work, the following designations and reductions are applied:V – steam stream;F – delivery stream;x – concentration of a component in liquid;y – concentration of a component in couple;H – amount of liquid on a plate;е – distillate share;k – constant of phase equilibrium;γ – an activity coefficient;ρ – pressure of saturated steam;Р – pressure on a plate;z – gross - concentration.i – component;N – quantity of components;j – plate.

In present time model operation of the static and dynamic modes is an importantcomponent of projection of rectification columns. For projection, it is necessary to simulateprocess in the form of mathematical calculation with the use of program methods. One of suchmethods is the modified method of relaxation. This method is based on discrete sequence of astage of mixture of the streams entering on a plate, and on divisions, flash vaporization, all mix onequilibrium streams.

The mathematical model of the process of rectification [1] without thermal interface ofstreams is described, by the system of differential equations of a look (1):

(1)

At consideration of the modified method of a relaxation, the equation (1) takes form (2) [1]:

(2)

Let us consider the coefficient considering receptivity of j-y of a plate on liquid. This sizeshows amount of liquid on a plate at unit of time (delay Z). (3)

(3)


39

Let us use the accepted designations and we will get the mixture equation used forcalculation of process of rectification in the modified method of a relaxation, and we will receivethe equation gross of ratio of mixture on j-y to a plate (4) [1]:

(4)

Knowing gross structure for the chosen plate (a division step) of j, determine Tj temperaturetaking into account the material balance equation and flash vaporization by formula 5-6 [2]:

(5)

(6)

Pressure of saturated steam of pi – is function from temperature. The dependence isdetermined by Ridel's equation [3]:

(7)

The structure of a liquid and vapor phase of flash vaporization is in formulas 8-9.

(8)

(9)Further, the recurrent equation (formula 10) sets a new profile of coefficients of a delay [1],

which are the adjusting parameters when calculating process of rectification by the modifiedmethod of a relaxation.

(10)

Condition of the end of searching are [2] exit of a rectification column to steady conditions.In the program, it is established conditions of the end of searching at constancy of profiles ofdelays.

This method is realized in programming language C++ for calculation of the rectificationcolumn dividing mix isopropyl benzene and ethyl benzene. Profiles of concentration of LLK andTLK, temperature profile on height of a column and transition phenomenon’s at influence on anexpense and structure of a delivery are received.

References1. Ivanov, V.I. Model operation of transient regimes of rectification columns for

problem solving of management / V.I. Ivanov, V.P. Krivosheyev, M.G. Akhmadeev // Naphthaand Gas. – 1985. – No. 9. – P. 84-87

2. Gaixing, R. R. Features of calculation of a rectification column by the modifiedmethod of a relaxation / R.R. Gaysin, R.F. Gayazov, T.G. Umergalin // Messenger of the Ufa stateoil technical university. – 2012. – Vyp 12. – P. 118-120

3. Umergalin T. G. Mathematical model operation of the basic chemical andtechnological processes / T.G. Umergalin. – Ufa: UGNTU publishing house, 2001. – 61 p.


40

Eremeeva A.A.1, Popov A.S.1INFLUENCE OF TREATMENT OF THE PEACH OF BUCKWHEATS ON THE

PHYSICAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE POLYMERIC COMPOSITIONMATERIAL


Scientific adviser – A.M. Zabolotnaya1


The production of extrusion wood-polymer composites (WPC) is a developing promisingindustry which is becoming increasingly common nowadays. The advantages of polymericlignocellulosic composites lie in the fact that the materials obtained are cheap, ecologicallyfriendly and easily available because of annual reproduction of plant raw materials.

One of the most promising lignocellulosic fillers for the production of WPC from plantraw materials is buckwheat husk (SH) [1]. Composite material filled with buckwheat husk hashigh resistance and lower water absorption, which can beneficially compete with high-qualityWPC filled with wood flour [2].

According to the results of the previous studies [3, 4], it was found that the additional stageof processing of the filler allows you to influence the properties of the final composite material.

This work deals with the study of the influence of thermal and hydrothermal treatment ofa buckwheat husk filler on the properties obtained by a composite material based on polyethylene.

Buckwheat husks of the 2016 harvest grown in the Tselinny District of the Altai Territorywere used as filler. After grinding, manual mixing was carried out to average the fractionalcomposition.

Buckwheat husks are pretreated in the following ways: mechanical processing, which includes grinding the buckwheat husk of natural

moisture with a further manual averaging of the fractional composition. hydrothermal processing at elevated pressure, which includes keeping crushed husk in

a reactor at a temperature of 140 ° C in an aqueous medium, followed by filtration and drying ina heating cabinet.

heat processing, which includes keeping crushed husk in a heating cabinet at atemperature of 140 ° C to harden a constant mass.

For hydrothermal and heat processing husks of natural moisture, processed by mechanicalmeans were used.

Samples of the composite material were obtained by melt-mixing using a Thermo ScientificProcess 11 laboratory twin-screw extruder with three types of fillers made from buckwheat husks,depending on the type of processing, with the following filler: polyethylene ratio of 20: 80, 40:60; 60: 40 % (mass.).

For each series of the obtained material, test samples were made in the form of dumbbells(shoulder blades) on a Thermo Scientific HAAKE MiniJet II vertical injection moldingmicromachine.

The physicomechanical properties of the samples were examined on a Shimadzu AG-X 10 kNuniversal testing machine, the results are presented in Figure 1.


41

Fig. 1. Tensile strength (σ, MPa) and modulus of elasticity (E, MPa) of the samples under tension,depending on the degree of filling (%) and the type of treatment of the filler

PE - polyethylene samples without fillerE - samples filled with husks of natural moisture after machining

G - samples filled with husks after hydrothermal processingT - samples filled with husks after heat processing

Pretreatment slightly reduces the tensile strength. The samples with a filler from buckwheathusk of natural moisture content (E20, E40 and E60) have the highest strength characteristics.Processing of the filler in this case does not have a positive effect on the strength characteristics. Thehighest values of the modulus of elasticity showed samples with a content of 40% for all samples.One can note the positive effect of hydrothermal processing of the filler on this parameter.

It is assumed that the heat processing of the filler could lead to an increase in the overallpolarity of the material, and worse adhesion to the polyethylene matrix, which results in a decreasein tensile strength.

References1. Poluchenie lignocellyuloznyh polimernyh kompozitov na osnove grechnevoy sheluhi

i polietilena / L. A. Lim, D. A. Makeich, N. A. Prishchenko, A. M. Zabolotnaya, V. A. Reutov, E.V. Kovaleva // Mezhdunarodnyy zhurnal prikladnyh i fundamental'nyh issledovaniy. – 2015. – №6 (3). – P. 514.

2. Vliyanie sostava napolnitelya na svoystva lignocellyuloznogo polimernogokompozicionnogo materiala / V. A. Reutov, L. A. Lim, A. M. Zabolotnaya, N. A. Prishchenko, A.V. Anufriev, E. V. Pustovalov // Vtoroy mezhdisciplinarnyy molodezhnyy nauchnyy forum smezhdunarodnym uchastiem «Novye materialy». Sochi. 1-4 iyunya 2016 g. – M. :Interkontaktnauka, 2016. – P. 69-71.

3. Vliyanie obrabotki napolnitelya na svoystva polimernogo kompozicionnogo materialana osnove polietilena / A.A. Rudenko, L.A. Lim, V.A. Reutov, A.M. Zabolotnaya, N.A.Prishchenko, D.V. Yarygin // Mezhdunarodnaya konferenciya sovmestno s molodezhnoynauchnoy shkoloy "Biotekhnologiya novyh materialov–okruzhayushchaya sreda–kachestvozhizni" : Tez. dokl. – Krasnoyarsk. : SFU, 2016. – P. 14.

4. Obrabotka sheluhi grechihi dlya ispol'zovaniya v kachestve napolnitelya v polimernyhkompozicionnyh materialah / A.A. Rudenko, A.M. Zabolotnaya, N.A. Prishchenko // MaterialyNauchnogo seminara SHkoly estestvennyh nauk DVFU po himii i himicheskim tekhnologiyam«Aktual'nye problemy himicheskih i resursosberegayushchih tekhnologiy» : Tez. dokl. – Kazan'.: Molodoy Uchenyy, 2016. – P. 18.


42

Fraimovich S.А.1DIESEL EMISSION IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENT DURING THE PROCESS OF

FUEL STORAGE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – O.V. Patrusheva1


Oil products as an energy carrier occupy a leading place in the global economy. Theprocess of filling and storing petroleum and petroleum products in tanks is always accompaniedby emission of hydrocarbons and other components, emitted during the fuel storage. Petroleumlosses from vaporization during the storage consist with «big» и «little» tank breathing. Duringthe process of tank and atmosphere contact of filling and emptying or pressure changing there isemission of steam-gas mixture from reverse flap, which content depends on physical features ofdiesel alkanes (table 1).

Table 1General characteristics of diesel by structure of alkane hydrocarbon [4]

Component Chemical formula Saturated steam pressureat t=-40/+40°C, mm Hg

Boiling temperature, °C

Nonane С9H20 0-40 +140Decane С10H22 0-5 +160

Undecane С11H24 0-1.2 +190Dodecane С12H26 0-0.4 +220Tridecane С13H28 0 +250

Tetradecane С14H30 0 +270Pentadecane С15H32 0 +300

Hexadecane (Cetane) С16H34 0 +300Heptadecane С17H36 0 +301,8Octadecane С18H38 0 +317,4Nonadecane С19H40 0 +330

The decree of the State Committee on Ecology of the Russian Federation states diesel vaporemissions consists of alkanes(C1-С19, before 99,57 %), hydrogen sulfide (near 0,28 %) and smallamount (less 0,15 %) aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene), whichare not considered separately and included in alkanes emissions [3]. When the concentration ofhydrocarbon vapors in the air is more than 300 mg/m3 there are eye, skin, respiratory tractirritation; when the concentration of hydrogen sulfide more than 10 mg/m3 there is mentaldepression, conjunctivitis and visual impairment [5]. Threshold limit value (TLV) hydrocarbonsand hydrogen sulphide, contained in diesel fuel, are presented in the table 2.

Table 2TLV diesel vapor emission [1,2]

Component Amount TLV living zone, mg/m3 Amount TLVworking zone,

mg/m3

Hazardclass

Hazardindicatormaximum one-time average daily

С1H4- С5H12 200,0 50,0300 4

reflex.,resistiveС6H14- С10H22 50,0 5,0

H2S 0.008 0 10 2 reflex


43

Petroleum products are mainly stored in steel surface tanks of three types: Vertical cylindrical tanks with volume from 1000 to 20000 m3 with fixed roof,

pontoon or floating roof for storage of oil and oil products. At storage of light oil products verticalsteel tanks (VST) are often used as the most convenient for operation .

Spherical tanks with volume of 600 and 2000 m3 for storage of oil and oil productsunder pressure of 2,5 – 18kgs/cm2.

Horizontal volume tanks of 30 – 1000 м3.Gross emissions of petroleum products are of two types: maximum per second and annual.

Their calculation and calculation of surface harmful concentration are made according to theformulas presented in table3.

Table 3Calculation of gross fuel vapor emissions [3, 4]

Name FormulaM (maximum emissions per second), (г/с) = × р × ч : 3600G (annual fuel emissions), (т/год) = (У × Воз + Уз Ввл) × р × 10 хр × нп × рсм (maximum value of the surfaceconcentration of a hazardous substance) ∆

Losses of oil products in the tanks of the VST type in the middle climate zone, dependingon the season, reach 0.05 % of the amount of injected oil. Let us provide the following calculationsof diesel fuel emissions on the example of a tank with a volume of 3000 m3 with an annual turnoverof about 14.4 thousand tons of diesel fuel in the second climate zone without the systems ofreducing emissions.

Table 4Calculations of gross emissions VST -3000 [4]

According to maximum one-time emission concentrations, the height of the emission point,the correction factors, the concentration of alkanes for emissions from one VST -3000 will be12,47 mg/m3 и 0,035 mg/m3 for hydrogen sulphide, which does not exceed TLV. It should bementioned, that on oil terminal there are different tanks. Turnover can also exceed our specifiedannual turnover. So, under other conditions it is necessary to consider the possibility of reducingfuel vapour emissions into the atmosphere during the process of diesel storage in a group ofdifferent tanks.

References1. GN 2.1.6.3492-17. Hygiene regulations. Threshold limit value (TLV) pollutants in

the atmosphere of urban and rural settlements. - Enter 12/22/2017. - M.: Standardinform, 2018. -67 p.

2. GN 2.2.5.3532-18. Hygiene regulations. Threshold limit value (TLV) hazardcomponent in work zone air. - Enter 02/23/2017- M.: Standardinform, 2018. - 176 p.

3. Order of the Ministry of Natural Resources of the Russian Federation dated June06, 2017 No. 273 “On the approval of methods for calculating the dispersion of emissions of

Component Content Maximum one-time , g/s Gross emission , t/yearС1-С20 99,72% 0,1043736 0,036732

H2S 0,28% 0,0002931 0,000103


44

harmful (polluting) substances in atmospheric air” // Collection of the legislation of the RussianFederation. - 2017. - № 48

4. Resolution of the State Committee on Ecology of the Russian Federation of April8, 1998 No. 199 “On approval of methods for calculating emissions of pollutants into theatmosphere”. // Meeting of the legislation of the Russian Federation. - 1998. - № 36.

5. Lazarev, N. V. Hazard components in industry : handbook for chemists, engineersand doctors : Ed. 7th. In 3 volumes. Volume 1. Organic substances / N.V. Lazareva, E.N. LevinSPb. : Chemistry, 1976. - 592 p.

Ishtokina E. I.1, Khrebtov A.A.1, Pavlov I.S.1, Nefedov P.S.1SENSITIZED LUMINESCENCE OF A SYSTEM BASED ON POLYSTYRENE DOPED

WITH THREE LUMINOPHORES1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Institute of Chemistry FEB RAS3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – L.A. Lim1, E.V. Fedorenko2


β-diketonates boron difluoride are characterized by high luminescence intensity in a widerange of wavelengths in the visible region of the spectrum. One of the most perspectiveapplications of polymer luminescent compositions (PLC) based on these compounds areluminescent solar concentrators, which can potentially increase the efficiency of light energyconversion into electricity by photovoltaic (PV) devices. However, the most spread silicon PV arecharacterized by a maximum of the spectral sensitivity in the longwave range of the visiblespectrum and in the near-infrared region [1].

We have previously investigated PLCs based on polystyrene (PS) [2] and polycarbonate[3], doped with a mixture of two luminophores, which shift the radiation from the near ultraviolet(UV) region to the yellow-green spectral range using an energy transfer process. In this work,PLCs based on PS doped with ditoluylmethanate of boron difluoride (L1),2,2-difluoro-4-(3'-nitrophenyl)-6-naphthaloyl-1,3,2-dioxaborin (L2),2,2-difluoro-4-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)-6-phenyl-1,3,2-dioxaborin (L3), mixtures L1+L2 andL1+L2+L3.

PLC were obtained by the method of pneumatic sputtering on a glass substrate. Theresearch of the spectral properties of the samples was carried out by the method of stationaryluminescence spectroscopy.

Figure 1 shows luminescence excitation and luminescence spectra of substances L1 andL2. The luminescence bands of L1 (408 nm and 426 nm) overlap with the long-wavelengthexcitation luminescence band of L2 (375 nm), which give the ability to suggest the existence ofsensitized luminescence in the L1-L2-PS system.


45

Fig. 1. Spectra of luminescence excitation (solid) and luminescence (dashed line) of PS films dopedwith L1 (1) and L2 (2)

Picture 2 shows luminescence excitation and luminescence spectra of substance L3, amixture of L1 and L2, as well as L1, L2 and L3 in PS. Overlap of long-wavelength luminescenceband of a PS film doped with L1 and L2 (431 nm) with a luminescence excitation band of L3 (539nm) in PS results to radiative energy transfer. It leads to appearance of L3 luminescence band (560nm) in the L1-L2-L3-PS system, which is excited at a wavelength of 375 nm.

Fig. 2. Spectra of luminescence excitation (solid) and luminescence (dotted line) of PS films dopedwith L3 (1), L1+L2 (2) and L1+L2+L3 (3)

Thus, it can be concluded that energy transfer in the L1-L2-L3-PS system results to a shiftof short-wave UV radiation to the red region of the spectrum, where the spectral sensitivity of thesilicon PV is higher.

References1. Enhancing the performance of solar cells via luminescent down-shifting of the

incident spectrum : A review. / E. Klampaftis and others // Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cells.– 2009. – Vol. 93, № 8. – P. 1182-1194


46

2. Luminescence of a Polymer Composite Doped with Boron Chelates. Mechanismof Luminescence Sensitization / A.A. Khrebtov, E. V. Fedorenko, L. A. Lim, V. A. Reutov //Optics and Spectroscopy. – 2018. - Vol. 124, №. 1. – P. 68-71

3. Pavlov, I.S. Issledovanie spektral'nyh svoystv polikarbonatnyh plyonok,dopirovannyh helatami bora / I.S. Pavlov, A.A. Hrebtov, P.S. Nefedov // Materialy Regional'noynauchno-prakticheskoy konferencii studentov, aspirantov i molodyh uchyonyh po estestvennymnaukam, Vladivostok, 16–30 aprelya 2018 g. [Elektronnyy resurs] / Otv. red. A.V. Malyugin. –Elektron. dan. – Vladivostok : Dal'nevost. federal. un-t, 2018. - S. 407-409. – Rezhim dostupa:https://www.dvfu.ru/schools/school_of_natural_sciences/sciences/the-conference/new-page.php.– Zagl. s ekrana.

Kalinovskii A.P.1,2

MARINE SPONGES 28S rRNA GENE PCR-AMPLIFICATION1 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry FEB RAS3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisor – M.P. Isaeva2


Sponges (Porifera) are an incredibly rich source of new biologically active natural productsbelonging to different chemical classes such as alkaloids, terpenoids, glycosides, phenazines,polyketides, fatty acids, peptides, amino acid analogues, porphyrins and sterols [1, 2]. Theunderstanding of phylogenetic relationships within the phylum Porifera has significantly changedwith increased data from molecular markers. 28S rRNA gene sequences are actively studied [3].Those sequences are generally obtained to attribute organisms to taxonomic groups, discoverrelations and evaluate species divergence. 28S rRNA gene amplification by means of polymerasechain reaction (PCR) demands a search of optimal conditions.

As a result of this work, high quality genome DNA was isolated from marine sponges’samples with a large output. It was shown that applying temperature gradient PCR and varyingprimers concentrations do not lead to the production of a single specific PCR-fragment for directsequencing, however touchdown PCR makes it possible. PCR-fragments sequences were obtainedand compared to 28S rRNA gene sequences in NCBI database, using the BLAST(http://blast.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov). It was found that nucleotide sequences 800 bp in length match to28S rRNA gene regions of different Porifera species.

References1. Marine Sponges as a Drug Treasure / Komal Anjum, Syed Qamar Abbas, Sayed Asmat

Ali Shah, Najeeb Akhter, Sundas Batool and Syed Shams ul Hassan // Biomolecules &Therapeutics. – 2016. – 24(4). – P. 347-362

2. Cytotoxic Compounds Derived from Marine Sponges. A Review (2010–2012) / RobertoMioso, Francisco J. Toledo Marante, Ranilson de Souza Bezerra, Flávio Valadares Pereira Borges,Bárbara V. de Oliveira Santos and Irma Herrera Bravo de Laguna // Molecules. – 2017. – 22(208). – P. 1-34


47

3. Nearly Complete 28S rRNA Gene Sequences Confirm New Hypotheses of SpongeEvolution / Robert W. Thacker, April L. Hill, Malcolm S. Hill, Niamh E. Redmond, Allen G.Collins, Christine C. Morrow, Lori Spicer, Cheryl A. Carmack, Megan E. Zappe, DeborahPohlmann, Chelsea Hall, Maria C. Diazjj, Purushotham V. Bangalore // Integrative andComparative Biology. – 2013. – Vol. 53, N. 3. – P. 373–387

Khmelevskaya E.A.1, Dyshlovoy S.A.1,3, Sabutskiy Yu.E.3, Pelageev D.N.1,3

TIOMETHYLATION OF 2-HYDROXYNAPHTAZARINES1,2,3,4-TETRAACETYL-6-MERCAPTOGLUCOSE


3G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, FEB RASScientific adviser – D.N. Pelageev1,3


Lately, the idea of conjugating molecules of antitumor drugs with carbohydrate moleculesto increase their selectivity with respect to tumor cells is getting more attention. This idea is basedon the so-called Warburg effect [1]. This effect describes and explains the ability of tumor cellsand tissues to consume a large amount of glucose in comparison with normal non-tumorous cells.

Monosaccharide conjugates of antitumor drugs are the most suitable derivatives for thedevelopment of anticancer drugs since they have high water solubility and stability in humanserum [2, 3].

Earlier, we obtained quinone-carbohydrate conjugates in which a monosaccharidefragment is attached to the naphthochinoid core directly through a sulfur atom. Some of thesecompounds showed higher activity against tumor cells of human prostate cancer compared withnormal [4].

In this study, we obtained a new type of potentially biologically active quinone-carbohydrate conjugates, in which the 1,2,3,4-tetraacetyl-6-mercaptoglucose fragment is attachedto the naphthoquinoid nucleus through a methylene spacer. For further bioassays, compounds 2were deacetylated in to conjugates 3 with a free carbohydrate moiety (fig. 1).

Fig. 1. Scheme of the reaction of thiomethylation of 2-hydroxynaphthazarins (3)1,2,3,4-tetraacetyl-6-mercaptoglucose

This work was supported by the Russian Foundation for Basic Research (project № 18-33-00460).

References1. Warburg, O. On the origin of cancer cells / O. Warburg // Science. – 1956. – V.

123. – P. 309-314


48

2. Verma, R.P. Anti-cancer activities of 1,4-naphthoquinones: a QSAR study. /R. P. Verma // Anticancer Agents in Medicinal Chemistry. – 2006. – V. 6. – P. 489-499

3. Calvaresi, E.C., Glucose conjugation for the specific targeting and treatment ofcancer / E. C. Calvaresi, P.J. Hergenrother // Chemical Science. – 2013. – V. 4. – P. 2319-2333

4. Pelageev, D.N. Uglevodnye conjuaty 1,4-naptohinonov neglicosidnoy prirody:sintez i protivoopuholevaya aktivnost // IV Mezhdistsiplinarnyy simpozium po meditsinskoy,organicheskoy, biologicheskoy khimii i farmatsevtike. Novyy svet, Krym, 23-26 sentyabrya 2018:tez. dokl. – M.:Pero, 2018 – P. 66.

Kozhushnaia A.B.1ISOLATION OF INDIVIDUAL SECONDARY METABOLITES FROM THE MARINE

SPONGE GEODIA SP.1School of Natural Science, Far Eastern Federal University

2G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry (PIBOC)3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – E.G. Lyakhova2


Marine sponges are the traditional objects for the researches from the Laboratory of MarineNatural Compounds Chemistry in PIBOC. The great interest to this group of marine invertebratescould be explained by their complex and specific secondary metabolism. Thus, marine spongesproduce diverse secondary metabolites including isoprenoids, steroids, glycosides, polyketidesand alkaloids. Often the compounds possess unique structures with the features unprecedented forterrestrial organisms. The majority of marine sponge’s secondary metabolites demonstratedifferent biological effects in varied biochemical tests. For example, they show antitumor,antimalarial, antimicrobial, insecticidal and anti-inflammatory properties [1].

In particular, sea sponges of the genus Geodia were shown to contain terpenoid compoundsof the isomalabarican class. Isomalabaricanes are triterpenoids, characterized as a trans-syn-trans6,6,5-tricyclic core with a highly conjugated polyene system in side chain located at C-13, togetherwith a ketone group located at C-12 (fig. 1) [2]. Chemical structure variation of isomalabaricanesresults mainly from oxidation either degradation of the side chain.

HO

O

13

H

H 12

29

30

28

19

1

Fig. 1 Chemical structure [2]

In addition, isomalabarican derivatives have been found in some other marine sponges andare considered as chemotoxonomic markers of Geodia, Jaspis, Stelletta, and Rhabdastrella spongegenera. Some of isomalabaricanes, including stellettin A from Geodia japonica [3], were shownto possess selective cytotoxic activity against melanoma tumor line cells. These previously


49

reported results showed the actuality of isomalabaricanes investigation and encouraged us to studytropical Geodia sp. sample collected in Vietnamese waters during the expedition onboard the r/v«Akademik Oparin». The present report observes methods applied for the isolation of Geodia sp.metabolites.

For the isolation of individual compounds from Geodia sp the sponge material waschopped into pieces and extracted with ethanol. The ethanol soluble materials obtained afterconcentration of the extract were dissolved in distilled water (100 mL) and partitioned in turn withEtOAc (100 mL×3). Evaporation of the EtOAc extracts gave a brown gum, that was furtherdivided into three fractions using sephadex LH-20 column (2×95 cm) chromatography (CHCl3-EtOH, 1:1). The main fraction obtained was divided into nine subfractions using column (4 × 15cm) chromatography on silica gel in a stepwise gradient of the elution system CHCl3 → EtOH.Fraction 4 was separated into four subfractions using the same normal-phase column and eluentsystems CHCl3/EtOH (100:1→10:1). Subfraction 4.4 was purified by reversed-phase HPLC(YMC-Pack ODS-A, 10×250 mm, 70% EtOH, 1.5 mL/min) and rechromatographed using thesame column with 60% EtOH.

As a result, two individual natural compounds were obtained and subjected to furtherstructural analysis.

References1. Marine natural products / J. W. Blunt, B. R. Copp, R. A. Keyzers, M. H. G. Munro,

M. R. Prinsep // Nat. Prod. Rep. – 2016. – Vol. 33. – P. 382-4312. Bioactive isomalabaricane triterpenes from the marine sponge Rhabdastrella

globostellata / D. Tasdemir, G. C. Mangalindan, G. P. Concepcion, S. M. Verbitski, S. Rabindran,M. Miranda, M. Greenstein, J. N. A. Hooper, M. K. Harper, and C. M. Ireland // J. Nat. Pord. –2002. – Vol. 65. – P. 210-214

3. Stellettin A induces endoplasmic reticulum stress in murine B16 melanoma cells /W. K. Liu, Y. H. Ling, F. W. K. Cheung, C. T. Che // J. Nat. Pord. – 2012. – Vol. 75. – P. 586-590

Kozlovskaia Е.А.1PRODUCTION AND PROPERTIES OF THE CATALYST ON THE BASIS OF

IMMOBILIZED IONIC LIQUID IN THE PROCESS OF ISOMERIZATION OF N-HEXANE


Scientific adviser – O.V. Patrusheva1


An urgent task in petrochemistry is the creation of improved, stable and highly activeisomerization catalysts, allowing to improve the quality of automotive and aviation fuels. Catalystsbased on low-temperature melts of organic and inorganic salts (ionic liquids or IL) may allow tocarry out isomerization processes at lower temperatures, respectively, the cost of productiondecreases [1-2]. According to this statement, an important task of the research is the development ofheterogeneous catalysts, in which the IL would be fixed on a solid natural carrier. One of theproblems arising from the use of these catalysts is the low activity and selectivity of the isomerization


50

process [3]. Changing of testing conditions of immobilization and quantity of application of IL onthe carrier is necessary for improving of heterogeneous catalysts characteristics.

The purpose of this work is to study the process of isomerization of n-hexane in the presenceof immobilized IL under various conditions.

Conditions for the study of the catalyst based on immobilized IL (СCl3+AlCl4−) onvermiculite were:

the process temperature is 40 ° C for 4 hours; the ratio of IL to raw material is 1:60% (mass.) and 1:10% (mass.).

The stage of preparation of the catalytic system consisted of the following stages: IL synthesis; impregnation of vermiculite IL; heterogeneous catalyst drying.

N-heptane was used as an absorber at a temperature of -12 °С. It is required to trap gaseousreaction products. Isomerizate and absorber were analyzed by gas-liquid chromatography. Theconversion and yield of the target products by isomerizate were calculated. Figure 1 shows diagramsof average values of conversion and yield of the target products (i-C5-i-C7) by isomerizate forexperiments with the ratio of IL to raw material 1:60 and 1:10% mass.

Fig. 1. Average values of conversion and yield of the target products

When considering a pure carrier as a catalyst, the isomerization process practically doesn`ttake place, and in the presence of an ionic liquid СCl3 + AlCl4– in the reaction mixture, theconversion of n-hexane reaches 9.5 mass. %, the second in activity is a freshly prepared catalystbased on ionic liquid immobilized on vermiculite, the conversion is 5.4%.

During the course of the isomerization process, a change in the dispersion of the catalystswas observed with increase in number of its applications in the isomerization processes. It was notedthat the catalytic systems after the second isomerization lose their activity, probably due to thephysical destruction of the carrier and desorption of the ionic liquid СCl3 + AlCl4– from its surface.


51

It was noted that the values of conversion and yield of the target products for isomerizateincreased when the ratio of ionic liquid to raw materials was 1:10, than at 1:60 ratio, by 17% (mass.)conversion and by 12% (mass) yield of target products. At the same time, the difference betweenthe isomerizate masses before and after isomerization, on average, for a series of experiments No. 1was 5.05 g (15.6% by mass) and wasn`t taken into account in the composition of the absorber. Thus,the mass loss of the volatile isomerization product occurs. With an increase in the amount of IL inthe catalyst, the loss of mass of volatile substances in the isomerizate increases, therefore theconversion and the yield of the target products by the absorber and its comparison with previousexperiments isn`t possible.

References1. Burdakova, Е. S. Catalytic isomerization of hydrocarbons in the presence of

modified ionic liquids: dissertation for the degree of Ph.D. in Chemistry/ Е. S. Burdakova. – Ufa,2017.

2. The current state and the main trends in the development of promising ionic liquids/ М. V. Burgomistr, О. S. Sverdlikovskaia, О. М. Burgomistr, О. А. Fedenko // Bulletin of UdmurtUniversity. – 2012. Vol. 1. P. 55-68

3. Malikov, I. V. Catalytic isomerization of hydrocarbons in the presence of carriersmodified by ionic liquids: dissertation for the degree of Ph.D. in Chemistry: 05.17.07: defended11.2015: app. 11.2015 / I. V. Malikov – Astrakhan, 2015. – 142 p.

Krivonos N.О.1STUDYING THE PROCESS OF GRAPHITE CONCENTRATE FLUORINATION

WITH AMMONIUM DIFLUORIDE1 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Chemistry3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International

Studies, FEFUScientific advisers – P.V. Sitnik1, M.A. Medkov2


Global consumption of graphite is rapidly increasing every year whereas scale of itsproduction remains at the same level. The graphite ore contains such impurities asaluminosilicates, iron oxides, quartz and others, for the purification of which some thermal orchemical methods in production are used [1]. As those methods have several limitations, apromising method of purifying graphite by ammonium difluoride [2], which has severaladvantages such as reduced electricity costs, the possibility of integrated processing of all majorcomponents of the impurities, as well as the regeneration of the opening reagent was proposed bythe laboratory of mineral processing of Institute of Chemistry (Far East Branch of the RussianAcademy of Sciences).

In the research a batch of graphite concentrate obtained by enriching natural graphite bythe flotation method was used as a raw material. (Percentage of impurities in one (mass%) wasSiO2 = 3.8; Al2O3 = 1.4; Fe2O3 = 0.72; CaO = 0.32; MgO = 0.18; Na2O = 1.0 and K2O = 0.37.)


52

The processing of graphite by ammonium hydrofluoride was carried out at a temperature of 140 °C in time interval from 5 to 90 minutes.

The study showed that the treatment of graphite concentrate by ammonium bifluoride ledto generation of complex compounds of aluminum, iron and silicon is preferable. The basis forcalculating the degree of conversion was the process of obtaining the complex aluminum fluoro-ammonium salt, which determined the overall rate of graphite concentrate’s fluorination. Figure 1shows the dependence of the degree of formation of complex aluminum fluoroammonium salt ontime of temperature exposure.

Fig. 1 – The dependence of the degree of transformation on time

According to Figure 1, increasing of the sintering time of the mixture leads to increasingthe rate of alumina conversion. There is an inverse dependence of the degree of conversion of thefluoro ammonium salt of aluminum from the total mass of the reaction mixture.

Repeatedly conducted studies have established [3] that the rate and degree of fluorinationis not directly affected by the mass of the reaction mixture itself, but by the height of the layer ofthe initial mixture. Figure 2 shows the dependence of the degree of formation of complexaluminum salts on the time of temperature exposure for a sample with a mass of graphiteconcentrate of 10 grams. Studies were conducted in two glassy carbon crucibles of differentvolumes. The results obtained after the complete heating of the reaction mixture in both containerswere compared.

According to Figure 2, the fluorination process is realizable in a large container promotesdeeper cleaning of ore, i.e increasing open contact area of the test mixture, leads to the fact thatthe fluorination process proceeds faster.

To scale the process of fluorination of graphite concentrate it is necessary to use the generalmass balance equation characterizing the distribution of matter in a stationary environment.Because such a system of equations does not have an analytical solution, to obtain the calculatedmass transfer dependences, one has to resort to using the similarity theory.


53

Fig. 2 – Graph of the degree of formation of aluminum fluoride ammonium salt over time with a changein the contact area of the phases

Thus, the study has showed that the processing of graphite concentrate with ammoniumbifluoride proceeds with the formation of easily soluble complex fluorine-ammonium salts of iron,aluminum and silicon, the degree of formation of which depends on temperature exposure and theheight of the reaction mass layer. At the same time, the mass of the original graphite affects onlythe initial stage of the process, i.e when the reaction mixture is heated to the required temperaturethat is important to take into account when modeling the enlarged installation. Calculationsshowed that the presented system was described by two similarity criteria: the Fourier diffusioncriterion and the Damkeler II parameter.

References1 Demyanova, L.P. Rational processing of quartz-containing raw materials by the fluoride

method / L.P. Demyanova, A.S. Buynovskiy, V.S. Rimkevich // Bulletin of Tomsk PolytechnicUniversity. Georesource engineering. – 2010. – V. 317, Vol. 3. – P. 77-81

2 Medkov, M. A. Ammonium hydrofluoride - a promising reagent for complex processingof mineral raw materials / M. A. Medkov, G. F. Krysenko, D. G. Epov // Bulletin of the Far EasternBranch of the Russian Academy of Sciences. – 2011. – № 5. P. 60-65

3 Sitnik, P.V. Study of the process of hydrofluoride processing of graphite concentrate /P.V. Sitnik // XIV Russian Annual Conference of young researchers and graduate students“Physico-chemistry and technology of inorganic materials”: Proc. report - M.: IMET RAS, 2017.- P. 383

4 Romankova, P. G. General principles of chemical technology / P. G. Romankova,M. I. Kurochkina. – SPb. : Chemistry, 1977. – 505 p.


54

Liubikh N.A.1SYNTHESIS OF NITROGEN-CONTAINING ANALOGUES OF ACETYLACETONATE

AND DIBENZOYLMETHANATE DISULFIDES OF BORON DIFLUORIDE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Institute of Chemistry FEB RAS3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – I.V. Svistunova1

Scientific consultant – G.O. Tretyakova1,2


In recent years, the number of papers dedicated to the study of boron difluoride β-diketonates has rapidly increased due to their luminescence properties in solutions [1] and crystals[2]. Boron difluoride β-diketonates are used as semiconductors [3], laser dyes [4], photochromicmaterials [5], they are also used in luminescence analysis as light-emitting materials [6]. Nitrogenanalogs of β-diketonates, ketoiminates of boron difluoride, weakly luminescent in solutions, butbeing very intense luminophores in a crystalline state [7]. Boron ketoiminate derivatives have alarge molar absorption coefficient and high luminescence quantum yields. However, the numberof papers devoted to ketoiminates of boron difluoride is currently very limited; mainly compoundswith bulky substituents at the nitrogen atom (phenyl, tret-butyl, p-bromophenyl) have beenstudied.

In addition, the β-ketoiminates of boron difluoride are the simplest in structure among theβ-ketoiminates of metals, and also stable in air. They can be used to study general reactions of β-ketoiminates, and their specific reactions as well.

The structure of the ligand was proved by IR spectroscopy (fig. 1), the spectrum containsbands in the region of 3400 and 1700 cm-1 for acetylacetonate and 3220 and 1650 cm-1 fordibenzoylmethanate, corresponding to vibrations of the N – H and C – N bonds, respectively. Thestructure of the complex was also proved by IR spectroscopy, the spectrum contains bands in theregion of 1100 and 1400 cm-1 for acetylacetonate and 1150 and 1300 cm-1 for dibenzoylmethanate,corresponding to the vibrations of the B-F and B-O bonds. The 1H, 13C NMR spectra were studiedfor ketoiminate.

Fig. 1. Synthesis of ketoiminates of boron difluoride disulfides


55

References1. Ilge, H. D. Spectroscopy, Photophysics and photochemistry of 1,3-Diketonates/ H. D.

Ilge, M.V. Kozmenko, M.G. Kuzmin// Journal of Photochemistry. – 1987. – N. 36. – P. 27-372. Difluoboron ß-diketonate dyes: Spectrosopic properties and applications/ P.-Z. Chen,

N. Li-Ya, Y. Z. Chen., Q.-Z. Yang// Coordination Chemistry Reviews. – 2017. – Vol. 350. – P.196-216

3. Synthesis, crystal structure, and electron-accepting property of the BF2 complex of adihydroxydione with a perfluorotetracene skeleton/ Ono.K, Hashizume J., Yamaguchi H., TomuraM., Nishida J., Yamashita Y.// Organic Letters. – 2009. – Vol. 11., N. 19. – P. 4326-4329

4. 1,3,2–Dioksoboriny – novyi klass lazernyh krasiteley / N. N. Vasiliev, A. Ya.Gorelenko, I. I. Kalosha, V. A. Mezhentsev, I. G. Tishchenko, V. A. Tolkachev, V. Ya. Tulach,A. P. Shkadarevich // ZH. prikl. Spektr. – 1985. - V. 52, Vol. 1. – P. 51-55

5. A versatile photochromic dithienylethene-containing ß-diketonate ligand: near-infaredphotochromic behavior and photoswitchable luminescence properties upon incorporation of aboron(III) center/ C. T. Poon, W. H. Lam, H. L. Wong, V. W. W. Yam // Journal of Americanchemical society. – 2010. – Vol. 132., N, 40. – P.13992-13993

6. S. Miyata, H. S. Nalwa. Organic Electroluminescent Materials and Devices. –Amsterdam.: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers, 1997. – 487 p.

7. Boron Diiminate with Aggregation-Induced Emission and Crystallization-InducedEmission-Enhancement Characteristics/ R. Yoshii, A. Hirose, K. Tanaka, Y. Chujo // ChemistryEuropean Journal. – 2014. – Vol. 20, N. 27. – P. 8320-8324

Melnik A. I.1EXTRACTION OF HYDROCARBONS FROM SOLUTIONS WITH NANOPORISTS

SORBENTS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.S. Chudovskyi 1


Nowadays spills of crude oil and petroleum products have a significant impact on theecological situation causing damage to human health and the environment. Sorption removalmethods of pollution take an important place in a complex of methods and materials intended forcombating oil spills. In order to establish the source of the oil release into the environment it isalso necessary to analyze the composition of mixtures containing a large number of compoundsof various classes and the accuracy of analysis depends on the methodological and operator errors.

The purpose of this work is to study the toluene absorption from various solutions by ananoporous sorbent based on polyethylene, the sorbent obtained by the student Dvornitsin A.A. atBC CaRT as part of the performance of the SRS had 4g/g capacity in pure toluene [1]).

Due to the hydrophobicity of the starting material the nanoporous sorbent can selectivelyabsorb toluene from various solutions. To research the toluene sorption in static conditions sorbentof known mass was kept under stirring in the prepared aqueous and alcoholic solutions of toluene,after that the composition of the samples was analyzed using the calibration curves obtainedearlier. For researching the sorption of toluene in dynamic conditions, the sorbent was strung on a


56

thin needle, with the help of which the solution was passed through the sorbent then thecomposition of the samples was analyzed.

The figure 1 shows the dependence of the toluene concentration in the alcohol solution onthe time of sorption obtained under static conditions.

Fig. 1 The dependence of the toluene concentration in the alcohol solution on the time

By statistical analysis of the data all values of toluene concentration after the beginning ofsorption were found to be within the same interval therefore the change of concentration waswithin the measurement error and the sorbent absorbed ethyl alcohol and toluene evenly and thedecrease of concentration was due to evaporation of toluene during sampling.

The results of experiment on the sorption of toluene from water solution in static conditionsshowed the degree of sorption to increase within one hour of keeping the sorbent in water solution,then the sorption capacity decreased, the desorption of toluene began with simultaneousevaporation caused by a decrease in the concentration of toluene in the solution.

The results of experiments on sorption of toluene from water solution under dynamicconditions showed a low degree of sorption which may occur due to the passage of toluene throughmicro cracks which could result from mechanical effects on the sorbent at stringing on a needleand evaporating toluene from the solution due to the dilution created by syringe.

Conclusion1 Analysis of the results obtained in the sorption of toluene under static conditions

from a mixture of ethyl alcohol – toluene by the studded nanoporous sorbent showed that thesorbent uniformly absorbs both ethanol and toluene from the solution.

2 During the sorption of toluene the studied nanoporous sorbent from a true aqueoussolution under static conditions revealed an increase in the degree of sorption during the first hourof the experiment. Further, the degree of sorption degreases due to decreases in the concentrationof toluene in the solution.

3 During the sorption of toluene by a nanoporous sorbent under dynamic conditionsthe degree of sorption was established to be low.

References1. Dvornitsin, A.A. Nanoporous polymeric sorbent based on polyethylene /

A. A. Dvornitsin. — Vladivostok: FEFU, 2018. — 77 p.


57

Nefedov P.S.1, Khrebtov A.A.1, Pavlov I.S.1, Ishtokina E.Yu.1INFLUENCE OF SILICONE CONTAINING ADDITIVES ON THE ADHESION OF

POLYMER FILMS TO SILICATE GLASS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Institute of Chemistry FEB RAS2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – L.A. Lim1, E.V. Fedorenko2

Scientific consultant –V.B. Kolycheva2

Devices for converting solar energy into electricity based on a luminescent solar concentrator(LSC) in combination with photoelectric converters are perspective direction in the field of alternativeenergy. Design of the LSC based on a transparent substrate (usually glass) with applied polymer filmdoped with luminescent material in recent years has increasingly attracted the interest of researchers [1]due to simplicity of manufacture and processability of use. However, the use of suitable opticallytransparent materials for LSC, such as polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polystyrene (PS) andpolycarbonate (PC) [2], is associated with several problems. The most significant one is low polymeradhesion to the substrate, and, consequently, low resistance to mechanical stress and environmentalfactors of the resulting structure. Derivatives of silanes, silicone polymers (polysiloxanes), zirconates,titanates [3] are used as additives to improve the adhesion of a polymer to glass. The main requirementsfor adhesives used in polymer compositions for LSC are nonreactivity with luminescent dyes, absorptionin the region different from the absorption range of the luminophore and compatibility with the matrixmaterial.

In this research, the effect of silicon-containing additives on the adhesive interaction between thesurface of silicate glass and thin-film polymeric materials is investigated.

Samples were obtained by pneumatic spraying of PMMA, PS, PC solutions in 1,2-dichloroethane on the front surface of a glass slide. As substances that increase the adhesion of polymericmaterials to the glass substrate, synthetic low-molecular weight polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) andpolyphenylsiloxane (PPS) with a concentration of 5 % and 10 % wt. are used. Research of PS, PMMAand PC adhesion was analyzed by cross-cut test according to GOST 31149-2014 [4]. Due to results ofthe experiment, the average areas of delaminations were determined (Table 1) in accordance withthe classification of test results.

Table 1Cross-cut adhesion test according to GOST 31149-2014 [4]

PolymerAverage areas of delaminations, %

Without adhesive PPS 5 % wt. PPS 10 % wt.PS 24.0 87.2 56.2PMMA 26.4 20.6 36.5PC 33.6 19.5 27.5

Samples containing PDMS as an adhesive were not studied due to the high nonhomogenity ofthe films and bubble structure (Fig. 1) which may be explained by diffusion difficulties when the solventvolatilizes from the surface of the samples after coating.


58

Fig. 1. Photograph of a PS film with the addition of PDMS (10 % wt.) obtained by optical microscopy

Analysis of the results shows that adding PPS (5% wt.) in case of PC and PMMA matrix reducesthe area of delaminations by 14.1 % and 5.8 %, respectively. With increasing concentration of PPS to10 % wt., the area of delaminations decreases for PC by 6.1 %, and for PMMA, on the contrary, increasesby 32.2 %. For the PS sample containing PPS (5 % wt.), a significant increase in the average area ofdelaminations by 63.2 % is observed up to almost complete removal of the polymer from the surface ofthe glass substrate (Fig. 2).

Fig. 2. Photographs of the PS film delaminations structure without addition of adhesive (left) and withaddition of PPS (5 % wt.) (right) obtained by optical microscopy

Thus, it was established that the adhesion in the system "polymer film - silicate glass" can beincreased by adding an adhesive into the polymer composition. To reach appropriate parameters of theadhesive interaction in the LSC based on this system, it is necessary to choose an additive with optimalproperties.

References1. Enhancing optical efficiency of thin-film luminescent solar concentrators by

combining energy transfer and stacked design / M. Carlotti and others // Journal of Luminescence.– 2016. – Vol. 171. – P. 215-220.

2. Investigation of host polymers for luminescent solar concentrator / M. Zettl,O. Mayer, E. Klampaftis, B.S. Richards // Energy Technology. – 2017. Vol. 5, N 7. – P. 1037-1044.

3. Pizzi, A. Handbook of adhesive technology, revised and expanded, 2nd edn / A.Pizzi, K.L. Mittal // Marcel Dekker, Inc. – 2003. – P. 217-221.

4. GOST 31149-2014. Paint materials. Determination of adhesive by cross-cutmethod. Moscow: Standartinform, 2014.


59

Nesterenko L.E.¹SEA ANEMONE TOXINS: AN OVERVIEW OF STRUCTURE DIVERSITY AND

ACTION MECHANISMS¹Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

²G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, PIBOC FEB RAS³ Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – R.S. Kalina², E.V. Leychenko1,2

Scientific consultant – V.B. Kolycheva³

An urgent task is to search for biologically active substances capable to become the basisof new drugs. The individual components of sea anemone venom can be used as potentialmedicinal agent and molecular tool to study various molecular targets. The isolation and study ofprotein components with high and diverse biological activity (from the venom of sea anemones)is a subject of special interest to researchers [1-3].

Sea anemones, sedentary predators attaching to a solid substrate, use venom to paralyze orkill the prey in the process of inter-species or intra-species competition. Venom is synthesized instinging cells containing specialized organelles – nematocysts that produce besides toxins thebiologically active polypeptides having different functions.

The purpose of our paper was to summarize the available information concerningbiologically active peptides from sea anemones (their mechanisms of action and probableapplication), the information being studied in the Laboratory of Peptide Chemistry, PIBOC FEBRAS.

Sea anemone peptides differ in the number of amino acid residues, amino acid sequencesand their action on various molecular targets [1-3]. Based on the homology of amino acidsequences and biological activity the sea anemone peptides are divided into:

1. Toxins of voltage-gated sodium channels (RTX-I – RTX-V neurotoxins). They cause acontinuous current through the sodium channels disrupting the transmission of signals in thenervous system and causing paralysis or death.

2. Peptide modulators of acid-sensing ion channels (APETx-like toxins: APETx2, HcrTx1b-1).

3. Kunitz-type serine protease inhibitors (APHC1 – APHC3).4. Actinoporins (RTX-A, RTX-G, RTX-S) [1-3].Toxins of each of the above classes affect the molecular targets specified in Table.

TableMolecular targets of the main structural classes of sea anemone toxins

Toxin Molecular target EffectNeurotoxins NaV ActivationAPETx-like toxins NaV, KV, ASICs InhibitionKunitz-type serine proteaseinhibitors

TRPV1, KV, serine proteases Inhibition

Actinoporins Lipid membrane Pore formationNaV – voltage-gated sodium channel, KV – voltage-gated potassium channel, TRPV1 – transient receptor potential

vanilloid channel, ASICs – acid-sensing ion channel.

Potential practical applications of the above sea anemone peptides are:


60

•Development of analgesics based on peptide inhibitors of acid-sensing ion channels•Analgesic and anti-inflammatory drugs that reduce the activity of TRPV1 pain receptor•Antitumor compounds specific to cancer cell lines causing cell death due to pore

formation in the lipid membrane.Thus, it could be concluded that sea anemones are promising source of biologically active

peptides exhibiting various effects in vivo and the study of the relationship of their structure andactivity is of both theoretical and practical importance.

The sodium channel neurotoxins investigation was funded by RFBR according to theresearch project № 18-04-00631.

References1. Bárbara Frazão Sea Anemone (Cnidaria, Anthozoa, Actiniaria) Toxins: An

Overview / Bárbara Frazão Vitor Vasconcelos, Agostinho Antunes // Mar. Drugs, 2012. – Vol. 10.– P. 1812-1851

2. Mironov A. N. Structural features lsteinbach polypeptides from sea anemonevenoms / A. N. Mironov S. A. Kozlov // Bioorganic chemistry, 2012. – 5 : Vol. 41. – P. 511-523

3. Monastyrnaya M. M. Polypeptides anemones, and their interaction with biologicaltargets / M. M. Monastyrnaya E. V. Leychenko, I. N. Gladkikh, E. A. Zelepuga, V. M.Tabakmakher, O. V. Sintsova, R. S. Kalina, A. N. Kvetkina, E. P. Kozlovskaya // Vestnik DVORAN, 2014. – Vol. 1. – P. 103-116

Pavlov I.S.1, Khrebtov A.A.1, Nefedov P.S.1, Ishtokina E.U.1INVESTIGATION OF THE QUENCHING OF LUMINESCENCE OF

POLYCARBONATE FILMS DOPED WITH BORON CHELATES1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Institute of Chemistry FEB RAS3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisers – L.A. Lim1, E.V. Fedorenko2


The inclusion of organic luminophores in the polymer matrix is the object of close attentionof researchers [1]. The sensitized luminescence in the boron difluoride dibenzoylmethanate(DBMBF2) (donor) - boron difluoride anthraceneoacetonate (AntAcBF2) (acceptor) – polystyrenesystem [2] was investigated. It is known, that polymer luminescent compositions should maintainstable optical and spectral properties. This paper is devoted to the study of the spectral propertiesof the system DBMBF2 - AntAcBF2 - polycarbonate (PC) in time.

Films based on polycarbonate (PC) doped with anthraceneoacetonate boron difluoride(AntAcBF2) and dibenzoylmethanate boron difluoride (DBMBF2) with the molar ratiosAntAcBF2:DBMBF2 1:0 and 1:1 were obtained by the method of casting from solution.

The luminescence spectra of AntAcBF2 in a PC were recorded upon excitation with lightat a wavelength of 365 nm (soft UV of sunlight) and 430 nm (maximum of the excitation spectrumof AntAcBF2). A comparison of the spectra recorded immediately after fabrication and after 85days at a wavelength of exciting radiation of 365 nm (Fig. 1) shows that decreasing of the integralluminescence intensity and hypsochromic shift of the luminescence band from 508 nm to 462 nm


61

are observed in the luminescence spectra of a PC film doped with AntAcBF2. Luminescenceintensity decreasing and hypsochromic shift of the luminescence band from 511 nm to 491 nm arealso occurred under excitation radiation 430 nm in the luminescence spectrum of film.

Fig. 1. The luminescence spectra of PC films with a molar ratios AntAcBF2:DBMBF2: 1:0 (left) and 1:1(right)

1 – after fabrication (λex = 365 nm)2 - after 85 days (λex = 365 nm)

3 - after fabrication (λex = 430 nm)4 - after 85 days (λex = 430 nm)

In the luminescence excitation spectra (Fig. 2) of a film with molar ratio AntAcBF2:DBMBF2

1:0 at λreg = 490 nm, which is matched to the AntAcBF2 luminescence band, the intensity decreaseswith time and the 300 nm and 430 nm bands disappear.

Fig. 2. Luminescence excitation spectra of PC films with molar ratios AntAcBF2:DBMBF2: 1:0 (left) and1:1 (right)

1 – after fabrication (λex = 365 nm)2 - after 85 days (λex = 365 nm)

3 - after fabrication (λex = 430 nm)4 - after 85 days (λex = 430 nm)

AntAcBF2 microcrystals do not have time to form due to the rapid drying of the film duringmolding. It results to a uniform distribution of AntAcBF2 molecules in the PC film. The migrationof polar luminophore molecules with time is likely due to the lack of interaction with the polymer.It leads to aggregation of AntAcBF2 and the formation of microcrystals. The luminescence quantumyield of AntAcBF2 crystals is lower than for doped polymer matrix. Thus, changing of the positionof the AntAcBF2 luminescence band and a decreasing of intensity are occurred.

Luminescence of DBMBF2 monomers (417 nm) and sensitized luminescence of AntAcBF2

(508 nm) are observed in the luminescence spectrum of a film with a molar ratioAntAcBF2:DBMBF2 1:1 (Fig. 1) at λex = 365 nm. The luminescence band of AntAcBF2

disappears, the band of DBMBF2 bathochromically shifts from 417 to 443 nm and becomes moreintense with time due to the aggregation of DBMBF2 molecules. DBMBF2 is involved in


62

sensitization in monomeric form. When aggregation of DBMBF2 molecules is occurred,sensitization is disturbed. It leads to the disappearance of the AntAcBF2 luminescence band andthe appearance of excimer luminescence of DBMBF2.

Thus, it was revealed that in PC films doped with AntAcBF2 and DBMBF2 significantchanges in spectral properties occur with time, which makes it impossible to use polymerluminescent compositions based on these recipes to create a luminescent solar concentrator due totheir instability with time.

References1. Ivanitsky, A.E. Features of the luminescent properties of polymer-phosphor

compositions with a homogeneous distribution in the polymer matrix / A.E. Ivanitsky, M.L.Kolchev, E.S. Butsenko // Vestnik TSPU. - 2013. - №8. - P. 149-153

2. Khrebtov, A. A. Luminescence of a Polymer Composite Doped with BoronChelates. Mechanism of Luminescence Sensitization / A. A. Khrebtov and others // Optics andSpectroscopy. – 2018. - Vol. 124, №. 1. – P. 68-71

Parkhomchuk A.P.1PLASMA-ELECTROLYTIC SYNTHESIS OF COMPOSITES

Ti/TiO2-WO3-MeOx(Me-Fe, Cu, Ni)1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Institute of chemistry FEB RASScientific adviser – M.S. Vasilyeva1,2

Currently, heterogeneous photocatalysis attracts the attention of researchers around the worldbecause it contributes to the decomposition of pollutants in water. One of the most promisingphotocatalysts that are able to work under the action of ultraviolet and visible light are complexoxide composite materials, for example, TiO2-WO3 [1], CuWO4 [2], NiWO4 [3], FeWO4 [4]. Amongall the applied heterogeneous photocatalysts, metal oxide films or coatings fixed on specialmonolithic substrates attract special attention. Plasma-electrolytic oxidation (PEO) is one of themodern and promising methods of formation of complex oxide layers on metals [5].

The purpose of this work is to develop conditions for the synthesis of Ti/TiO2-WO3-MeOcomposites (Me-Fe, Cu, Ni) using the method of plasma-electrolytic oxidation. Titanium oxidefilms were formed by PEO under galvanostatic conditions at effective current densities i, A/cm2:0.1; 0.15; 0.2 for 10 min. The coatings were formed in aqueous electrolytes with different pHbased on 0.1 M Na2WO4 with addition of copper, nickel and iron salts. In some cases, the obtainedPEO samples were calcined in a muffle furnace for 1 h at 850 °C or subjected to hydrothermaltreatment for 3 h at a temperature of 140 °C.

Along with tungsten and titanium oxides, iron, copper or Nickel oxides are formed. Itdepends on the nature of the salt added to the aqueous solution of sodium tungstate and theadditional treatment. After firing in air at a temperature of 850 оС in the composition of thecoatings was detected crystalline phase: NiWO4, CuWO4, FeWO4.

Thus, in this work, using the method of plasma-electrolytic oxidation on titanium, oxidelayers containing copper, nickel or iron tungstates were synthesized, promising for their use asphotocatalysts of various processes.


63

References1. Stojadinoviс, S. Photocatalytic properties of TiO2/WO3 coatings formed by plasma

electrolytic oxidation of titanium in 12-tungstosilicic acid / S. Stojadinoviс et al. // AppliedCatalysis B: Environmental – 2012. – Vol. 126. – P. 334 – 341

2. Liang, L. H Fabrication of novel CuWO4 hollow microsphere photocatalyst fordye degradation under visible-light irradiation / L Liang et al. // Materials Letters – 2016. – Vol.182 – P. 302-304

3. Hao, M. Synthesis of NiWO4 powder crystals of polyhedron for photocatalyticdegradation of Rhodamine / M. Hao et al. // Solid State Sciences – 2017. – Vol. 72. – P. 103-108

4. Gao, Q. FeWO4 nanorods with excellent UV–Visible light photocatalysis / Q. Gaoet al. // Progress in Natural Science: Materials International. – 2017. – Vol. 27. – P. 556-560

5. Chernenko, V. I. Obtaining coatings by anode-spark electrolysis / V. I. Chernenko,L. A. Snezhko. – Leningrad: Chemistry, 1991. – 128 p.

Pliugina S.A.1STUDY OF STRUCTURAL DIVERSITY OF PEPTIDES-MODULATORS OF ACID-

SENSING ION CHANNELS (ASICs) OF SEA ANEMONES1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry FEB RAS3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – I.N. Gladkikh2 , Leychenko E.V.1,2


Daily people are confronted with painful sensations and chronic pain syndromes whichcause emotional and physical suffering. It is known that a number of ionic channels and ionotropicreceptors are responsible for the perception of pain stimuli. Acid-sensing ion channels (ASICs),responsible for the perception of pH reduction in the body tissues at physiological state(accumulation of lactic acid in the muscles after exercising) and pathophysiological state (cancer,inflammation, neurodegenerative processes) are among of them [1]. The search and study of newselective ligands of ASIC channels is of interest due to their possible use as tools for the functionalcharacteristics of various ASIC channels isoforms, as well as the basis for creation of drugs foreffective treatment of pain conditions.

Venom of reptiles, insects, mollusks and coelenterates, in particular sea anemones isknown to be valuable source of peptide molecules being able specifically to modulate differenttypes of ion channels (Na+, K+, Ca2+, ASICs) and ionotropic receptors (nACh, TRP, P2X) ofelectrically excitable membranes of nerve, skeletal, and muscle cells [2].

The purpose was to study the diversity of peptide-modulators of ASIC channels of threesea anemones from family Stichodactylidae (Heteractis crispa, Heteractis magnifica, andStichodactyla mertensii) by the method of rapid amplification of cDNA ends (RACE).

To determine the diversity of genes encoding sea anemone peptides gene-specific primers(ASIC_SIGN3, ASIC_SIGN4) based on previously obtained nucleotide sequences of genes of H.crispa [3] were designed. As a matrix for PCR (polymerase chain reaction) amplification at thefirst step sea anemone full-length cDNA libraries were used. As a result of PCR fragments about500 bp lengths were obtained only for H. crispa and H. magnifica. Second reaction with direct


64

primer (ASIC_SIGN3), reverse primer (ASIC_R2), and first step matrices gave for H. crispa andH. magnifica high-specific fragments of about 150 bp, which corresponds to the obtaining of therespective peptides. These fragments will be cleaned, cloned and sequenced to determine andanalyze a variety of possible nucleotide sequences encoding peptides.

This study was funded by RFBR, according to the research project № 18-38-00387.

References1. Frazão, B. Vasconcelos V., Antunes A. Sea anemone (Cnidaria, anthozoa,

actiniaria) toxins: an overview/ B. Frazão B. // Mar. Drugs. – 2012. – Vol. 10. – P. 1812-18512. Sea anemone Heteractis crispa produces a pool of peptides active on ASIC

channels / Gladkikh Irina et. al // Toxicon. – 2019. – Vol. 159. – P. S133. Rash, L. D. Acid-sensing ion channel pharmacology, past, present, and future / L.

D. Rash // Adv. Pharmacol. – 2017. – Vol. 79. – P. 35–66

Popov A.S.1, Eremeeva A.A.1THERMOPLASTIC POLYMERS FOR OBTAINING COMPOSITE MATERIALS

BASED ON PLANT RAW MATERIALS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.M. Zabolotnaya1


At the moment, polymers are used as construction, electrical insulation, construction,packaging and other materials. The scope of their application is continuously expanding, and nowmuch attention is paid to the development of composite polymeric materials.

Wood-polymer composites (WPC) are becoming increasingly popular. The demand forthese materials is due to low water absorption, high strength, environmental friendliness,resistance to microbial exposure, the possibility of recycling, as well as the appearance resemblingnatural wood.

Polymer matrix is the main component of the KDP, it directly affects its properties [1-2].The main thermoplastics used to obtain WPC are polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride(PE, PP, PVC), and mixtures thereof [3].

The main filler for the production of WPC is wood flour, but now the actual direction isthe study of the possibility of replacing wood flour with alternative vegetable fillers.

This work is devoted to the study of the effect of a thermoplastic matrix on the propertiesof a composite with a filler in the form of buckwheat husk.

In the role of filler was used crushed buckwheat husk of the harvest of 2016, grown in thevirgin region of the Altai Territory.

As a thermoplastic matrix used (Fig. 1, 2):A. Granules of low pressure polyethylene HD3001C, manufactured by InnoPlus, melt

flow rate of which is 2 g / 10 min;B. Secondary granules of low-pressure polyethylene, provided by JSC "Raduga",

obtained by crushing polyethylene barrels, melt flow index of 2.8-3.2 g / 10 min;C. Secondary granules of low-pressure polyethylene PE 276 according to GOST 16338,

for extrusion blow molding, provided by ZAO Raduga, melt flow rate 3.1-3.2 g / 10 min.


65

Samples of a composite material with filler in the form of crushed buckwheat husk and amatrix of three types of polyethylene were made by melt-mixing using a Thermo Scientific Process11 laboratory twin-screw extruder with subsequent casting in the form of dumbbells (blades) on aThermo Scientific HAAKE MiniJet II vertical molding micromachine. In each series, the materialof three ratios filler: polymer - 20: 80, 40: 60, 60: 40% (mass) was manufactured, respectively, thesamples were subjected to strength testing on a universal Shimadzu AG-X 10 kN testing machine.

The obtained values of strength and modulus of elasticity are presented in Figures 1 and 2,respectively.

Fig. 1. Strength (σ, MPa) of samples with different matrices and degrees of filling (%)

Fig. 2. Modulus of elasticity (E, MPa) of samples with different matrices and degrees of filling (%)

As the degree of fullness increases, the strength of the samples decreases. You can also seethat samples of high quality polyethylene. Reliable study of samples by model allows us to obtaindata that may be inhomogeneous, while tests for mechanical properties have a large error.

References1. Guseva, M. Tensile behavior of polyolefin composites: The effect of matrix

parameters / M. Guseva, V. Gerasin, B. Shklyaruk // Journal of applied polimer – 2016. – Vol.133, N 5. – P. 819 – 921


66

2. Fayzullin, IZ. Influence of the size of filler particles on the properties of wood-polymercomposites / IZ Fayzullin, I. N. Musin, S. I. Wolfson // Bulletin of Kazan TechnologicalUniversity. – 2013. – Vol. 15, Issue 24. – P. 106-109

3. 3. The influence of the polymer binder on the properties of wood-polymer composites/ I. N. Musin, I. Z. Fayzullin, V. V. Novokshonov, S. I. Wolfson // Bulletin of Kazan TechnologicalUniversity. – 2014. – Vol. 17, Т. 14. – P. 306-309

Puzyrkov Z.N.1SYNTHESIS AND STUDY OF PYROCATECHOL DERIVATIVES OF

β-KETOIMINATES OF BORON1Institute of Chemistry, Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences

2School of Natural Sciences, Far Eastern Federal University3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisors – Tretyakova G.O.2, Svistunova I.V. 2


Interest in the chemistry of spirocompounds of tetracoordinated boron has been observedsince early 60s of the last century and has been noted nowadays by series of publications1–4 on thesynthesis and study of their physicochemical properties.

The features of the structure of boron spirochelates constantly attract attention ofresearchers and resulted in reports on the synthesis of this class of compounds in the 60s of thelast century which were followed by several publications describing the spectroscopic propertiesof individual representatives.5 Unlike numerous compounds of three-coordinated boron,spiroborate boron is tetra-coordinated, it is confirmed by the optical activity of these compounds1–

4, and spiroborate boron has a formal negative charge, i.e. compounds are bipolar.The given paper presents the scheme and structure of fluorescent N-methyl and N-phenyl

analogs β-diketonates boron synthesis (fig. 1). The structure of this compound was proved in SNSFEFU by the methods of IR, NMR spectroscopy, MASS spectrometry, and TLC.

NHO

R2 R1

R

OB

O N

OR2

R1R

+ - BuOH

OB

OBuO

R=H, CH3, Ph и R1=R2=Ph, CH3; R1= CH3 R2=Ph

Fig. 1. Synthesis of ketoiminates of boron difluoride disulfides

References1. Hartmann, H.Insulin-dependent inhibition of hepatic glycogenolysis by gastric

inhibitory polypeptide (GIP) in perfused rat liver / H. Hartmann , R. Ebert , W. Creutzfeldt //Diabetologia. – 1986. – Vol. 29. – №. 2. – P. 112-114

2. Ilge, H. D. Spectroscopy, photophysics and photochemistry of 1, 3-diketoboronatesVI: The exciplexes of 2-naphthyl-substituted 1, 3-diketoboronates / D. Ilge , M. V. Kozmenko, M.G. Kuzmin //Journal of photochemistry. – 1987. – Vol. 36. – №. 1. – P. 27-37


67

3. Heterocyclic organoboron compounds. VII. Chelated bis-(1,3-diketonato)boroniumsalts with acetylacetone, benzoylacetone and dibenzoylmethane / A. Barabas, E. Isfan, M. Roman,M. Paraschiv, E. Romas and A.T. Balaban // Tetrahedron. – 1968. Vol. 24. – P. 1133-1144

4. Balaban, A. T. Configurations of Substituted 5-Cyanosorbic Acids. An IntramolecularRitter Reaction / A. T. Balaban, T. H. Crawford, R. H. Wiley // The Journal of Organic Chemistry.– 1965. – Vol. 30. – №. 3. – P. 879-882

5. Curcumin—benzodioxaborole chelates / Balaban A. T. et al. // Arkivoc. – 2008. –Vol. 13. – P. 1-9

Sedinkina E.S. 1

THE COMPOSITION OF WASTE WATER GENERATED DURING THEPROCESSING OF RICE HUSK


Scientific adviser – O.D. Arefieva1


Fundamental and applied chemical and technological research of naturally occurring plant-based compounds are currently aimed at deep processing of renewable plant resources to obtain awhole range of commercial products. Deep processing ensures a great reduction of dangerouswastes and improves the ecological situation. The main consumer of plant materials traditionallyis pulp and paper industry using various kinds of wood. Recent years have shown a lot ofsuggestions in the literature regarding the use of non-wood fibrous plant materials in theproduction process – huge wastes of agricultural annual plants like lint, gumbo hemp, hemp, rice,oats, etc. [1, 2]. Pulp production discharges a lot of waste water, mainly alkaline hydrolysates,their properties depend on the initial raw materials and (processing conditions. They are a complexpolydisperse system with high content of suspended matters and phenolic compounds, great colorand increased biological and chemical oxygen demand (BOD and COD), and they are prohibitedto be discharged in surface water bodies.

The objective of this paper is to assess the quality of waste water generated during theprocessing of rice husks.

The object of the study was the rice husk (Vietnam), which was subjected to alkalinehydrolysis of 1 M sodium hydroxide solution. As a result, two products were obtained – a fibrousresidue, which is the raw material for the subsequent production of pulp (yield – 46 %) andamorphous silica (yield of washed and calcined sample – 13 %). As a result of hydrolysis, analkaline hydrolysate was formed, after silica isolation – silica-free solution, and after removal ofalkaline lignin – lignin-free solution.

In silica-free and lignin-free solutions the color and turbidity were determined byphotoelectrocolorimetric method on spectrophotometer UNICO-1201 (United Products &Instruments Inc., USA), COD – by photometric method, pH was measured by pH-meterFiveEasyPlus 20 (Mettler Toledo, Switzerland), conductivity and salinity conductivity weremeasured by conductivity meter FiveEasy 30 (Mettler Toledo, Switzerland). Phenol equivalentcontent was determined by photometry, using Folin’s reaction.


68

The analysis of the obtained results shows that all the indicators of the quality of silica-freesolution after extraction of silicic acid are reduced: turbidity and color – 5-6 times, COD – 2.5times, the content of phenolic compounds – 1.5 times. After removal of lignin, the qualityindicators are also reduced. The greatest decrease is observed in color and turbidity. However,after removal of silica and lignin, the values of indicators do not reach the regulatory requirementsfor waste water discharge, so it is necessary to search for methods for their treatment.

References1. Economic and sustainable management of wastes from rice industry: combating

the potential threats / A. Kumar, R. Priyadarshinee, B. Sengupta, A. Malaviya, D.Dasguptamandal, T. Mandal. – 2017. – N 24(34). – Р. 26279-26296

2. Feasibility of rice straw as a raw material for the production of soda cellulose pulp/ A. Rodríguez, R. Sánchez, A. Requejo, A. Ferrer // J. Clean Prod. – 2010. – V. 18(10). – P. 1084-1091

Serov А.D.1, Eremeeva А.А.1POROUS POLYMER MEMBRANE FORMATION ON DISPERSED WASHING OUT

FILLER1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – L.А. Lim1


To solve the problem connected with the improvement of technological processes, theproduction quality and environmental protection in chemical, petrochemical, gaseous and otherindustries membrane separation methods are often used. Wide sphere of membrane application isconnected with high separation ability in combination with high specific productivity and lowenergy costs needed for the process implementation [1].

Separation occurs because of different membrane permeability for the components ofseparable mixture. Driving force of the process is usually the pressure drop and as for the mainparameter, by which separation happens, it is molecule size. Selectivity is caused by the pore sizeof membrane. High selectivity makes non-universal membrane that limits its application. Thepolymer appearance to the process of membrane creation made this problem solve at the stage ofmodeling. Polymers demonstrate the variety of possible processing methods which incombination with their property of inertia to a lot of substances provide highly-efficient [2].

At the current stage of technology development the actual issue is to create new methodsof getting polymer membranes using high-precision regulation their properties such as selectivity,productivity and etc.

This work is dedicated to studying of possible creation of open-porous polystyrenemembranes by formation on solid stencil [3]. To do that it was used polystyrene and grinded upsodium chloride

Synthesis of samples was being realized from polystyrene solution in dichloroethane withfollowing adding sodium chloride powder using chosen method. After solvent volatilizationsamples put into distilled water for one day for washing out the filler. During visual examinationthe result was in partial salt extraction from polymer structure. If the degree of filling is low, the


69

particles dispersion in polystyrene volume occurs. It prevents the extraction by water because saltparticles are isolated by hydrophobic polymer. In spite of high viscosity of solution gettingsamples accompanied by slow deposition of salt particles. If the degree of filling is increasing, thematerial fragility will grow appropriately.

Microscopy of samples (pic.1) showed that allocation of pores in the structure is nothomogeneous. Intensive mixing did not provide satisfying salt allocation through the polymervolume, filling particles stuck together and build balls. After being in water those balls made largecavities in structure. Samples had high mass fraction of residual filler which is connected with thepartial closed-channel internal structure and inside diffusion process braking of washing out thefiller during membrane preparation. Aggregation of filler small particles arising at the early stagesof molding also influenced on the formation of porous structure.

Surface morphology Cut structureFig. 1. Analysis of the membrane structure after washing out the filler in water by microscopy

During further planning of the method of getting samples it was decided to use sinteringof polymer films, alternated layer by layer with the layers of evenly allocated filler, after that theyundergo fragmentation, mechanical mixing and repeated sintering (onwards mechanicaloperations).

It is assumed that using the new method will allow deciding the problems of lastexperiment. Preliminary allocation of filler particles will let us control primary aggregation andfurther mechanical operations finishing up with repeated sintering will allow achieving satisfyingquality of filler allocation in volume of matrix. Two-stage process also must create structuredefects that will do the function of tunnel pores. Tunnel pores will provide more qualifyingwashing up the filler.

References1. Jacquy, J. Advanced membrane science and technology for sustainable energy and

environmental applications / J. Jacquy. – Woodhead Publishing Limited, 2011. – 818 p.2. Ha, J. The effect of sacrificial templates on the pore characteristics of sintered

diatomite membranes / J. Ha, E. Oh, I. Song // Journal of the Ceramic Society of Japan. – 2013. –Vol. 121. – P. 940-945


70

3. Formirovanie poristoj struktury v dispersno-napolnennyh polimernyhkompozicionnyh materialah s vymyvaemym napolnitelem / A.N. Trofimov et. al. // Konstrukciiiz kompozicionnyh materialov. – 2014. – P. 36-42

Sidelnikova A.P. 1 Verkhusha V.A. 1

ETHANOL LIGNINS FROM PLANT WASTE ANNUAL ARTICULTURAL CROPS1 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – O.V. Patrusheva 1


Nowadays the natural resources are rapidly decreasing. It leads worldwide to a high interestin using renewable agricultural plant wastes as a source for useful products and substancesobtaining. Lignin is one of the natural polymer that is represented in such wastes.

Investigated in this work ethanol lignin is relatively clean and high quality product. It wasobtained using the method of organic solvent (ethanol) treatment in the presence of acid catalystand small amount of water. The structural composition of the ethanol lignins similar to naturallignins, in comparison with other types of lignins they have low sulfur content [2].

Organosolv ethanol lignin is the least studied kind of lignin, but recently scientist fromdifferent countries are actively exploring his properties and the scope of application [1, 3, 5].Thanks to the unique structure and properties, ethanol lignin becomes an important industrial rawmaterial and holds a great potential to be converted to valuable chemical products.

In the framework of this study, samples of ethanol lignin were obtained from the husk ofbuckwheat, rice, sunflower and corn stalks in the presence of 1 % sulfuric acid under the influenceof microwave radiation on a MARS 5 laboratory microwave system according to a methoddescribed in [6]. All samples were characterized by Fourier-transform infrared (FT IR)spectroscopy and ultraviolet (UV) spectroscopy.

Table 1 shows the experimental yields of ethanol lignin from various raw materials.

Table 1Ethanollignin yields from various raw materials

Raw material Yield, %Buckwheat husks 7,61 0,61Corn stalk 8,13 0,03Sunflower husks 9,54 0,04Rice husks 11,70 0,02

The highest yield of ethanol lignins was obtained from rice husks, as well as the lowest yieldwas obtained from buckwheat husks. The average yield of ethanol lignin from the studied types ofraw materials is 9.25%.

The table 2 shows the functional composition of ethanollignins obtained from rice husk,buckwheat and sunflower. The determination of functional groups content was carried out bymethods described in [4, 8].


71

Table 2The content of functional groups in ethanol lignins

Raw material Functional groups, %OHtotal.(acid) -COOH PhOH OHprimary. (aliphatic)

Buckwheat husks 9,1 1,6 7,5 5,4

Rice husks 7,9 0,9 7,0 7,1

Sunflower husks 7,1 1,3 5,8 6,4

Acidic hydroxyl groups in lignins are represented by phenolic and carboxyl groups. Phenolichydroxyl is determined by the difference of acidic -OH (total) and СOOH. The total content ofphenolic hydroxyl varies from 5.8 to 7.5 % in all samples of ethanol lignins, the content of thesegroups are close ethanol lignin from rice husk and buckwheat husk. The content of primary aliphatic-OH groups in the studied samples varies from 5.4 to 7.1 %.

References1. Extraction of Organosolv Lignin from Rice Husk under Reflux Conditions / Lignin

Wood Resins / M. P. da Rosa, P. H. Beck, D. G. Müller, J. B. Moreira, J. S. da Silva, A.M.Munaretto-Durigon // Science Stays True Here. – 2017. – P. 87-98

2. Isolation, Study and Application of Organosolv Lignins / B. N. Kuznetsov, Y. N.Malyar, S. A. Kuznetsova, L. I. Grishechko, A. S. Kazachenko, A. V. Levdansky, A. V. Pestunov,A. N. Boyandin, A. Celzard. – Krasnoyarsk, 2016. – № 4. – P. 454-482

3. Lignin storage and renewable energy applications / F. Monteil-Rivera, G. HaiHuang, L. Paquet, S. Deschamps, Ch. Beaulieu, J. Hawari // Bioresource Technology. – 2018. –№. 27. – P. 1422-1438

4. Obolenskaya, A.V. Laboratory work on the chemistry of wood and cellulose(Laboratornye raboty po khimii drevesiny i tsellyulozy) / A. V. Obolenskaya, Z. P. Yelnitskaya,A.A. Leonovich. - M.: Ecology (Ekologiya), 1991. –320 p.

5. Organosolv Processes / Nicolas Brosse, Mohd Hazwan Hussin, and Afidah AbdulRahim // Advances in Biochemical Engineering/Biotechnology. – 2017. – Vol. 166. – P. 153–176

6. Patrusheva, O.V. Ethanol lignin from husk of rice, buckwheat and sunflower(Etanollignin plodovih obolochek risa, grechihi i podsolnechnika) / O.V. Patrusheva, V.S.Barysheva, L.A. Zemnuhova // IX All-Russian Scientific Conference with InternationalParticipation "Chemistry and Technology of Plant Substances". - Syktyvkar-Moscow, 2015. – P.139

7. Poly(vinyl alcohol)–lignin blended resin for cellulose-based composites / Hyun-UKo, L. Zhai, Jung Ho Park, Ji Yun Lee, D. Kim, J. Kim // Applied polymer. – 2018. – P. 1–7

8. Zakis, G. F. Functional analysis of lignins and their derivatives / G. F. Zakis. - Riga:Zinatne, 1987. – 230 p.


72

Son E.Y. 1

POLYSACCHARIDES OF RED ALGAE - CLASSIFICATION, METHODS OFISOLATION AND PURIFICATIONS.

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2 G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic chemistry, FEB RAS

3 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – V.N. Davydova2


Algae being the main part of vegetation of the seas of Earth, their reserves are very large.Polysaccharides are the main material of the cell wall of algae. Red algae polysaccharides arestudied at the Laboratory of the Molecular Bases of Antibacterial Immunity of Regional andInternational Studies.

The study of the structure and properties of carrageenans was the purpose of this paper. Toachieve the goal, the following tasks were set: to familiarize with the classification ofpolysaccharides, with the main methods of isolation and purification of polysaccharides; analyzethe advantages of the methods of isolation and purification of polysaccharides for the productionof carrageenans.

According to the existing classification, carrageenans are acidic, linear, sulfated,heterogeneous polysaccharides consisting of D-galactose residues and its derivative 3-6-anhydrogalactose, which are connected regularly by alternating (1-> 4) and (1-> 3) glycosidicbonds (fig. 1).

Fig. 1. Carrageenans

The main method of isolating carrageenan from algae is extraction, as a result of which thepolysaccharide dissolves and goes into solution from the cell walls. Methods for purificationcarrageenan can be divided into three groups. If the carrageenans will be used in the industry, thencentrifugation is applied, i.e., primary purifications. The primary treatment is centrifugation andprecipitation with ethanol. This method is not expensive, fast, allows selecting a product in largequantities. Such carrageenan is mainly used in industry.

For using in the food industry as food stabilizers apply filtration, it is a secondary treatment.There is the second stage of filtration on membranes to receive a product for the food industry.According to the existing standards in the food industry, carrageenan can be used with a molarmass of at least 100,000 Da. The cost of such carrageenan is higher but it can significantly improvethe properties of food.


73

TablePrimary purificationis applied to obtain the carrageenans used in industry

Methods forpurification ofcarrageenan

Benefits of purification Disadvantages ofpurification

Application areaof carrageenan

Primary treatment(centrifugation andprecipitation with

ethanol)

Method is not expensive,fast, allows you to select aproduct in large quantities

carrageenan cannot beused further

industry

Secondary treatment(filtration onmembranes)

Method enable significantlyimprove the properties of

food

the cost of suchcarrageenan is higher

food industry

Tertiary treatment(ultra-fine

purification)

Method allows obtainingsamples with a narrow

molecular weightdistribution

carrageenan is expensive,and small quantity of

product yield

biomedicine

There is the third stage of ultra-fine purification using enzymes, ion exchangechromatography and gel permeation chromatography. A fine purification gives an opportunity toobtain samples with a narrow molecular weight distribution. The main benefits of fine purificationare standard of samples not containing impurities, affecting the biological properties. Suchsamples are suitable for using in biomedicine. The main disadvantages are small quantity ofproduct yield and carrageenan is expensive.

Thus, the properties and methods of purification of polysaccharides for subsequentexperimental work were analyzed.

References1. Yermak, I. M. Chemical properties, biological activities and applications of

carrageenan from red algae / I. M. Yermak, Y. S. Khotimchenko // Recent advances in marinebiotechnology. – 2003. – Vol. 9. – P. 207-255

2. Barabanova, A. O.Structural peculiarities of sulfated polysaccharides from redalgae Tichocarpus crinitus (Tichocarpaceae) and Chondrus pinnulatus (Gigartinaceae) collectedat the Russian Pacific coast / A. O. Barabanova, I. M. Yermak // Handbook of marine macroalgae:Biotechnology and applied phycology. – 2011. – P. 193-204

3. Volodko A.V. Polyelectrolyte complexes chitosan-carrageenan: thesis -Vladivostok, 137. Volod'ko AV 2014. Polielektrolitnye kompleksy khitozan-karraginan[Polyelectrolyte groups of chitosan carrageenan]. Thesis ... PhD in chem. sciences. Vladivostok. –137 p.


74

Starnovskaya S.S.2ERIODICTIOL FROM LESPEDEZA CYRTOBOTRYA

1G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry FEB RAS2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – S.A. Fedoreev1, Veselova M. V.1


Polyphenols are a class of chemical compounds containing more than one phenolic groupper molecule. Such substances are often found in higher plants, animals, microorganisms andfungi. Polyphenols are most widely represented in higher plants in the form of tannins,phenylpropanoids, lignans, flavonoids and other compounds. Polyphenols in plants are mainlyrepresented by flavonoids, which are hydroxy derivatives of flavone (flavonoids), 2,3-dihydroflavone (flavonones), isoflavone (isoflavones) and 4-phenylcoumarin (neoflavonoids) [1].For several years, the search for polyphenolic natural antioxidants has been carried out at thePacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry of the Far East Branch of the Russian Academy ofSciences. As a result, a number of promising plant species containing polyphenolic antioxidantshas been identified. A new hepatoprotective drug, named Maksar® was developed on the basis ofsuch polyphenolic compounds from Maackia amurensis possessing antioxidant activity and lowtoxicity [2].

The aim of this work was to study the chemical composition of polyphenolic compoundsisolated from the flavonoid complex of the Far Eastern plant Lespedeza cyrtobotrya. L.cyrtobotrya was collected in 2018 in the south of Primorsky Region during the flowering period.This abstract presents the results of the work on the isolation of an individual polyphenoliccompound from L. cyrtobotrya and the determination of its structure by mass spectrometry (MS)and NMR spectroscopy.

The leaves and stems of the L. Cyrtobotrya plant were extracted with chloroform-alcoholsystem at a 3 : 1 ratio. The extracts subsequently chromatographed on columns filled withpolyamide and C-18 silica gel. Each fraction was analyzed using TLC and HPLC techniques. Thin-layer chromatography was performed in the toluene-ethyl acetate-formic acid system at a ratio of50:20:1. The extract was chromatographed ona a polyamide column using chloroform-alcoholsystem with a gradual increase of alcohol content, and then on a C-18 column using the water-alcohol system with a gradual increase of the alcohol content. The mass spectrometric data showedthat the individual compound obtained had a molecular weight of 288. We observed peaks at m/z287 [M-H]- and 289 [M+H]+ in the negative and positive ion mode, respectively. The structure ofthe compound was established by NMR spectroscopy as (2S)-2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-5,7-dihydroxy-2,3-dihydrochromen-4-one (Figure 1). The NMR data obtained for the compound aregiven in table.

O

OOH

HO

OHOH

HbHa

234

56

78

9

10

1'

2'3'

4'

5'6'

H

Fig.1. The structure of Eriodictiol


75

Table

NMR 1H and 13C spectra in DMSO-d6 (700.13 MHz for 1H and 176.04 MHz for 13C nuclei)

№ 1Н 13C HMBC COSY2 5.37, дд, J 3.2, 12.5 78.4 9, 1', 2', 6', 3 3а, 3b3a 2.68, дд, J 3.2, 17.2 42.1 4, 1', 10 2, 3b3b 3.17, дд, J 12.5, 17.2 2, 1', 10 2, 3a4 - 196.3 - -5 OH 12.13 163.5 6, 10, 7, -6 5.87, д, J 1.6 95.0 6, 8,10, 9, 7 -7 OH 10.75, шс 163.5 - -8 5.87, д, J 1.6 95.8 6, 8, 10, 9, 7 -9 - 162.9 - -10 - 101.8 - -1' - 129.5 - -2' 6.74, с 117.9 3', 4', 1', 2', 6', 2 6'3' OH 9.04, шс 145.8 - -4' OH 9.04, шс 145.2 - -5' 6.74, с 115.4 3', 4', 1', 2', 6', 2 6'6' 6.87, с 114.4 2, 5', 2', 1', 3', 4' 5'

5,7,3 ', 4'-tetrahydroxyflavonone has been previousely isolated from the Chinese plantDracocephalum rupestre and named eriodictiol [1, 3-5]. Eriodictiol is partially soluble in organicsolvents and in alcohol and poorly in water. Eriodictyol has been found to be effective in protectingagainst oxidative stress-related diseases, including cardiovascular disease [3]. Eriodictyol hasantioxidant properties as well as immunomodulating effects upon splenocytes, NK cells, andmacrophages [4]. Recently eriodictiol has been shown to protect against neuron-induced β-amyloid death by activating the Nrf2/ARE signaling pathway. Eriodictyol might be a promisingnovel therapeutic agent for Alzheimer's disease (AD) [5].

Thus, the plant Lespedeza cyrtobotrya may be a new source of natural biologically activepolyphenolic antioxidants that are promising for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.

References1. Gould, K.S. Flavonoid functions in plants / K. S. Gould, C. Lister // Flavonoids:

Chemistry, Biochemistry and Applications / O. M. Andersen, K. R. Markham. – Taylor & FrancisGroup, LLC. – Didcot, 2006. – P. 397-411

2. The drug maksar from the Far Eastern plant of the Maackia amurensis / S. A.Fedoreev et. al // Pharmaceutical Chemistry Journal. 2004 – Vol. 38, № 11. – P. 22–26

3. Eriodictyol Protects Endothelial Cells against Oxidative Stress-Induced Cell Deaththrough Modulating ERK/Nrf2/ARE-Dependent Heme Oxygenase-1 Expression / S. E. Lee / Int.J. Mol. Sci. – 2015. – Vol. 16. – P. 14526-14539

4. Mokdad-Bzeouich, I. Investigation of immunomodulatory and anti-inflammatoryeffects of eriodictyol through its cellular anti-oxidant activity / I. Mokdad-Bzeouich et. al // CellStress Society International. Cell Stress and Chaperones. – 2016. – Vol. 21. – P. 773–781

5. Eriodictyol Attenuates β-Amyloid 25–35 Peptide-Induced Oxidative Cell Death inPrimary Cultured Neurons by Activation of Nrf2 / Jing // Neurochem Res. – 2015. – Vol. 40. P.1463-1471


76

Studenetsky K.S.1CARBON BASED SORBENTS


Scientific advisers – V.A. Reutov1, N.P. Morgun1


Activated carbons are the most popular adsorbents widely used in the processes ofseparation, adsorption purification and concentration in liquid and gas environment, and in solvingproblems with environmental pollution – waste gas treatment enterprises of industry and energy,wastewater and drinking water [1].

Biocarbon is mostly produced from wood directly related to the deforestation [2], whilethis sorbent can be obtained from food industry waste.

The aim of this work was to determine the sorption characteristics of the carbon sorbentsobtained by pyrolysis of pine nut shell.

The raw material for the production of activated carbons was the shell of pine nuts. Theprocess included 2 stages: carbonization and activation. The carbonized shell of pine nuts wasactivated by boiling in water for 1 hour. Determination of the adsorption isotherms of phenol onthe surface of the resulting sorbent sample was carried out by ampoule method at 18-20 °С. Theratio of the solid phase to the liquid was 1:50. Quantitative determination of phenol was carriedout by spectrophotometric method (spectrophotometer brand UNICO – 1201) with 4-aminoantipyrin.

The results of the study of the kinetics of adsorption showed the adsorption equilibrium tobe achieved for 4 hours.

The adsorption isotherm of phenol belongs to the L-type classification IUPAC [3].Table

Data of adsorption of phenolThe equation of the linearized

line R2 K Г, mmol/g S, m2/g -G, J/mole

y=34.38x+5.73 0.95 166 0.174 41.89 12670

Based on the value of the coefficient of approximation reliability (R2), the experimentalvalues can be satisfactorily described by the Langmuir adsorption isotherm. Localized adsorptionindicates that the process takes place at the active centers. The increased value of the adsorptionequilibrium (K) constant expresses the high affinity of phenol molecules to the sample surface.The resulting sample has a low specific surface area. The magnitude of the change in free energyindicates a specific interaction of the adsorbate with the surface of the obtained sample.

The efficiency of cleaning solution from the model pollutant is determined by the degreeof adsorption (S, %). The dependence of the degree of adsorption of the concentration in thesolution is shown in figure 1.


77

Fig. 1. The degree of adsorption pf phenol at different initial concentrations of phenol

The highest degree of adsorption is observed at the initial concentration of phenol 6.38mmol/l is 25 %. At the same time, the residual concentration of phenol in a solution of 4.84 mmol/lsignificantly exceeds the value of the MPC of 0.3110-5 mmol/l. With an increase of phenolproportion in the solution the purification efficiency is reduced to 20 %.

Thus, the studied biocarbon sorbent has a specific surface area comparable to that of non-porous sorbents. However, its adsorption properties are weakly expressed in the studiedconcentration range. In accordance with figure 1, the resulting sample is the best suited for post-treatment of liquid media with phenol concentration to be less than 6.38 mmol/l.

Bibliography

1. Bansal, R. C. Activated Carbon Adsorption / R. C. Bansal, M. Goyal. – New York:Taylor & Francis Group, 2005. – 472 p.

2. Method of Porous Material Obtaining from Lignin and Wood Bark / B. N.Kuznetsov, N. V. Chesnokov, I. P. Ivanov, Е. V. Veprikova, N. M. Ivanchenko // Journal ofSiberian Federal University. Chemistry. – 2015. – Vol. 8, N. 2. – P. 232-255

3. Greg, S. Adsorption, specific surface, porosity: Translation from English / S. Greg,K. Sing. – Moscow: World, 1984. – 306 p.

Surits V.V.1,2

STRUCTURAL CHARACTERISTICS AND ANTICANCER ACTIVITY OFFUCOIDANS FROM BROWN ALGAE SARGASSUM MIYABEI AND

S. OLIGOCYSTUM1G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic chemistry, FEB RAS

2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences,3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisors – R.V. Usoltseva1, N.M. Shevchenko1, S.P. Ermakova1


Algae of genus Sargassum was first described nearly 200 years ago by Agardh (1820) [1].This genus with complex and variable morphology has been estimated to be rich-species genus of

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

6,38 12,77 15,96 19,15 22,34 28,72 31,91

S,%

Сinit, mmol/l


78

the marine macrophytes (400 species being identified to date) [2]. Most studies focused on 11species (S. pallidum, S. fusiforme, S. fulvellum, S. henslowianum, S. thunbergii, S. horneri, S.siliquastrum, S. muticum, S. hemiphyllum, S. polycystum, S. vachellianum) were often used intraditional Chinese medicine. It has been shown that algal extracts and individual substances,including polysaccharides, exhibit a wide range of pharmacological properties: anticancer,antibacterial, antifungal, antiviral, anti-inflammatory, anticoagulant, antioxidant, hypoglycemic,lipid-lowering, antibacterial, hepatoprotective and neuroprotective, indicating the perspectives forfurther study and using these algae as a source of funds for maintaining and promoting health [3].

It is known, that algae of the genus Sargassum often contain heterogeneous fucoidans, forexample, S. feldmannii, S. duplicatum, S. thunbergii produced galactofucans [4-6], S. angustifolumand S. polycystum – heteropolysaccharides, consisting not only of fucose and galactose residues,but also of mannose, xylose, rhamnose, glucose [7, 8]. However, other members of this genus (S.binderi, S. henslowianum) can contain almost pure fucans [9, 10].

The purpose of this work was to study the structural characteristics and anticancer activityin vitro of fucoidan from brown algae S. miyabei and S. oligocystum.

Brown algae S. miyabei and S. oligocystum were collected in august 2014 (Peter the GreatBay, Japan Sea, Far East of Russia) and in November 2016 (Nhatrang Bay, Socialist Republic ofVietnam), respectively. Fucoidans have been isolated by consistently using these methods:extraction with 70 % ethanol and dilute HCl, anion-exchange chromatography, purification frompolyphenols, and agarose gel electrophoresis.

The analysis of the monosaccharide composition and the sulfate content showed that allfucoidan fractions of studied algae were heteropolysaccharides with different monosaccharidecomposition and sulfate content (Table).

Both the first fractions (SoF1 and SmiF1) were mannogalactofucans, the second (SoF2 andSmiF2) – galactofucans. Further the isolated fucoidans were studied using 1H and 13C NMRspectroscopy. All 13C NMR spectra contained a group of signals at 16–17 ppm, corresponding toC6 α-L-fucopyranose residues. Peaks at 61–62 ppm corresponded to unsubstituted C6 of β-D-galactopyranose residues. The presence of sulfate groups was confirmed by the group of signalsat 80–85 ppm. Acetyl groups were found only in the fractions from S. miyabei (22–23 and 175–176 ppm), while fucoidans from S. oligocystum do not contain acetates.

TableCharacteristics of fucoidans from brown algae S. miyabei and S. oligocystum

Algae Fraction Yield,%*

SO3Na** Monosaccharide:(СН3)CO***

Monosaccharide compositionFuc Gal Man

S. miyabei SmiF1 0.16 27 1:0.3 60.3 24.1 11.2SmiF2 0.04 20 1:0.1 73.2 26.8 0

S. oligocystum SoF1 0.04 35 1:0 52.4 42.6 5SoF2 0.12 32 1:0 65.9 32.1 0

* – % of dry defatted alga weight** – % of fucoidan sample weight*** – the ratio is determined by comparing the intensities of H1 and acetyl groups signals in the 1H NMR spectrum

The cytotoxicity of fucoidans from S. miyabei and S. oligocystum was established on cellline of colorectal carcinoma DLD-1 by MTS method. It was found that fucoidan was non-toxic atthe concentration of 100-400 µg/ml. The ability to inhibit the colony formation of investigated


79

cell line by fucoidans was studied by the soft agar method. The fucoidans at the concentration of200 µg/ml SmiF1, SmiF2, SoF1, SoF2 suppressed the colony formation of DLD-1 cells up to 28,67, 60 and 56 %, respectively.

As a result of the work, the structural characteristics of fucoidans from two species of genusSargassum, their cytotoxicity and degree of the inhibition of colony formation of colorectalcarcinoma cell line DLD-1 have been determined.

The work was supported by RFBR grant № 19-54-54005.

References1. Agardh, C.A. Species algarum rite cognitae, cum synonymis, differentiis specificis

et descriptionibus succinctis / C. A. Agardh. - Lund, Berling, 1820. – 168 p.2. Mattio, L. 190 years of Sargassum taxonomy, facing the advent of DNA

phylogenies / L. Mattio, C. Payri // Botanical Review. – 2011. – Vol. 77. – P. 31-703. Liu, L. Towards a better understanding of medicinal uses of the brown seaweed

Sargassum in Traditional Chinese Medicine: Phytochemical and pharmacological review / L. Liu,M. Heinrich, S. Myers, S.A. Dworjanyn // Journal of Ethnopharmacology. – 2012. – Vol. 142 (3).– P. 591-619

4. Usoltseva, R.V. Comparison of structure and in vitro anticancer activity of nativeand modified fucoidans from Sargassum feldmannii and S. duplicatum / R.V. Usoltseva, S.D.Anastyuk, V.V. Surits, N.M. Shevchenko, P.D. Thinh, P.A. Zadorozhny, S.P. Ermakova //International Journal of Biological Macromolecules. – 2019. – Vol. 124. – P. 220-228

5. Usoltseva, R.V. Polysaccharides from brown algae Sargassum duplicatum: thestructure and anticancer activity in vitro / R.V. Usoltseva, S.D. Anastyuk, N.M. Shevchenko, V.V.Surits, A.S. Silchenko, V.V. Isakov, T.N. Zvyagintseva, P.D. Thinh, S.P. Ermakova //Carbohydrate Polymers. – 2017. – Vol. 175. – P. 547-556

6. Jin, W. Structure Analysis and Anti-Tumor and Anti-Angiogenic Activities ofSulfated Galactofucan Extracted from Sargassum thunbergii / W. Jin, W. Wu, H. Tang, B. Wei,H. Wang, J. Sun, W. Zhang, W. Zhong // Marine Drugs. – 2019. – Vol. 17(1). – P. 52.

7. Borazjani, N.J. Purification, molecular properties, structural characterization, andimmunomodulatory activities of water soluble polysaccharides from Sargassum angustifolium /N.J. Borazjani, M. Tabarsa, S. You, M. Rezaei // International Journal of BiologicalMacromolecules. –2018. – Vol. 109. – P. 793–802

8. Palanisamy, S. Isolation of fucoidan from Sargassum polycystum brown algae:Structural characterization, in vitro antioxidant and anticancer activity / S. Palanisamy, M.Vinosha, T. Marudhupandi, P. Rajasekar, N.M. Prabhu // International Journal of BiologicalMacromolecules. – 2017. – Vol. 102. – P. 405–412

9. Lim, S.J. Chemical properties and toxicology studies of fucoidan extracted fromMalaysian Sargassum binderi. / S.J. Lim, W.A.W. Mustapha, M.Y. Maskat, J. Latip, K.H. Badri,O. Hassan, // Food Science and Biotechnology. – 2016. –Vol. 25(S1). – P. 23–29

10. Cuong, H.D Structure and hypolipidaemic activity of fucoidan extracted frombrown seaweed Sargassum henslowianum / H.D. Cuong, T.T.T. Thuy, T.T. Huong, B.M. Ly,T.T.T. Van // Natural Product Research. – 2014. – Vol. 29(5). – P. 411–415


80

Tiguntsev A. M.1HYDROCARBON CRACKING UNITS IN RUSSIA

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – V.A. Reutov1


Pyrolysis is the main process for the production of lower olefins — ethylene, propylene, andrelated products. As propylene can be produced in the process of propane dehydrogenation and atthe refinery in the process of catalytic cracking, so 100% of the ethylene in the world is obtained inthe process of pyrolysis [1].

Nowadays, thermal pyrolysis of various types of hydrocarbons is one of the main large-scaleindustrial processes for producing lower C2-C4 olefins. Pure C2-C4 gases or their mixtures are usedas light hydrocarbon feedstock: ethane + propane, propane + butane, ethane + butane, and three-component mixtures consisting of alkanes С2-С4 [2,3].

Pyrolysis in tube furnaces is the only developed and widely used industrial method. Itsdevelopment is mainly directed towards the improvement of the existing technology. However, thepossibilities of this process are limited, especially when using raw materials prone to increased cokeformation, in spite of the obtained progress due to a change in the design of the coil and convectionzone of the furnace, the use of modern quenching-evaporation devices [4].

About 60% of ethylene in domestic enterprises is produced in morally and physicallyobsolete furnaces, the lifetime of which is 20 years or more. About 22% of ethylene is produced indomestic furnaces, built in the 1960-1970s on the projects of Giprogaztopprom and Giprokauchuk;about 23% of ethylene is produced in the first generation SRT type furnaces; approximately 15% insecond generation SRT type furnaces. 48 first generation SRT type furnaces and only 6 sixthgeneration SRT furnaces are being operated in Russia [5].

Simultaneously with the development of pyrolysis technologies in tube furnaces, new typesof coils are emerging, as they play a significant role in the pyrolysis process. The design developmentof furnace coils was to reduce the contact time and partial pressure due to the use of a branched coilwith tubes of larger diameter at the outlet and a decrease in the length of the coil (fig. 1).

Fig. 1. Pyrocrack™ furnace coils [5]


81

The main characteristics of the coil – the diameter, the load on the raw materials, theresidence time of the flow and the wall temperature are closely related to each other. Reducing ofthe residence time is increases the wall temperature. It is necessary to increase the specific surfacearea of the coil to reduce the wall temperature. This is achieved by switching to small-diameter pipesor making the coil branching.

Currently, furnace blocks of various companies are characterized by fundamentally closedesigns of radiant coils, heat recovery schemes of flue gases in the convection section, systems forsupplying fuel to the coils using side and (or) bottom burners, using efficient one-, two-stagequenching-evaporation devices [5].

The need to expand the resource base, reduce the specific consumption of raw materials,as well as energy and material costs, forces us to search for new process modifications, mainlydesigned for the pyrolysis of heavy hydrocarbon materials (fuel oil, vacuum gas oil, oil).

References1. Kostin, A. A. Popular petrochemistry. The fascinating world of chemical processes /

A. A. Kostin. – M.: LLC "Publishing" Lomonosov ", 2013. – 177 p.2. Litvintsev, I. Yu. Pyrolysis - a key petrochemical process / I. Yu. Litvintsev // Soros

Educational Journal. – 1999. – № 12. – P. 21-283. Mukhina, T.N. Pyrolysis of hydrocarbons / T. N. Mukhina, N. L. Barabanov,

S. E. Babash. – M.: Chemistry Publishing House, 1987. – 238 p.4. Tkachev, S. М. Technology of oil and gas refining / S. M. Tkachev. – Novopolotsk. :

PSU Publishing House, 2011. – 345 p.5. Mukhina, T, N. Characterization and results of operation of furnaces for the pyrolysis

of ethylene plants in Russia and the CIS countries / T. N. Mukhina, G. E. Amelichkina, S. E.Babash // Chemistry and technology of fuels and oils. – 2011. – № 4. – P. 3-54

Timochkina A.S.1THE CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF DRINKING WATER AT THE INSTITUTE OF

CHEMISTRY FAR EASTERN BRANCH OF THE RUSSIAN ACADEMY OFSCIENCES


Scientific adviser – O.D. Arefieva1

Scientific consultant – Yu.O. Kamornaya 2

Nowadays many branches of industry require a large amount of water for technologicaland drinking water-management. The main normative documents on the quality of drinking waterare GOST R 51232-98 [1] and SanPin 2.1.1.1074-01 [2].

In 50-70s of the previous century, production schemes of water treatment by countercurrention- exchange technologies were actively developed and implemented. That allowed not only toimprove the quality of purification, but also to significantly reduce the reagent consumption forregeneration [3]. In the second half of the twentieth century, membrane technologies have beenactively developed. In the 80-90s these technologies have been widely applied in industry. Aresource-saving process underlies membrane technologies, which results in a reliable and cost-


82

effective purification of the source water from various impurities on the membrane without theuse of reagents, as well as minimization of harmful environmental impacts [4].

The purpose of our work was to evaluate the quality of drinking water used at the Instituteof Chemistry Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences.

The object of the study was drinking water, which came from the "Primorskiy Vodokanal"water supply system of the city of Vladivostok and which was extracted from the Institute ofChemistry Far Eastern Branch of the Russian Academy of Sciences in the administrative building(sample № 2) and laboratory building (sample № 3); drinking water which was purified on themodular installation (sample № 1) and deionized water used for experimental studies (sample №4). In samples № 1, 2, 3 quality indicators were determined in accordance with SanPin 2.1.4.1074-01; in sample № 4 according to GOST 6709-72 “Distilled water” [5].

The results showed: the water (sample № 1) which was purified on the modular installationis in full compliance with SanPin 2.1.4.1074-01. Before entering the consumer, the water waspurified on the exploited installation in the first stage by reagent treatment, filtration, primary UVdisinfection. During the second stage, the water was purified on the baromembrane installation byreverse osmosis and secondary disinfected by UV irradiation. Drinking water used inadministrative and laboratory buildings did not correspond to the quality standards for the contentof iron ions (0,35 and 0,49 mg/l) and color (21 and 26 degrees). Deionized water used at theinstitute contained increased chloride content (2,23 mg/l), high permanganate oxidizability (1,04mgO/l) and a greater alkaline response of environment (pH 6,76).

References1. GOST standard R 51232-98. Drinking water. General requirements for

organization and quality control methods - Introduction. 07.01.1998. - Moscow:STANDARTINFORM, 1998. –28 p.

2. SanPin 2.1.1.1074-01. Drinking water. Hygienic requirements for water quality ofcentralized drinking water supply systems. Quality control. Hygienic requirements for provisionof safety of hot water supply systems - Introduction. 26.09.2001 Moscow: STANDARTINFORM,2010. – 23 p.

3. Korzina, Y.E. Reducing the consumption of reagents in ion-exchange desalinationof water / Y.E. Korzina, B.E. Ryabchikov, S.Y. Larionov // Journal of Aqua – magazine. – 2007.– N 3. – P. 14-15

4. Gromov, S. L. Technologies of counterflow regeneration of ion exchange resinsfor water treatment. Part 1 / S.L. Gromov, A.A. Panteleev // Journal of Heat Power Engineering.– 2006. – N 8.

5. GOST standard 6709-72. Distilled water. Specifications - Introduction.29.06.1972. - Moscow: STANDARTINFORM, 1972. –25 p.


83

Tryapkin O.A.1INVESTIGATION OF THE SYNTHESIS OF 9-AMINO AND

9-HYDROXYFASCAPLYSIN1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – M.E. Zhidkov1


Currently, the alkaloid fascaplysin (1, figure 1), isolated from the sea spongeFascaplysinopsis sp., is considered as a promising compound for the development of new drugs.This compound has a wide range of biological activity, including: selective inhibition of theenzyme CDK4 [3]; induction of P-glycoprotein, one of the possible methods of treatmentAlzheimer's disease [2]; selective opiate µ-receptor agonist as a similar to endorphins [4]. Thedisadvantage is the high toxicity of fascaplysin. To solve this problem necessary to expand therange of fascaplysin derivatives with new functional groups in order to obtain compounds with amore favorable therapeutic index.

Among all the functional groups, amino group is among the most promising, since it canlater be used to introduce various fragments into the target. Therefore, it was decided to synthesize9-aminopascaplysin (2) containing the amino group at C-9 position (2, figure 1).

Fig. 1. Structures of compounds 1 and 2

For the synthesis of compound 2, the method of Zhu et al. [1] was used (figure 2). Thestarting compound was 1- (2-bromobenzoyl) -β-carboline (3), which was then nitrated at -5 ° Cwith concentrated nitric acid for one hour. Resulting product 4 was then reduced by hydrogen onPtO2 in an alcohol solution for 7 hours to compound 5. Then this compound was converted toammonium salt 6 by the action of gaseous hydrogen chloride on an ethyl acetate solution. Thiscompound was then quaternized at 200 ° C for 45 minutes and as a result, 9-aminopascaplysinhydrochloride (7) was obtained. The structure of which was confirmed by mass spectrometry. Inan alkaline medium, product 7 can be easily transformed into an unstable 9-aminopascaplysin (2).

Fig. 2. Scheme for 9-aminofascaplysin hydrochloride (2) obtaining


84

Then an attempt was made to obtain 9-hydroxyfascaplysin (8) from obtained hydrochloride9-aminofascaplysin (7) by diazotization reaction (figure 3). The reaction was carried out at 0 °Сby the action of sodium nitrite and an excess of hydrochloric acid. According to the results of massspectrometry the obtained product was fascaplysin (1) instead of the desired product 8.

Fig. 3. Scheme for 9-hydroxyfascaplizin (8) obtaining

Thus, the synthesis of 9-aminofascaplysin hydrochloride, a promising compound for themodification of fascaplysin was first carried out. Diazotization and subsequent heating of 9-aminofascaplysin did not result in the production of the desired 9-hydroxyfascaplysin (8). Instead,unsubstituted fascaplysin (1) was isolated from the reaction mixture.

References1. A Cascade Coupling Strategy for One-Pot Total Synthesis of β-Carboline and

Isoquinoline-Containing Natural Products and Derivatives /Yan-Ping Zhu, Mei-Cai Liu, Qun Cai,Feng-Cheng Jia, An-Xin Wu // Chem. Eur. J. – 2013.- 19.- P. 10132 – 10137

2. Discovery of a marine-derived bis-indole alkaloid fascaplysin, as a new class ofpotent P-glycoprotein inducer and establishment of its structure-activity relationship / S. Manda,S. Sharma , A. Wani, P. Joshi, V. Kumar, S. K. Guru, S. S. Bharate , S. Bhushan, R. A.Vishwakarma, A. Kumar, S. B. Bharate// European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry. – 2016. –№107. – P. 1-11

3. Inhibition of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 4 (Cdk4) by Fascaplysin, a Marine NaturalProduct / R. Soni, L. Muller, P. Furet, J. Schoepfer, C. Stephan, S. Zunstein-Mecker, H. Fretz, B.Chaudhuri // Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. – 2000. – № 275. – P. 877-884

4. Identification of the First Marine-Derived Opioid Receptor “Balanced” Agonistwith a Signaling Profile That Resembles the Endorphins / T. A. Johnson, L. Milan-Lobo, T. CLorig-Roach, P. Crews, J. L. Whistler // ACS Chemical Neuroscience. – 2016. – V. 8, № 3. – P.473-485

Tumasyeva A. R.1THE MODELLING OF PYROGAS COMPOSITION DEPENDENCE ON

TEMPERATURE MODE IN ETHANE THERMAL CRACKING FURNACE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.V. Anufriev1

Scientific consultant – V.B. Kolicheva2

A significant part of nowadays petrochemical industry takes a light hydrocarbonproduction. An ethylene, which production grows annually as much as 4 %, leads in this field [1].The major technology of ethylene synthesis is a hydrocarbon thermal cracking. Considering asustainable growth of ethylene demand a primary concern in contemporary industrial science is


85

becoming plants capacity increase. The possible solution, helping to avoid great costs ofequipment renovation, is technological mode optimization. The optimal values of technologicalparameters should be based on experimental working, however the last one is restricted on plat inprocess. This tension could be solved by modelling. A physical modelling of pyrolysis technologyis rather tough because of high temperature and large sizes of the furnace, which could achieve asmuch as several dozen of meters [2]. In this regard a mathematical modelling using a specialsoftware is becoming increasingly important in science and industry.

Pyrogas composition depends on temperature, pressure in the coil, residence time, a ratioof dilution steam and feed, and on feed composition [2]. This paper presents a research of pyrogaschanging in connection with temperature.

An industrial object to be explored an ethane pyrolysis plant in Iran was chosen as theobject under study [3]. The process temperature was 850°С, the ratio of dilution steam and feedwas 0.3 kg steam per 1 kg feed, the radiant coil was 78 meters long, the tube diameter was 0.1 м,walls’ thickness was 0.008 meters.

The radiant coil of pyrolysis furnace was modelled as a plug flow reactor using a specialsoftware called Unisim Design. The data needed for the research were: the sizes of the reactor, theset of molecular reactions and reactions’ kinetic parameters. The molecular set included 6reactions, which considered yield of the main ethylene thermal cracking products. Kineticparameters were firstly applied from the NISP standards, after that a model was calibrated inaccordance with the mass balance. Table 1 presents the calculated pyrogas composition incomparison with real industrial data [3].

There are significant differences between calculated and real ethane and hydrogen yields.This might be due to some reactions not included in the model. There are propane and С7+hydrocarbons in real pyrogas, which synthesis reactions lead to ethane consumption and hydrogenemission.

Figure 1 presents changing in ethane cracking main product flow in connection withtemperature. The computer experiment determined 110°С increase in temperature not to lead tosignificant growth in ethylene yield, however the peak concentration could be achieved as earlyin the middle of radiant coil. The decrease of temperature on the same value caused 536 kgdecrease in yield, and it also provided more gradual profile of ethylene flow along the reactor.

Table 1Calculated and industrial pyrogas composition

ComponentFlow, kg/hour

plant [3] model

Methane 1886 1886

Ethylene 20156 20156

Ethane 14120 15161

Propylene 443 443

Butadiene -1,3 478 478

Benzene 304 304

Hydrogen 1546 1483


86

Fig. 1. Ethylene flow changing in dependence on temperature1 – 850 °С; 2 – 960 °С; 3 – 740 °С

The determined pattern can be used as a base of ethane cracking plant optimizationsolutions. Making the temperature mode of process more severe should be accompanied withreduction of reactor length. This is due to long residence time of the main product will lead tointensification of side reactions including coke formation. Lower temperature provides more shortresidence time of the main product, which will decrease the amount of side products in pyrogas.It also will reduce energy costs.

References1 Kracker, G. Obzor proizvodstva etylena / G. Kracker. – Nijnii Novgorod:

Olefinivaja Academija Sibur, 2015. – 78 p.2 Muchina T. N. Piroliz uglevodorodnogo sirja / T. N. Muchina, N. L. Barabanov, S.

E. Babasch. – Moscow: Chimija, 1987. – 240 p.3 Modeling of ethane pyrolysis process: A study on effects of steam and carbon

dioxide on ethylene and hydrogen productions / M.S. Shokrollahi Yancheshmeh [etc.] // ChemicalEngineering Journal – 2013. – V. 215-216. – P. 550-560.

4 NIST Chemical Kinetics Database [Electronic resource] / Developer : NationalInstitute of standards and technololgy. – Access mode: URL:https://kinetics.nist.gov/kinetics/index.jsp, free. Title from the screen.

Ushkova A.U. 2

ISOPRENOID FROM MARINE-DERIVED FUNGUS PENICILLIUM PILTUNESEKMM 4668

1 G. B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic chemistry, FEB RAS2 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific advisor – O.I. Zhuravleva1


0

5

10

15

20

25

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Ethylene flow,tn/h

Reactor length, m

1

2

3


87

Marine-derived fungi continue to be a prolific source of secondary metabolites showingdiverse bioactivities. Terpenoids from marine-derived fungi exhibit wide structural diversityincluding numerous compounds with pronounced biological activities. Different monoterpenes,sesquiterpenes, diterpenes, sesterterpenes, triterpenes and meroterpenes were isolated from marinefungi genus Penicillium [1].

In the previously published works of scientists from the PIBOC FEB RAS the isolationand identification of ten new meroterpenoids (austalides and seven new 6.6-spiroketals −sargassopenillines A−G from fungi Penicillium thomii and P. lividum associated with the brownalga Sargassum miyabei) were described [2,3]. Some of the austalides exhibited significantinhibitory activity against endo-1,3-β-D-glucanase from a crystalline stalk of the marine molluskPseudocardium sachalinensis. Four new eudesmane-type sesquiterpenes, thomimarines A−Dshowing an inhibitory effect on NO production in LPS-induced RAW 264.7 murine macrophageswere obtained from P. thomii KMM 4667 isolated from superficial mycobiota of the rhizome seagrass Zostera marina [4].

The purpose of present research work was to investigated the metabolite composition ofthe marine-derived fungus Penicillium piltunese KMM 4668 (sediments, Sea of Okhotsk). Thefungus was cultured for 21 days on specially modified rice medium. The EtOAc extract of themycelia was purified by a silica gel column chromatography. According to the results of TLCanalyses the fraction Gb-7(19-16) was selected for further purified (Fig.1a). First, the investigatedfraction was separated by column chromatography on a glass column (1,5×8 cm) with reverse-phase YMC-Gel ODS-A (12 nm, S-75um), which was eluted by system EtOH-H2O 8:2. Collectedfractions were analyzed by TLC and were combined (Fig. 1b). The obtained compound of thefraction Gb-19-16-1 (29.6 mg) was compound 1 with Rf=0,6. Then, this fraction was purified byRP HPLC on a column YMC ODS-AM (5 μm, 250 × 10 mm) eluting with CH3CN: H2O (85:15)and the individual compound 1 (9.4 mg) was isolated (Fig.1c). Based on 1H and 13C NMR data,the compound was classified as isoprenoid.

a b cFig. 1. The results of analyses

References1. Bioactive Terpenes from Marine-Derived Fungi / Ahmed M. Elissawy / Mar.

Drugs. – 2015. – 13. – P. 1966-19922. Meroterpenoids from the alga-derived fungi Penicillium thomii maire and

Penicillium lividum westling / O. I. Zhuravleva // J. Nat. Prod. – 2014. – Vol. 77, No. 6. – P. 1390-1395


88

3. 6,6-spiroketals from the alga-derived fungi Penicillium thomii and Penicilliumlividum / O. I. Zhuravleva // Mar. Drugs. – 2014. – Vol. 12, No. 12. – P. 5930-5943

4. New eudesmane sesquiterpenes from the marine-derived fungus Penicillium thomii/ S. S. Afiyatullov et. al // Phytochem. Lett. – 2015. – No 14. – P. 209-214

Voronkova P.A. 1

CENTRAL GAS FRACTIONATION UNIT1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – V.A. Reutov1


In the 20th century the main areas of the oil industry were mining and primary refiningprocesses. Today, the key task is to increase the depth of oil and gas processing by increasing theshare of secondary processes.

The process of gas fractionation of a wide fraction of hydrocarbons is among of thesecondary processes. The separation of the stream into fractions is carried out at gas fractionationplants based on the rectification processes [1-2].

Extraction of hydrocarbons from petroleum gas can be carried out in several ways. Theprocesses of absorption, compression, adsorption, and low-temperature distillation have gainedindustrial significance [3].

At gas fractionation plants (GFU), raw materials differ in chemical composition and stateof aggregation. Raw materials are supplied to GFU in gaseous and liquid (stabilization head) formand its composition is formed under the influence of physicochemical conditions, the bedrock ofthe deposit and the geological history of data formation [4].

Depending on the composition of the raw materials supplied to GFU, two types of GFUproducts are separated: the products of saturated gases and unsaturated [5].

The average component composition of GFU is shown in Table 1.Table 1

Component composition of raw materials of GFU [6]Components GFU saturated gases GFU unsaturated gases

primary gas primaryprocessinghead

catalyticreforminghead

thermalcracking gas

coking gas catalyticreformed gas

СН4+Н2 1 - - 16 32 11С2Н4 - - - 2.5 4.6 6С2Н6 4 0.6 3.0 16 13.8 8С3Н6 - - - 9 6 22С3Н8 40 22,2 55 20.6 20.8 12.8iso-С4Н8 - - - 4,5 0,2 6н-С4Н8 - - - 9.8 3.9 13.8iso-С4Н10 10 12 19.7 5 3 13н-С4Н10 23 40.2 20 14 9.5 4.8С5 + 22 25 2.3 2.6 6.2 2.6

Tobolsk-Neftekhim being the central gas fractionation unit is the biggest processingcapacity for a wide light hydrocarbon fraction for a wide fraction of light hydrocarbons in the


89

country, producing such products as: the propane fraction, isobutane fraction, normal butanefraction, isopentane fraction, normal pentane fraction, and hexane fraction.

For installation NGL is supplied via the Southern Balyk product pipeline from thefollowing enterprises: Gubkinsky GPP, Muravlenkovsky GPP, Nyagan GP, Vyngapurovsky GPP,South -Priobsky GPP, South-Balyk GPP, Nizhnevartovsk GPP, Belozersky GPP.

The component composition of the NGL streams is different, due to the processing of rawmaterials from different fields at the GPP and GPP. The average composition of NGL is shown inTable 2.

Table 2Component composition of NGL streams

Enterprise С1+С2

С3

iС4

nС4

iС5

nС5

С6

CH3OH

Gubkinsky GPP 2,48 42.92 13.18 21.24 6.86 6.15 7.12 0.05Muravlenkovsky GPP

2.33 36.70 13.98 22.63 7.80 7.77 8.73 0.05

Nyagan GP 5.30 48.75 26.46 12.98 3.31 3.20 0.00 0.00VyngapurovskyGPP

2.11 39.24 13.26 22.35 7.20 7.08 8.70 0.05

South - PriobskyGPP

2.37 46.02 9.20 23.74 5.15 6.22 7.24 0.05

South-BalykGPP

2,.34 48.00 9.08 23.00 4.94 5.87 6.72 0.05

NizhnevartovskGPP

2.08 32.55 12.27 23.57 7.34 8.38 13.76 0.05

Belozersky GPP 1.90 31.70 12.13 23.34 7.24 8.33 15.32 0.05

On the basis of component compositions and the average volumes of flows, the weightedaverage component composition were calculated (Table 3).

Table 3Weighted average composition of NGL on GFU

In the course of the work, the types of gas fractionation installations of the NGL werestudied, and technological schemes for the separation processes were considered.

The principle of operation of the GFU, the feeds of NGLs has been studied.The weighted average component composition of the NGL SIBT was calculated.On the basis of the obtained data, conclusions were made on possible ways to optimize the

work of the GFU:- Replacement of outdated contact devices of distillation columns with high-performance

contact devices will help to achieve a significant increase in productivity and reduce energy costs;- selection of the optimal composition of the raw materials in order to maximize the

performance of the installation.

References1. Braginsky, O. B. Strategy of development of the world petrochemical industry / O. B.

Braginsky // Oil Gas Chemistry. – 2015. – Vol. 4. – P. 10-15.

С1+С2 С3 iС4 nC4 iС5 nС5 С6 СН3ОН ∑2.35 38.27 16.62 25.26 5.50 5.22 6.66 0.14 100,00


90

2. Braginsky, O. B. New trends in the development of the global petrochemical industryand Russian realities / O. B. Braginsky // NefteGaso Chemistry. – 2017. – Vol. 2. – P. 5-12.

3. Andreikina L.V. Formation of gas processing in Western Siberia. / L.V. Andreikina,A.N. Bulkatov, M.E. Movsumzade. // Oil, gas and business. – 2003. – №6. – C.58-61.

4. Mullahmetova L.I. Associated petroleum gas: preparation, transportation andprocessing / L.I. Mullahmetova, E.I. Cherkasova // Bulletin of Kazan Technological University. –2015. – Vol. 18., No. 19. – P. 83-90

5. Mullahmetova, L. I. Gas fractionation / L. I. Mullahmetova, .E. I. Cherkasova, R. I.Sibgatullina, G. K. Bikmukhametova // Bulletin of the Technological University. – 2016. –Vol. 19, Vol. 24. – P. 49-55.

6. Akhmetov S. А. Technology of deep oil and gas processing. Publishing - Ufa: Gil, -242 p.

Voronkova P.A.1, Makarcuk A.V.1THE FUTURE OF POLYMERS


Scientific advisers – V.A. Reutov1, N.P. Morgun1

Scientific consultant - V.B. Kolycheva2

Throughout the twentieth century, the polymers were considered as structural andfunctional materials. Because of changes in the main issues, with the research of polymer after the2000s, the world looked at the polymers as materials capable of changing their properties underthe influence of the environment. These polymers were called «smart» polymers [1]. Smartpolymers are becoming increasingly more prevalent as scientists learn about the chemistry andtriggers that induce conformational changes in polymer structures and devise ways to takeadvantage of and control them.

This topic is highly relevant and prospective, particularly for specialists in the field ofchemical engineering. Disclosure of properties and practical application of the smart polymers isthe purpose of our research work. The tasks of the work were:

1. To show classification and highlight the basic principle of the SP and theirproperties.

2. To Find information on the practical application of SP in some areas of humanactivity.

3. To cover main perspectives and problems of studying SP.The review of foreign and Russian literature let us come to following conclusions.In general, all smart polymers and hydrogel systems can be divided into three groups: pH-

sensitive polymers, heat-sensitive polymers, and reversibly cross-linked polymer networks. Theserefer to linear polymers only. With pH-sensitive smart polymers, poor solvent conditions arecreated by decreasing their net charge. It can be decreased by changing pH to neutralize the chargeson each macromolecule — and hence to reduce repulsion between the polymer segments. Forinstance, copolymers of methylmethacrylate and methacrylic acid precipitate from aqueoussolutions on acidification to about pH 5, whereas copolymers of methylmethacrylate with dimethyl


91

aminethyl methaacrylate are soluble at acidic conditions but precipitate at slightly alkalineconditions [2].

Thermosensitive smart polymers are uncharged and soluble in water because of hydrogenbonding with water molecules. A change in hydrophobic–hydrophilic balance is induced byincreasing temperature or ionic strength of the solution. The efficiency of hydrogen bonding isreduced on raising temperature [3].

Reversibly cross-linked polymer networks combine reversible noncovalent cross-linkingof separate polymer molecules into an insoluble polymer network [2].

Chemical technology is closely linked to other sectors of human activity. Thanks to thedevelopment of chemistry and chemical technology, including the creation of "smart" polymersand their implementation in the technology made possible the solution of many problems anddifficulties in medicine, biotechnology, construction, engineering, textile industry, etc.

In medicine «smart» polymers help us in Drug Delivery. Pills coated with pH-sensitivepolymers film are insoluble in the acidic environment of the stomach, so their active componentswould be protected against the harmful action of the stomach environment. When arriving in theintestine, with its neutral pH, the polymer coating will dissolve to release the active ingredient.This change in pharmaceutical technology would eliminate overdose of the organism, as well asto deliver the desired amount of drug necessary space.

Smart polymers are not just for drug delivery. Their properties make them especially suitedfor bioseparations. The time and costs involved in purifying proteins might be reducedsignificantly by using smart polymers that undergo rapid reversible changes in response to achange in medium properties. Conjugated systems have been used for many years in physical andaffinity separations and immunoassays. Microscopic changes in the polymer structure aremanifested as precipitate formation, which may be used to aid separation of trapped proteins fromsolution.

The ability of "smart" polymers abrupt transition from the expanded globules in thecompact coil used to create membranes with controlled permeability. In the expandedconformation of the polymer molecules immobilized on the surface do not prevent the penetrationof substances into the pores. The compact conformation of polymer molecules to block or greatlycomplicate access solutes inside the pores. Permeability controlled by changing the elutiontemperature and pH [3].

In the petrochemical industry, there are two ways of use of smart polymers. First isblocking the water inflow in the well. Second is hydraulic fracturing. Two “smart” polymersystems have been developed for the oil producing industry. One system designed for watercontrol in a producing well finds the site of the water influx by itself and blocks it. In order thatthe gel does not block the entire volume of the well and does not prevent the passage of oil addedto the polymer solution gelation inhibitor. the inhibitor is selected to be readily soluble in waterand insoluble in (petroleum) hydrocarbons. As a result, the inhibitor remains in the polymersolution during its contact with oil, continuing to prevent gelation in the solution. However, duringthe contact with water, the inhibitor rapidly diffuses into the water; as a result, a tough gel plug isformed at the site of the contact with water [1]. The world average per ton of oil produced threetons of water annually consumes more than 40 billion Dollars on the separation and purificationof the produced water, the introduction of this technology would make oil production much moreeconomical [5]. The other system is designed for use in hydraulic fracturing and acts as a thickenerin an aqueous medium, including that at elevated temperatures; at the same time, in contact with


92

hydrocarbons, the system transforms into a low viscosity liquid, providing for a high permeabilityof the medium to petroleum [1]. This technology is especially important for the oil industry inRussia, as the water cut production in Russia is much more than the world average (75%) in Russiais taken for more than 5 volumes of water per volume of oil. This means that the separation andpurification of produced water in Russia is spent significantly more 7 milliard Dollars [5].

In the textile industry new polymers have enabled the creation of textiles having specificproperties that are required in a particular sphere of human activity. By 2025 it is planned toimplement smart clothes for the soldiers in the United States, the top layer of which will be ableto change the color, reflectance of sunlight and hence heat resistance, depending on theillumination [6].

After analyzing the material, we studied Russian and foreign scientific literature you havemade the following conclusions:

1. Review and synthesis of "smart polymers" is the leading trend in medicine,biotechnology, petrochemicals, textiles, construction and other key areas

2. The main focus of foreign and Russian scientists is on introduction of smartpolymers in medicine and biotechnology, development and improvement of the most importantfor each country's industries.

3. Today, there are many of the projects proposed, obtained patents in Russia andabroad, and this is the evidence of great progress in this area.

4. Due to the fact that the area of "smart polymers" being the new and underdevelopment one, many of the proposed technologies and innovations require improvements andimprovements for further effective use. In addition, new technologies require large cash expensesand investments.

5. Smart polymers are capable of making human life more comfortable to settle thetechnological and economic problems of the industry, to bring people to a new stage ofdevelopment.

Smart polymers are becoming increasingly more prevalent as scientists learn about thechemistry and triggers that induce conformational changes in polymer structures and devise waysto take advantage of, and control them. Moreover, this area is developing dynamically, judging bythe growing number of publications. And the possibilities of smart polymers have only begun tounfold.

References1. Philippova, O. E. Smart polymers for oil production. / O. E. Philippova,

A. E. Khokhlov // Petroleum Chemistry. – 2010. – Vol. 50. – № 4. – P. 266-283.2. Nilesh, V. P. Smart polymers are in the biotech future / V. P. Nilesh // BioProcess

International journal. – 2006. – № 9 – P. 42-46.3. Galaev, I. “Smart” Polymers and What They Could Do in Biotechnology and

Medicine / Galaev I, Mattiasson B. // Trends Biotechnol. – 1999. – 17(8). – p. 335-340.4. What Are Smart Polymers? / The Balance. – Access:

https://www.thebalance.com/smart-polymers-375577.5. Khavkin, A. Y. Development and exploitation of oil and gas fields. / A. Y. Khavkin

// Natural and Technical Sciences. – 2011. – № 2.6. Samoryadov, A. V. Main areas of development and application of "Smart" polymer

material / A. V. Samoryadov, T. V. Dubrova, G. I. Sigeykin // FGBUN Interdepartmental Center


93

of analytical researches in the field of physics, chemistry and biology at the Presidium of theRussian Academy of Sciences, Moscow.

Shashura D.A.1,2, Privar Y.O.2, Bratskaya S.Y.1,2

INFLUENCE OF THE METAL CENTER TYPE ON THE EFFICIENCY OF THEEXTRACTION OF FLUORINE-QUINOLONES METAL-AFFINE SORBENTS BASED

ON CHITOSAN DERIVATIVES1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Institute of Chemistry, Far East Branch, Russian Academy of SciencesScientific adviser – S.Y. Bratskaya1,2

Scientific consultant – Yu.O. Kamornaya

Quality of drinking water is one of the urgent needs of mankind, the satisfaction of whichunder the growing global shortage of fresh water requires the development of effective watermanagement measures, improvement of water treatment technologies in centralized and localnetworks, stricter quality control over the municipal and industrial wastewater discharged into theenvironment. Almost all the sources of drinking water in industrial countries show a wide rangeof pollutants, from heavy metals to antibiotics and pesticides.

The most popular method of extracting organic compounds from natural waters aresorption technologies, due to their high efficiency and optimal cost / effect ratio. The high affinityof sorbents and, accordingly, the efficiency of extraction of specific pollutants present in water inlow concentrations can be achieved due to chemisorption and the formation of complexcompounds on the surface of sorbents. Since many types of antibiotics, due to the presence ofchelating groups, interact well with metal ions, it becomes possible to use metal-affine sorbentsfor their extraction. One of the brightest representatives of this type of antibiotics are quinoloneantibiotics.

Fig. 1. The degree of extraction offluoroquinolones ciprofloxacin (CIP),levofloxacin (LEVX) and pefloxacin (PFX) onmetal-affinity sorbents based on CEC, dependingon the nature of the metal center

Fig. 2. Contents of aluminum, copper, nickeland zinc in solutions after the extraction offluoroquinolone antibiotics ciprofloxacin (CIP),levofloxacin (LEVX) and pefloxacin (PFX) withmetal-affine sorbents based on CEC containingthe corresponding metal ions

In this paper the possibilities of extracting ciprofloxacin, pefloxacin, and levofloxacinusing metal-affinity sorbents based on carboxyethylchitosan (CEC) are investigated. Granulatedmaterials were obtained by crosslinking CEC with hexamethylene diisocyanate and were saturated


94

with Al (III), Cu (II), Ni (II), Zn (II) ions. The sorption of fluoroquinolones on the resulting metal-affinity sorbents was investigated depending on the pH and the metal content in the polymermatrix. As a result of the experiments, the optimum pH value was chosen, at which the extractiondegree reached more than 80% for each antibiotic of the selected class. According to Figure 1, itwas established that the efficiency of extracting antibiotics corresponded to the stability range ofcomplexes with metals: Al3+> Сu2+> Ni2+> Zn2+ [1]. The maximum degree of extraction forfluoroquinolones (more than 90%) was achieved with the use of metal-affinity sorbent CECcontaining Al (III) ions. At the same time, a series of antibiotic extraction efficiencies with thissorbent was as follows: pefloxacin> ciprofloxacin> levofloxacin.

For the application of the proposed sorbents in drinking water treatment technologies, it isnecessary that the water in the fluoroquinolone removal process is not re-contaminated with heavymetal ions. The comparison of data obtained with the requirements of sanitary-epidemiologicalrules and regulations showed that the content of aluminum ions, copper and zinc in the waterpurified from fluoroquinolones does not exceed the maximum permissible concentration (MPC)of metal ions in drinking water of the highest category (Figure 2). The MPC for nickel is 0.02 mg/ l, and in all solutions purified from antibiotics with sorbents containing Ni (II) ions, nickel wasfound in the concentration range of 0.05-0.2 mg / l. Thus, sorbents based on a CEC cryogel withimmobilized Ni (II) ions are not suitable for purifying drinking water.

This work was supported by the Russian Foundation for Basic Research, project No. 18-33-00335 mol_a

References1. Bartosz, U. Analysis of the factors that significantly affect the fluoroquinolone – metal

complexes / U. Bartosz, J. K. Zenon / Analytica Chimica Acta. – Vol. 657. – 2009. – P. 54-59

Shkrabov R.A.1FUCOIDANS

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Science2G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, FEB RAS

3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – R.V. Usoltseva2


Fucoidans are sulfated polysaccharides from brown algae and some echinoderms. Theyshow high biological activity and can be used in medicine. The aim of this work is to presentinformation about the structure, properties, detection, isolation, methods of structural analysis andthe possible use of fucoidans.

Fucoidans, frequently, consist of sulfated α-L-fucose residues, but often can contain othermonosaccharide residues in their structure, such as galactose, mannose, xylose, rhamnose, glucoseand uronic acid, also these polysaccharides can be acetylated.

Fucoidans are isolated by extraction of water or diluted acid. The proteolytic ferments alsocan be used in this process. Fractionation of these polysaccharides by charge is carried out withby ion-exchange chromatography on DEAE-cellulose, DEAE-sefacel, DEAE-sephadex and other


95

sorbents. The solutions of sodium chloride with increasing concentration are used as eluents.Fractions of homogeneous by charge fucoidans can be additionally fractionated by molecular masswith size-exclusion chromatography.

The monosaccharide composition of fucoidans is determined by gas-liquidchromatography after acidic hydrolysis of polysaccharide samples. Fucose residues also can beanalyzed by reaction for 6-deoxysugars. Uronic acids are identified by paper electrophoresis. Thecontent of sulfates is analyzed with turbidimetric method. Physicochemical methods of analysis,namely IR- and NMR spectroscopy, are used for preliminary characterization of fucoidans.

The fucoidans with different structures from brown algae show a varied biological activity.Anticoagulant, anti-inflammatory, anticancer and antiviral properties are of the high priority forscientists. Anticoagulant properties are manifested due to interaction with thrombin inhibitor, suchas antithrombin-III (AT-III) and heparin cofactor II (HC-II), but the mechanism of action isdifferent from that of heparin one. Anti-inflammatory effect presumably is showed due toassociation with P-selectin, like a heparin, but anti-inflammatory properties of fucoidans are notcorrelated with anticoagulant properties. Anticancer properties do not depend on cytotoxicity,which is absent from fucoidans, but due to immunomodulatory activity. Antiviral effect can beexplained by modification of cell wall that prevents from virus entry into cell or due to directinteraction polysaccharide with cell proteins of virus wall.

Fucoidans can be used in the medical field, due to their varied biological activity, forexample, in the thromboembolic diseases prevention or therapy as a part of complex treatment ofcancer. Further study of structure and chemical properties of these polysaccharides is required todetermine the mechanisms of biological action of fucoidans.

References1. Usov, A. I. Fucoidans—sulfated polysaccharides of brown algae / A. I. Usov, M.

I. Bilan // Russian chemical reviews. – 2009. – Vol. 78. – №. 8. – P. 7852. Petrov, U. E. Plant life. Vol 3 (edit by Golherbah) / U.E. Petrov. – M.:

Prosveshenie, 1977. – P. 143

Shpichko A.A.1LECTINS OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2G.B. Elyakov Pacific Institute of Bioorganic Chemistry, FEB RAS

3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific advisers - Chikalovets I.V.2, Filshteyn A.P.2

Scientific consultant - Kolycheva V.B.3

Lectins are proteins or glycoproteins that bind specifically and reversibly mono- andoligosaccharides and glycoconjugates without transforming them chemically. Lectins have nowbeen observed in all biological taxa [1]. Marine invertebrates represent a comparatively newsource of lectins. Lectins of invertebrates are precursors of mammalian antibodies forming aprimitive immune system and, furthermore, they exhibit antibacterial, cytotoxic, antitumor,mitogenic, and anti-HIV activities [2].

The purpose of the present work was to study the physicochemical characteristics of a newlectin (TCLec) isolated from the mollusc Tectus conus using affinity chromatography.


96

Using the method of SDS-electrophoresis the lectin was established to consist of twoproteins with molecular masses of 55 and 72 kDa. The main physico-chemical characteristics oflectin were determined by method of hemagglutination (HG) based on the ability of lectins tointeract with carbohydrates on the surface of red blood cells connecting them with each other toform a carpet. The activity of the lectin (its titer) was determined by the last dilution of the lectin,in which it is able to form such a carpet.

TCLec activity was not inhibited by any monosaccharide and the best inhibitors wereglycoprotein PSM (mucin from porcine stomach) and polysaccharide mannan. It was shown bymethod of inhibition of HG by various monosaccharides and glycoproteins.

To determine the pH-dependence aliquots TCLec were kept in buffer solutions at differentpH values (4, 5, 7.5, 8, 9, 10) within 30 minutes, and then at pH 7 during one day. Using the HGmethod lectin was established to be active at a solution pH from 7.5 to 10.

It is known that many lectins are active only in the presence of divalent metal cations. Todetermine the metal dependence of TCLec, HG was determined in the presence of Ca2+, Mn2+,Mg2+. The presence of the cations of Ca2+ °C turned out to be necessary for lectin activity.

Aliquots were kept in a thermostat for 30 minutes at 4°C, 20°C, 30°C, 40°C, 50°C and60°C еo test the thermal stability TCLec. After cooling the solutions and determining HG, thelectin was established to retain activity in the temperature range from 4°C to 60°C.

Lectins exhibiting specificity for the carbohydrate chains of the mucin type often possessa number of different activities, in particular, antitumor; therefore, further studies of the biologicalactivity of the lectin isolated from the mollusc Tectus conus are of considerable interest.

References1. Sharon, N. Lectins: 2nd edition / N. Sharon, H. Lis – Springer, 2007. –454 p.2. Wang, J.H. A β-galactose-specific lectin isolated from the marine worm

Chaetopterus variopedatus possesses anti-HIV-1 activity / J. H. Wang // Comp. Biochem. Physiol.- 2006. - V. 142. - P. 111-117

Zabudskaya N.E.1PLASMA-ELECTROLYTIC FORMATION OF Ti/TiO2,SnOx pH-SENSITIVE

POTENTIOMETRIC ELECTRODES1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – M.S. Vasilyeva1


The determination of pH in solutions is one of the most frequent tasks in analyticallaboratories. Nowadays, potentiometrick methods are the most accurate, rapid and widespread.Glass electrodes, which are traditionally used to determine the pH, are sensitive to mechanicalstress and require special preparation before measurement. There is an alternative to glasselectrodes, as like as different metal oxide electrodes which are studied as pH sensors [1-2].

In this work, Ti/TiO2,SnOx electrodes were prepared by plasma electrolytic oxidation(PEO) in pulse mode and used as pH sensors in potentiometric analysis. According to the energydispersion analysis, the content of molybdenum in the oxide layers does not exceed 5 At.%.


97

Figure 1 shows the E-pH functions of all PEO-electrodes to have a linear form in the pHrange of 2.0–10.0.

Fig. 1. E-(pH) dependences

TableLinear regression parameters Е=а-bрН (n = 5; P = 0.95) and values of potential jumps (∆E/∆V)

for the studied electrodes in the acid-base titration (0.1 M NaOH by 0.1 M H2SO4)

№ Electrode a b[mV/pH] R2 E/V

[mV/mL]Glass electrode 394 57 0.99 1856

1 Ti/TiO2,SnOх[I] 276 54 0.99 11802 Ti/TiO2,SnOх[II] 320 38 0.99 800

The Ti/TiO2,SnOx electrodes have near-Nernstian values of the slopes in the E-pHelectrode function, the value of which is significantly reduced with increasing current density to0.2 A/cm2. The potential jumps E/V arising at the point of equivalence during the acid-basetitration (0.1 M NaOH by 0.1 M H2SO4) using Ti/TiO2,SnOx electrodes are comparable E/Vfor the traditional glass electrode (Table).

It should be noted that the significant disadvantages of the glass electrode are highresistance and brittleness, the need for pre-treatment and soaking in the solution of the analyzedion, which is not the case for solid-phase PEO electrodes.

References1. Ghalwa, N.A. Using of Ti/Co3O4/PbO2/(SnO2+Sb2O3) modified electrode as

indicator electrode in potentiometric and conductometric titration in aqueous solution / N.A.Ghalwa, M. Hamada et al. // J. Electroanal. Chem. – 2012. – № 664. – P. 7-13

2. Arshak, K. Mixed metal oxide films as pH sensing materials / K. Arshak, E. Gill etal. // Smart Sensors, Actuators, and MEMS III. p. 2007. – Vol. 6589. – P. 658919 (1-10).

рН

E, мВ

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

0 2 4 6 8 10

Ti/TiO2,SnOх[I]

Ti/TiO2,SnOх[II]


98

Zharinov D.A.1COST REDUCTION METHODS OF RECTIFICATION SEPARATION OF THE

PROPANE-PROPYLENE FRACTION1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.V. Anufriev1


Rectification is an expensive method of binary mixtures separating in terms of energyconsumption. The cost of the distillation separation is a significant part of all the enterprise coststo obtain the product, so one of the most important tasks of any plant is to reduce the energyconsumption of distillation columns.

The distillation separation of the propane-propylene fraction is carried out in columns withthe number of plates about 150-200, a reflux ratio of about 10-20 and a pressure of about 16-26atm [1]. Each of these parameters can be used to reduce power consumption.

Energy consumption decreases with the decrease of reflux ratio since more distillate isremoved from the column and less energy is required to cool it. When the reflux ratio increases,more distillate enters the column where it evaporates and it is necessary to increase the flow rateof the coolant for its condensation.

The decrease of reflux ratio without a significant reduction the quality of the distillateproduct is possible, since a direct relationship between these parameters is observed until a certainmoment, after which an increase of reflux ratio practically does not affect the distillate purity sinceits purity becomes practically the maximum allowed for this installation.

If the reflux ratio is too high, it can be reduced without deteriorating the quality of thedistillate product, which will increase the energy efficiency of the installation. The reflux ratio wasreduced from 16.4 to 15.2 in ref. [2], which allowed reducing the load on the condenser by 7%without a significant deterioration in the quality of the products.

Another possible way to reduce energy consumption is the feed plate repositioning of therectification column. Simulation [2] shows that a change in the feed plate affects both the obtainedproducts purity and the load on the heat exchangers. So, changing the feed plate from 136 to 155the load decreased by 0.1%, which may seem small, however, in the conditions of large-scaleproduction, it can have a significant economic effect.

Reducing the pressure at which the propane-propylene fraction is separated will lead todecreasing in temperature in the condenser and reboiler, which will reduce energy costs, but thisdecrease in temperature has its limits: it is possible to reduce the temperature until the enterprise’srecycling water is able to produce heating and cooling bottom and distillate products. In ref. [3]the column was simulated at a pressure of 16 atm and 14 atm, and the reduction in energyconsumption was calculated by 8 %.

A radical method of reducing the energy cost of distillation separation is the use of a heatpump. The use of a compressor allows you to transfer the heat of the compressed gases from thetop of the column to the bottom product in the reboiler. Depending on the heat pump design usedand the flow organization, it is possible to reduce energy consumption from 40 % to 67 % [4].Within the company, these figures are huge, which indicates the possibility of using this methodof reducing the cost of separation of mixtures as the main one. However, this method is not alwaysused, and the matter is not even in the high cost of installing the compressor, since the payback


99

period is less than two years [5]. The main reason for refusing to use a heat pump is the presenceof cheap energy in the enterprise, which is obtained due to the need to heat up or cool down theother installations any product or raw materials.

The most effective method of reducing energy consumption is the use of a heat pump. Incase of impossibility of its use, attention should be paid to the change of reflux ratio, separationpressure and the feed plate position. In the future, it is planned to apply each of the describedmethods to reduce the energy consumption of distillation columns for the separation of thepropane-propylene fraction, installed at the company «ZapSibNeftekhim», by modeling in theUniSim Design R440 program.

References1. Umo, A. M. Simulation and performance analysis of propylene-propane splitter in

petroleum refinery case study / A. M. Umo, E. Bassey // International journal of chemicalengineering and applications. – 2017. – Vol. 8, № 1. – P. 621-625

2. Kallai, V. Propane/propylene separation’s examination with simulation / V. Kallai,S. L. Gabor // MultiScience – XXXII. microCAD International Multidisciplinary ScientificConference University of Miskolc: Abstracts. – Miskolc, 2018. – P. 8

3. Mauhar, S. M. Optimization of propylene-propane distillation process / S. M.Mauhar, B. G. Barjaktarovic, M. N. Sovilj // Chem. Pap. – 2004. – Vol. 56, № 6. – P. 386-390

4. Process synthesis and optimization of propylene-propane separation using vaporrecompression and self-heat recuperation / C. C. Christopher, A. Dutta, S. Farooq, I. A. Karimi //Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. – 2017. – Vol. 56, № 49. – P. 14557-14564

5. Khomenkov, A.S. Energy saving in the rectification processes using heat pumps /A.S. Khomenkov, S.I. Ilyina // Uspekhi v khimii i khimicheskoy tekhnologii. – 2017. –XXXI,Vol. 5 – P. 17-19


100

Section IIIEARTH SCIENCE

Belov D.V.1THE DEVELOPMENT OF ECOLOGICAL TOURISM IN THE KOMSOMOLSK

NATURE RESERVE1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – P.F. Brovko1

Scientific consultant - O.K. Titova2

The development of ecological tourism in the Far East is an important task. Promisingcentre of this form of tourism can become Komsomolsk Nature Reserve. Description ofrecreational resources, drawing up a list of tourist facilities and laying tourist routes are the maingoal. To accomplish this goal, you should use methods of the assessment of recreational capacityand recreational details.

First of all, the characteristic of tourist activity in specially protected natural areas wasgiven. Protected areas are areas of land, water surface and air space above them, where naturalcomplexes and objects are located. They have a special environmental, scientific, cultural,aesthetic, and recreational value. These lands are withdrawn completely or partially fromeconomic use by decisions of public authorities, and the mode of protection are established forthem.

Komsomolsk Nature Reserve is a protected area in the Central part of the Khabarovskterritory near the Amur river. It covers the area of 64,000 hectares, located at the mouth of theGorin river, which flows into the Amur [2].

Komsomolsk Nature Reserve has great prospects for the development of ecologicaltourism, as there is a significant number of tourist sites. Also, this reserve is rich in recreationalresources, for example, forest, water, biological resources, and it has a relatively favorable climate.To confirm this fact, the physical and geographical characteristics of the area were described.

The territory of the reserve is located on the southern spurs of the Pilda-Limur Mountainranges, which are the part of the Lower Amur mountain system. In geological and structural terms,the Lower Amur mountain system belongs to Sikhote-Alin region. The relief of the territory ismainly low-mountain; ridges are a series of inter-mountain decrease take turns. They are valleysof rivers and springs. The mountainous part of the reserve is much larger than the plain. Theaverage heights are 300-400 m. Slopes of mountains are more often flat and of average steepness,sometimes there are outputs of rocky breeds.

The climate in the reserve is continental with elements of monsoon. Winter is frosty andwith little snow. It has an average January temperature of -24, -27 degrees Celsius, about 10 mmof precipitation and 15-25 cm of snow cover. Summer is warm and humid. It has an average Julytemperature of +19, +22 degrees and about 120 mm of precipitation. The greatest number of sunnydays falls on the winter months. Winter lasts from early November to late March. Summer lastsfrom early June to early September. The wind has a North and South direction throughout the year.

Amur River and Gorin River are the largest rivers in the reserve. Small rivers aremountainous, for example, Talandinka, Zolotoy and others.


101

The soils of the Komsomolsk Nature Reserve on geomorphologic grounds and conditionsof formation are divided into mountainous and flat. Mountain brown-taiga and brown mountain-forest soils are common in mountainous areas. Flat areas are characterized by meadow gley, brownforest, floodplain and marsh soils [4].

Forest vegetation covers about 80% of the territory. The total number of higher plantsspecies found in the reserve was 688 species. The vegetation cover is formed by representativesof three floristic complexes: Manchurian (Amur), Okhotsk and East Siberian. Here is the boundaryof the spread of many thermophilic plants such as the Phellodendron amurense, Juglansmandshurica, Vitis amurensis, Taxus cuspidata and others [1].

The total number of birds found in Komsomolsk Nature is 235 species Reserve.Amphibians are represented by 6 species, reptiles have 7 species. On the territory there arefavorable conditions for the life of waterfowl. 47 species of mammals and more than 500 speciesof insects were identified [5].

Tourist sites in the reserve are mainly located in its western part (figure 1). There wereidentified 7 such objects: Chokketi Mountain, Sergol’ Mountain, Talandin galleries, Zolotoe Lake,Cape «Pervyy Byk», as well as cordons Tihaya and Bichi.

Fig. 1. Map of Komsomolsk Nature Reserve [3]

Chokketi Mountain (789 m) is the highest point within the boundaries of the reserve. It islocated in the west near the border of the security zone. Every year the top of the mountain suffersfrom fires, so there is no forest there. From the top of the mountain you can enjoy a beautiful viewof the surrounding area.

Sergol Mountain (358 m) is the most visited part of ecotourism. It is located near the cordon«Kamennaya Pad». A plate with a description of the mountain is mounted on its top.


102

Zolotoe Lake is located next to the research station, which has the same name. Nesting ofthe black crane (Grus monacha) was found in the area of the lake. Nests are located in tall pinesnear the lake at the moment. Black crane is attractive for tourists and scientists.

Talandin gallery are the basis for an off-plan hydropower plant on the Gorin River. Thetunnels are horizontal caves that were dug for the construction of the station. The gallery got itsname because of Talandinka River that flows nearby. This object attracts climbers, cavers andscientists. The caves are home to several species of bats.

Cape Pervyy Byk is a tourist attraction, as it overlooks the Heart of the Reserve. The Heartof the Reserve is the mouth of the Gorin River, in the middle of which there is an island in theshape of a heart. This place is one of the most photographed in the reserve.

Tourist ecological routes can be laid through these facilities. At the moment there are 3main routes. One of them runs along the Gorin River from the cordon Tihaya to cordon Bichi.This route affects the largest number of tourist sites. This type of route should take place by raftingon the river on catamarans and rafts [7].

In the end, the Komsomolsk Nature Reserve is an important area where ecological tourismcan be developed. Tourism in this area is only possible with special passes. This area has a greatrecreational potential [6].

References1. Internet Archive «Wayback Machine» [Electronic resource]: Okhotsk-Manchurian

taiga. – Access mode:https://web.archive.org/web/20100308074336/http://www.nationalgeographic.com/wildworld/profiles/terrestrial/pa/pa0606.html

2. Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment (Russian Federation) [Electronicresource]. - Access mode: http://www.mnr.gov.ru

3. Tihookeanskij rekreacionno-istoricheskij portal [Electronic resource]: KartaKomsomol`skogo zapovednika. – Access mode: http://trip-dv.ru/object/1248

4. Zapovednoe Priamur`e [Electronic resource]: Zapovednik "Komsomol`skij". –Access mode: http://www.zapovedamur.ru/zapovednik_komsomolskij

5. Ministry of Natural Resources and Environment. Cadastral information about thestate nature reserve "Komsomolsky" (2013-2016). – 2017. –107 p.

6. Ryashchenko, S.V., Zaitseva, T.A., Evstropyeva, O.V. Recreational Impact //Regional Ecological Atlas. - Novosibirsk: Publishing House of the Siberian Branch of the RussianAcademy of Sciences. – 1998.

7. Velichko, V.V. Organization of recreational services. - Kharkiv: Kharkiv NationalUniversity of Municipal Economy. A.N. Beketova, 2013. – 202 p.


103

Degtyarenko M.N.1SCALE AND DIRECTIONS OF INTERNATIONAL MIGRATION

OF THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute-School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – L.I. Ryabinina1

Scientific consultant – O.K. Titova2

In current conditions moving of human resources caused by socioeconomic, military,ecological, ethnic and religious factors has the greater value. All of this is typical for Asia-Pacificregion as one of the leading regions in the global economy and geopolitics. It is the largest worldarea in population, where more than 44% of the world population lives. For the last thirty yearsAPR has turned into the area of mass international migration what is caused, first of all, bypolitical-economical reasons. Exactly given circumstances have defined a scientific interest instudying this process in a quick developing region. As a result, the classification of Asia-Pacificcountries for 2017 has been carried out on the basis of the analysis of the factors in migrationincrement / decline in population (migration balance) estimated in ppm (‰) (figure. 1).

Fig.1. Classification of the factors in migration increment / decline in population on the basis of the analysis

The first group includes countries with migration increase in population. At the same time,in view of the distinctions of the migration rate these countries were divided into 3 subgroups.

The USA, Australia, New Zealand and Singapore are related to subgroup 1.1 with thehighest ratings of the factor of migration increment (from 10 to 15‰). These countries arecharacterized by a high level of the GDP per capita, relatively stable economy and high quality ofthe life of the population. A significant part of people coming to these countries is young labormigrants from Mexico, China, Philippines, Vietnam, and Cambodia. They are forced to searchwork beyond homeland, filling up a series of low-qualified, low-paid workers in the enterprises ofthese countries. There is a significant flow of legal young migrants from China that go to theRepublic of Korea, Canada, and Japan to get education.


104

Subgroup 1.2 with average migration increase in population (from 5 to 10‰) consists of aspecial administrative China area – Macao. In Macao the main part of migrants is made by Chinese(80%). In China the unemployment rate is much higher than in Macao, it is the principal cause ofthe migration influx of Chinese.

Canada, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Brunei, Malaysia, New Caledonia, Costa Rica,Panama, Chile, as well as a special administrative China area, Hong Kong, enter subgroup 1.3with low ratings of migration increase in population (from 1 to 4‰). A large part of migrants tothese countries are people coming from adjacent poor countries, locating in the same subregion.A good example is an internal migration of the Latin American subregion, for instance, 138 219migrants arrived from Nicaragua in Costa Rica in 2017, and it is 69% of all migrants arrived inCosta Rica that year. Legal Chinese migrants who go to the Republic of Korea, Canada and Japanto study present quite a big amount.

The second group includes countries with zero migration increase in population (PRC,DPRK, Mongolia, Taiwan, Vietnam, Thailand, Ecuador, Papua New Guinea and Vanuatu). Theamount of people coming to these countries is compensated by the amount of those who go awayfrom them.

Countries with migratory population decline are included into the third group. They arealso divided into 3 subgroups due to differences in the intensity of migrations.

The subgroup 3.1 includes countries with the highest migration loss (from -11 to -18):Western Samoa, Nauru, Tonga, Tuvalu and the Federated States of Micronesia. These countriesare poor, with high level of unemployment status; almost a quarter of the population of thesecountries is below the breadline. Main flows of migrants go to Australia – 23% and New Zealand– 42%, it can be explained that Australia and New Zealand are rich countries locating in the samesubregion with this group of countries.

Countries with an average migration decline in population (from 5 to 10‰) such asSalvador, East Timor, Polynesia and Fiji enter subgroup 3.2. The main migration flows from thesecountries are directed to the countries of the first group locating in one subregion with them. Forexample, from Salvador 90% of the migrants goes to the USA, and 35% of Fijian migrants goesto Australia, 27% goes to New Zealand, 21% to the USA.

Subgroup 3.3 includes countries with low migration decline in population (from 1 to 4‰)like Indonesia, Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Nicaragua, Philippines, Mexico, Guatemala,Colombia, Peru, Kiribati and Solomon Islands. As it has been already described above, migrantsfrom these countries go to richer adjacent territories. So, 45% of the migrants from Nicaragua goto Costa Rica and 42% - to the USA. About 92% of Mexicans and 26% of Colombians prefer togo to the USA. A similar situation is traced in Southeast Asia: 29% of Indonesian people chooseMalaysia, and 63% of Cambodians go to Thailand.

The study of migration processes in the countries of the APR is an important factor ofunderstanding modern lines in the development of world politics and economy as well as interstateintegrated processes.

References1. International migrant stock: The 2017 revision [Electronic resource] // The United

Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs. – Access mode:https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/data/estimates2/estimates17.asp


105

2. Trends in international migrant stock: migrants by destination and origin.International Migrant Stock 2017 [Electronic resource] // The United Nations Department ofEconomic and Social Affairs. – Access mode:https://www.un.org/en/development/desa/population/migration/data/estimates2/docs/MigrationStockDocumentation_2017.pdf

Kishkina A.K.1ESTIMATION OF THE CONTENT OF INTEGRATED WATER VAPOR IN THEATMOSPHERE ACCORDING TO GNSS OBSERVATIONS AND RADIOSONDE

DATA AT THE AREA OF VLADIVOSTOK, RUSSIA1Far Eastern Federal University, Engineering School

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute-School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – N.V. Shestakov1

Scientific consultant – O.K.Titova2

Ground-based observations using the Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) arewidely used to solve various problems, one of which is the restoration of the integral moisturecontent in the Earth’s atmosphere [1]. This paper discusses the method of extracting thecharacteristics of the content of integrated water vapor by decomposing the zenith total delay ofthe satellite signal (ZTD) into hydrostatic (ZHD) and wet (ZWD) components [2, 3]. Themethodology described in the report was tested by data from the UNAVCO consortium(https://www.unavco.org/) and the global GNSS network, IGS (http://www.igs.org/). The resultsof the determination of water vapor content were obtained on the basis of continuous GPS /GLONASS observations at the GNSS network site, located on the building of the Pacific Instituteof Geography, Vladivostok (site "VLAD"). A comparison is made with the results of regular radiosounding, carried out at the meteorological station Sad-Gorod, located in the suburb ofVladivostok [4].

Fig. 1. Alignment of IWV results, radiosonde data and precipitations. Vladivostok, August 2017 [4]


106

A sufficiently high correlation between the results of GNSS-definitions and radiosondedata has been established, which allows concluding that it is promising to use these GNSSnetworks for the regular distribution of the integral moisture content of the atmosphere todetermine the digital weather models and research the local characteristics of the atmosphere [4].

References

1. Hofmann-Wellenhof, B. GNSS – Global Navigation Satellite Systems. GPS,GLONASS, Galileo, and more / B. Hofmann-Wellenhof, H. Lichtenegger, E. Wasle. – Springer-Wien-NewYork, 2008.

2. Bevis, M., GPS Meteorology: Remote Sensing of Atmospheric Water Vapor Usingthe Global Positioning System / M. Bevis, S. Businger, T. A. Herring, C. Rocken, R. Anthes, JGR1992.

3. Igondova, M., D. Cibulka Precipitable Water Vapour and Zenith Total Delay timeseries and models over Slovakia and vicinity / M. Igondova, D. Cibulka. – Department ofTheoretical Geodesy, Faculty of Engineering, Slovak University of Technology, 2010.

4. Kalinnikov, V.V. Restoration of the integral moisture content of the atmosphereusing global navigation satellite systems / V. V. Kalinnikov. – Kazan: Kazan Federal University,2013.

Semchenko O.V.1ETHNIC AND RELIGIOUS DIVERSITY IN INDIA: GEOGRAPHIC CONTEXT

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute-School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – A.A. Glushko1

Scientific consultant – O.K.Titova2

India has always attracted attention of the world. Nowadays it’s the largest country in theregion of South Asia and it has huge potential to become a superpower. Nevertheless, despite thispotential, India is still a developing country with poor health care system and high poverty level.Also, India causes an influence on the world’s population growing process, by concentrating 1/6of all Earth’s population.

Nowadays, India has the population about 1.3 billion, or 17% of the global population, it’sthe second place after China, but scientists think that to 2050 India’s going to be the first countrywith a population over 1.5 billion [5].

Fast population growth, in general, is caused by a high fertility rate (average fertility rate– 2.4 children per women), despite the demographic policy. Rate of natural increase (RNI) in 2018was 11.4%. As we can see India is a country with a traditional type of population reproduction.

Diversity of ethnic structure in the country also aggravates demographic problems.Nowadays, the population structure of modern India consists of more than 200 relatively largeethnic groups and about 150 small groups, which speak 1652 different languages and dialects.Among these 13 are the most common, they are used by about 98% of all India’s population(figure 1).


107

Fig. 1 – Major languages of India [5]

According to common language classification, all nations in India belong to four majorlanguage families: Indo-Aryan (spoken by about 74% of the population), Dravidian (24.5%),Austroasiatic (1.4%) and Sino-Tibetan (0.7%) [5]. In addition, there is an aboriginal population inthe country – Adivasi, who is the special category of citizens. They have protection and benefitsfrom the government [3]. Adivasi makes up 8.6% of India's population, or 104 million people.

Such bright ethnic diversity is closely related to the history of settlement and developmentof Indian subcontinent. Actually, a physiographical factor played an important role in thesettlement of nations. For example, a large square of territory caused a difference in the history ofindividual tribes. From the one hand, the geographical isolation of Hindustan limited migrationprocess from outside territories, from the other hand, natural features obstructed migration processwithin the subcontinent [1]. These reasons suppressed the intensity of migration process, but theyhave also contributed to the independent development of separate tribes. In this way, it led to theirmultiplicity and diversity. As an example, we can show a map of modern allocation of majorlanguage families: it gives a clear view of the difference between Indo-Aryan north and Dravidiansouth and shows fragmentation in the distribution of other language families (figure 2).

This fragmentation in spreading ethnic groups increased in time due to the difference intheir developing level; ties within tribes became stronger because of unstable rule. For example,in the Maurya Empire (330-184 BC) India experienced a period of numerous conquests, formingof kingdoms, and fragmentation into smaller areas. Back then, there were 16 states –mahajanapadas and a large number of tribal unities only in the Northern India.

In the Middle Ages (from the 6th century AD) a clear division of India according to thetype of dominant ethno-linguistic group into Indo-Aryan north and Dravidian south was formed.At the same time, due to feudal fragmentation India was divided into separate autonomous regionsand states.

For its history, India faced strong relations between numerous small tribes, what led toforming of local nationalism. Nationalism obstructed unification of ethnic groups. In addition,over time people divided by type of activity. In such situation, religion became a consolidationpower.

41%

8%7%7%

6%

5%

6%4%

3%3% 3% 1% 1%

6%

Hindi Bengali Telugu Marathi

Tamil Urdu Gujarati Kannada

Malayalam Odia Punjabi Assamese

Maithili Another languages


108

Fig. 2 – The largest language families of India [2]

Today 98% of people in India are religious; however, India is a secular state with no statereligion. There are six dominant religions, three of them are the world's major religions (Islam,Christianity, and Buddhism), and other three are folk (ethnic) religions. Hinduism is the mostcommon religion in the country (manifested by 80% of the population). Its uniqueness is in acombination of ideas of different faiths and cults, ever appeared in India; that’s why Hinduismbecame so popular. The second and the third places are given to Islam (13.5%) and Christianity(2.3%). An important point is that under Hinduism influence they acquired special feature – casteswithin confession [5].

To sum up, modern Indian society is diverse in ethnic and confessional sides. This issuerelates to the problem of ethnic and religious conflicts, for example in the northeastern states(Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab). However, these conflicts could be more numerous, if the Indiangovernment did not create a special political atmosphere, which considers special characteristicsand difference of its nation. A unique system of administrative-territorial division created on anethnolinguistic basis would be an example.

References1. Bongard-Levin G. M. Drevnyaya Indiya. Istoriya i kul'tura. - SPb.: Aletejya, 2001.

– 288 p.2. Maksakovskij V. P. Geograficheskaya kartina mira. Posobie dlya vuzov, Book II:

Regional'naya harakteristika mira. 4-e izd., ispr. i dop. - M., 2009. – 480 p.3. Maretina S. A., Kotin I. YU. Plemena v Indii. - SPb.: Nauka, 2011. - 152 p.4. «Kunstkamera» - muzej Sankt-Peterburg [Electronic resource] // Enciklopediya

«Strany. Narody. Kul'tury». Narody Indii. Tipy naseleniya - Access:


109

http://www.kunstkamera.ru/index/exposition/ekspozicii6/countries_people_culture/india/naselenie/narody_indii_tipy_naseleniya/

5. The World Factbook. - Access:https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/resources/the-world-factbook/

Tretyakova M.O.1MODERN APPROACHES TO DRILLING WASTE PROCESSING: CONVERSION

INTO TECHNOGENIC SOILS1Far Eastern Federal University, Engineering School

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.I. Agoshkov1

Scientific consultant – E.Ya. Gorodetskaya2

Oil extraction is a complex process which consists of several main technologicaloperations, such as exploration, well drilling, oil output and oil transportation. Each of them isaccompanied by a huge negative impact on the environment. A cost-effective solution has beenalready found for some ecological aspects, for others research and development are in progress.

The goals of the present research are to describe current state of drilling waste handlinginvestigations, particularly, conversion into technogenic soils, and to determine major conditionsfor effective application of processing methods.

First of all, drilling waste composition was explored. In average, drilling waste consists of30-45% drill cuttings, 30-45% drill mud and 10-20% ground waters and petroleum. In its turn,drilling mud is divided into 3 groups: water-based, oil-based (including oil invert–based systems)and synthetical group. Moreover, different organic and nonorganic additives are applied. Duringthe drilling process, drilling fluids (muds) are used to control formation pressure and preventformation loss. The mud lubricates and cools down the drill bit and helps carry drill cuttings up tothe surface [1].

Drilling wastes are the second largest volume of waste, after produced water, generated bythe exploration and production industry [3]. The American Petroleum Institute estimated that in1995 about 150 million barrels of drilling waste were generated from onshore wells in the UnitedStates alone [13]. Operators have employed a variety of methods for managing these drillingwastes depending on what federal regulations allow and how costly those options are for the wellin question. Onshore operations have a wider range of management options than offshoreoperations. These include land application, underground injection, thermal treatment, andbiological remediation [6].

Drilling waste requires extensive treatment before disposal. During this treatment the oilis removed from the waste, reducing the leachability of other contaminants present. Treatment anddisposal methods include combustion, thermal desorption, mechanical separation, distillation,stabilisation, bioremediation in situ, bioreactors, land farming, reinjection and re-spreading [4].

If the composition of drilling mud and drill cuttings is known, solid requirements aredetermined, drilling waste need to be diluted with composite materials for improving physical andchemical features.

According to the comparative analysis of scientific and technical materials for the last 6years [5], [7-9] we can name the main composite materials for additives (Table 1).


110

Nevertheless, for effective application of these additives it is necessary to take into accountthe availability of using materials in oil deposit area. Also, special attention should be paid toclimate pattern - atmospheric temperature and humidity.

The application of drilling waste for soil requires the assessment of the displacement soilconditions at the disposal location and the soil/waste mixing depth for the specific disposalmethod.

Table 1Composite materials

Group Nomination ActionMineral additives Sand, sand gravel mix, heat-

treated proppant agentImprove the quality of

mixture, allow using waste fromfracturing (proppant agent)

Hardening agents Cement, gypsum, heat-treateddrilling waste, ash

Exclude environmentalpollution with oily waste by

decreasing flow characteristics ofinitial substance. For example, inert

composite material - heat-treateddrilling waste - is applied as

hardening agent, which bindscontaminants in its structure and

excludes release into environment.Ash allows surplus of water to

be boundSorbents Glauconite, urea-formaldehyde

foam insulation, sorbate, ashAllow moisture and

contaminants, especially oil-products, to be sorbed and provide

better thickening of mixtureNeutralizing agent Quicklime pН neutralizationAccelerating agents Calcium formate, calcium/

sodium chlorideAccelerate process of

materials interreaction in mixtureDriers Pearlite, peat, slag wool Are applied to decrease

moisture of drilling waste and toneutralize alkaline condition

Shaper agents Carbide resin, soda ash Are applied as shaper agent.They are a good example of binder,

form structure and increasefreezing resistance

When assessing displacement soil conditions, one must ensure that each sampling site isrepresentative for:

a) the landscape in the proposed disposal area and the most sensitive part of the landscape(e.g., convergent footslopes and toeslopes are usually the most sensitive parts of the landscape andmay have naturally higher levels of sodium and sulphate or may have concentrated parametersfrom previous drilling waste disposals);

b) any previous drilling waste disposals within the disposal area [2].Furthermore, we analyzed the Russian Federation legislature, concerning drilling waste

soil reclamation. It was determined that besides common requirements [10-12], there are localstandards in oil-producing regions of allowable oil products content. Based on them, standardvalue can be determined, depending on type of soil and its further application, but these standardsusually harder than common requirements.


111

Therefore, it is impossible to develop a common method for drilling waste processing intotechnogenic soils. For its effective application it is necessary to take into account special aspectsof each oil deposit (such as drilling technology, well depth, oil deposit location), drilling wastecomposition, available mineral resources of the area, climate aspects and local legislature.

References1. Bilstad, T. Offshore Drilling Waste Management: The Gulf of Mexico and The North

Sea. – 2014. – Corpus Christi, Houston, USA2. Directive 050 / Alberta Energy Regulator. – April 6, 20163. Minimizing Waste during Drilling Operations / R.C. Haut, J.D. Rogers, B. W. McDole,

D. Burnett, O. Olatubi. – 2007. – AADE National Technical Conference and Exhibition, Houston,Texas, April 10-12

4. Hara, C. Study of treated and untreated oil-based drilling waste exposure in Atlanticsalmon (Salmo salar) using a biomarker approach: EROD and oxidative stress parameters //Master’s thesis. – 2014

5. Mironov, N.А. Using drilling waste for highway engineering in Orenburg region / N.A.Mironov, S.V. Ageev // Actual tasks of modern science. – 2014. – №34. – P. 177-179

6. Onwukwe, S.I. Drilling Wastes Generation and Management Approach / S. I.Onwukwe, M. S. Nwakaudu // International Journal of Environmental Science and Development,Vol. 3. – 2012. – №3. – P. 252-257

7. Pat. 2490224 Russian Federation, MPK С04V 18/00 C04V 28/00. Mixture for receptionbuilding material [Text] / Deneko U.V., Ryadinsky V.U. – № 2011151820/03; assert. 19.12.2011;publ. 20.08.2013, bulletin № 23

8. Pat. 2491135 Russian Federation, MPK V09V 1/00. Soil sluge-ground mixture(options) for recultivation of disturbed soils and method for recultivation of borrows and disturbedsoils [Text] / Koltsov I.N., Mitrophanov N.G., Petokhova V.S., Skipin L.N. — № 2011152564/13;assert. 23.12.2011; publ. 27.08.2013, bulletin. № 24

9. Pat. 2575950 Russian Federation, MPK S04V 18/00 S04V 28/00 V09V 3/00.Composite building material «Gumikom» [Text] / Tsipper А.А., Gorelov V.V., Basov V.N.,Ilarionov S.A., Basov А.А. – № 2014141312/03; assert. 15.10.2014; publ. 27.02.2016, bulletin.№6

10. Russian national standard GOST 17.5.1.02-8511. Russian national standard GOST 17.5.1.03-8612. Russian national standard GOST 17.5.3.04-8313. Veil, J.A. Drilling Waste Management: Past, Present and Future / J.A. Veli // Journal

of Petroleum Tech. –2002. – P. 50-52


112

Zhukovina M.G.1THE ROLE OF ICE IN THE FORMATION OF THE SHORES OF THE SEA OF

OKHOTSK1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - P.F. Brovko1

Scientific consultant - E.Y. Gorodetskaya2

Development in the cryolithozone is a characteristic feature of the Arctic and freezingshores. Another important feature is the long-term seasonal presence of sea ice, which determinesthe development of the processes of its interaction with the shores and the bottom [2]. In this study,the role of ice in the formation of the shores of the Sea of Okhotsk was established.

It is established that the movement of coastal ice leads to humming. The ice plowed outthe surface of the beach, chipped protruding parts of abrasive outcrops, bench, cliff. Such actionsare carried out in the spring, during freezing. At the same time, the ice protects the coast from theaction of waves. The ice limits the acceleration of the wind over the water surface and reduces theparameters of the waves.

Part of the debris captured by the ice is carried away into the sea, while the other part isconcentrated in the coastal zone and either feeds the sediment flow or participates in the processof the so-called ice-sea accumulation. Accumulative bodies under certain conditions arereplenished with debris material of ice discharge. This process is inherent in the area of the ShantarSea, Western Priokhotye, as well as Eastern Kamchatka. Ice is mostly transported not by largestones, but by fragments of medium and small fractions. This process is carried out not only at thepresent time, but also occurred during the times of the Quaternary and more ancient climaticminima. This is indicated by the occurrence of coarse debris at the bottom. In addition to thecapture and transfer of rock material, coastal ice plays a certain role in the formation of biogenicsediments, since sea ice is an environment favorable for the habitat of microorganisms.

It has been established that on the open shores of the captured debris material, a smallerpart goes to the replenishment of accumulative forms. Most are carried away into the sea andunloaded at depths. Consequently, on the open shores, ice contributes to the degradation ofaccumulative formations. On closed and half-closed bays and inlets, if there is a complex ofadditional conditions, ices, on the contrary, contribute to the buildup of accumulative bodies. Thegreatest amount of stone material gets on the ice or it turns out in its thickness in Prishantarya, onthe shores of the eastern coast of Sakhalin, in the Anadyr estuary, etc. Of these areas, the most icyaccumulation is manifested on the shores of the Shantar Sea.

The lowlands of the Sea of Okhotsk contain permafrost. In combination with the harshthermal regime on the coastal benches, favorable conditions have developed for the intensemanifestation of thermal abrasion and thermal denudation.

Landfast ice plays a significant role in the dynamics of the coast, for example, of thePenzhinsko-Gizhiginsky region. Hence the tendency to advance the coastline. The Tauisk-Okhotsk section has a dismembered configuration.

Nivational and permafrost, erosion-alluvial and ice processes take a large part in the reliefformation of coastal areas. The configuration of the banks of the Udsko-Shantarsky district (fromthe Uda Bay to the mouth of the Amur) is also complex. The tidal currents and phenomenaassociated with the formation and movement of ice play a significant role in coastal formation. In


113

all coastal areas of the Sea of Okhotsk during the summer, geomorphological processes take placeunder the influence of the effects of winter [1].

Owing to the drift of “microaisbergs” from the north of the Sea of Okhotsk, they can beseparated throughout the region of exotic rock fragments, for example, Precambrian schist,quartzite, limestone, gneiss lying in the basin of the Sea of Okhotsk only on Taigonos Peninsula[3].

It is also a necessary to note one of the most important role of ice in affecting the bottomsurface is the formation of the stamukha, which was formed by debris from hummock coastallandfast ice. After the final formation of landfast ice, the stamukhi become inactive, in some casesfreezing to the bottom. There are many small pits (up to 1 m deep) and relatively short furrows atthe bottom after the melting of stamukhi (by " ice gouging").

Thus, from the above, an active role in the formation of the shores of the Sea of Okhotskbelongs to ice. The ice plowed out the surface of the beach, chipped protruding parts of abrasiveoutcrops. coastal ice plays an important role in the capture and transfer of rock material, and in theformation of beiogenic sediments.

References1. Archikov E.I. Problems of theoretical and applied geomorphology of the shores of

the Far Eastern seas. – Vladivostok: FESU, 1986. – 124 p.2. Ogorodov S.A. The role of sea ice in coastal dynamics. – M.: MSU, 2011. – 173 p.3. Vazhenin B.P. The specifics of the formation of relief and loose sediments in the

ecosystem of the coastal zone of the tidal glacier seas // Arctic and the North. – 2014. – №17. –P.130-140


114

Section IVMATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCES

Baryshnikova V.A.APPLICATION OF METHODS FOR ANALYSIS OF IMAGES IN NEUROLOGY

School of Natural Sciences, Far Eastern Federal UniversityScientific adviser – S.V. Smagin

With the task of pattern recognition, living systems, including humans, are constantly facedwith the moment they appear. In particular, the information coming from the senses is processedby the brain, which sorts the information, provides a decision, and then uses the electrochemicalimpulses to transmit the necessary signal further, for example, to the organs of movement thatimplement the necessary actions. The process above repeats when the environment changes. If tounderstand, then each stage is followed by recognition [1].

With the development of computing technology, solving a number of tasks arising in theprocess of human life became possible, as well as facilitating, accelerating, improving quality ofthe result. In particular, the tasks of image recognition are actively solving in medicine. It helpsdoctors to make diagnoses that are more accurate. Automatic detection of circulating tumor cells,diagnosis of diabetic retinopathy (progressive deterioration of vision in diabetes), analysis of MRIimages, analysis of ultrasound images are just a small list of tasks that pattern recognition cansolve [2].

However, in medicine there are still unsolved problems for which pattern recognition canbe useful. For example, assist in treatment and accompaniment of patients with Parkinson'sdisease. Parkinson's disease is a slowly progressive chronic neurological disease, typical for theolder age group. It is caused by the progressive destruction and death of neurons that produce theneurotransmitter dopamine, as well as in other parts of the central nervous system. The leadingsymptoms are: muscular rigidity, hypokinesia, tremor, postural instability [3]. Currently, thetreatment of this disease is using the system of stimulation of the deep structures of the brain. Itconsists of three components: an electrode, a neurostimulator and a programmer. The electrode isa special wire that is implanted in the brain. It delivers weak electrical impulses from aneurostimulator to a selected area of the brain. A neurostimulator is a device that sends preciseelectrical signals to the brain to help control movement disorders. A programmer is an externaldevice that is used to set up neurostimulator signals [4].

For effective treatment of the patient by means of such system it is necessary to watch hisstate constantly. However, going to the doctor's office for patients with Parkinson's diseasebecomes a very difficult or even impossible task, since one of the strongest symptoms of thisdisease is a violation of human motor functions. To solve the problem of remote monitoring ofsuch patients, it is necessary to develop software for mobile phones that would collect thenecessary information about the patient's condition and send this data to the attending physician.

At present, the project team of programmers of the Far Eastern Federal University (Schoolof Natural Sciences) is developing Parkinsoft application software with the specified functionality.In addition to information about the symptoms of the disease, the doctor needs to know theparameters of the neurostimulator setting to analyze the patient's condition. These data are


115

displayed on the screen of the programmer and, if the programmer is kept with the patient, itbecomes necessary to transfer this information to the doctor.

This problem can be solved in several ways. The simplest of them is the search for thenecessary data by the user and the transfer to the doctor with the help of messengers, e-mail orother suitable methods. In this case, patients may have serious problems, because Parkinson'sdisease is often manifested in elderly people, and the patient is likely to find it difficult to see theinformation on a small screen of the programmer. In addition, the necessary information can bedisplayed on the screen of the programmer with the help of special characters and symbols thatthe patient may misinterpret. In addition, a significant disadvantage of this method is that tremoris a frequent symptom of the disease, which means that the inconvenient and small-sized mobilephone keypad can be a big problem for the patient in transferring data.

There is another way to get data from the screen of the programmer. It is gettinginformation through the recognition of a screen image on which the necessary data is present. Suchimage can be obtained by photographing the screen with a mobile phone camera. This method ofobtaining information is more convenient for the patient, and the high prevalence of the use ofmobile phones among the population makes it not only convenient, but also accessible to patients.However, when using this method, tremor in a patient is also a problem, since the image in thiscase may be fuzzy.This disadvantage can be corrected by analyzing several photos taken by the user. Therefore, theactual problem is the recognition of programmer data in conditions of blurred image.

Image analyzing is not a one-step process. Several steps must be performed one by oneuntil we can isolate the data of interest to us [5].

Preliminary image analyzing. Because it is known that the input image fuzzy, at this stageit is necessary to apply coordinate transformations to restore geometric distortions introducedduring the formation of the image. It is also necessary to adjust the indicators of illumination,brightness and contrast of the image. After this stage is completed, it is necessary to select imageobjects.

First, proper filtering procedures should be applied in order to distinguish objects of interestfrom all others and from the background. Essentially, one or more feature of image is extracted.The main tools for this task are averaging, selection of contours, analysis of simple neighborhoodsand complex structures known in image analyzing as a texture. Then the object should be separatedfrom the background. This task can be simple if the object is well separated from the backgroundaccording to some local features. This, however, is possible infrequently [5]. Then, knowing thegeometric shape of an object, we can use morphological operators to analyze and modify it, orselect additional information, such as the average brightness level, area, perimeter, and otherparameters of the object's shape. These parameters can be used in the classification of objects [5].

To implement the above steps, there are many methods. It is necessary to analyze thesemethods and choose the most effective for solving the problem. In addition to image analysis, thesubsystem's functionality should provide the ability to transfer the received information to themain surveillance system for a patient with Parkinson's disease. This data can be collected andanalyzed for each patient. Therefore, the attending physician can analyze the dependence of thepatient's condition based on the settings of the neurostimulator and adjust the methods of treatmentused, increasing their effectiveness for a particular patient.


116

References1. The history of image recognition systems [electronic resource] – URL:

http://mirznanii.com/a/113307/istoriya-sistem-raspoznavaniya-obrazov2. Review of computer vision problems in medicine [electronic resource] – URL:

https://habrahabr.ru/post/309152/3. Parkinson's disease: Definition, epidemiology, etiology, course, signs, symptoms and

diagnosis [electronic resource] – URL: https://medi.ru/info/11715/4. Neurostimulation, as a way to treat Parkinson's disease [electronic resource] – URL:

http://www.parkinson-help.ru/o-parkinsone/lechenie-parkinsona/nejrostimuljacija/5. Yana B. Digital image processing – M: Technosphere, 2007. – P. 24-28

Borovik K.G.1ON TIME-DEPENDENT PROCESSES OF HETEROGENEOUS COMBUSTION

THROUGH AXISYMMETRIC POROUS OBJECTS WITH NATURAL CONVECTION1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2 Institute of Automation and Control Processes FEB RAS

Scientific adviser – N.A. Lutsenko 1,2

The filtration combustion may occur in porous media when gas flows moves through its,for example, in peat fires, spontaneous combustion in solid waste landfills and other natural orman-made disasters [1]. Heterogeneous combustion is a type of filtration combustion that occurswhen oxidizer interact with a gas phase and a condensed fuel component from a solid medium.

In this paper, we study gas flows through the porous axisymmetric object with naturalconvection, it means, that the pressure drop at the open boundaries is known and the gas flow rateis not known in advance. A computational algorithm for the study of time-dependent gas flows inporous axisymmetric objects with heterogeneous combustion sources is developed. The results ofthe calculations are compared with the previously obtained solutions of similar planed problems.

Motionless cylindric porous object which has opened top and bottom boundaries andadiabatic and impermeable side walls is considered. The gas flows into the object through openedboundaries which is heated while moving through the object and flows out to the atmosphere. Thesolid porous component consists from the fuel and inert component. The fuel is transformed to thegas because of the exothermic reaction with oxidizer.

The mathematical model is constricted on the model of interactive interpenetrativecontinua [5] and includes the motion equation, continuity equation, equations of state and energyfor solid and gas components. The processes of combustion are described by first-order single-stage chemical reaction in relation to every component. Since the solid media is motionless, theequation of motion for it degenerates. The motion of gas is described by the equation of momentumconservation for porous media. The energy equations for gas and solid media take into accountthermal conductivity and interphase heat exchange. The energy equation for the solid phase alsotakes into account the energy release, which is proportional to the rate of the chemical reaction. Itis shown in [2] that taking into account the temperature dependence of the gas viscosityqualitatively affects the solution of the problem when modeling time-depended gas flows throughporous objects with heat sources, so the dynamic viscosity is assumed temperature-dependentaccording to the Sutherland formula.


117

At the entrance to the porous object, the temperature of gas, gas pressure and massconcentration of the oxidizer are known. Since the gas is released into the atmosphere, the pressureat the outlet of the porous object is known. At the inlet and outlet of porous object and onimpermeable walls heat exchange conditions are known. The gas filtration velocity and gas flowrate are determined during solving the problem. This mathematical model is a development ofaxisymmetric case of the model of heterogeneous combustion in porous media proposed in [3,4].

During the numerical experiment, a number of problems on time-depended flow of gasthrough the porous axisymmetric objects with heterogeneous combustion sources under naturalconvection are solved. We consider the cases when the ignition zone was located in the center ofthe object bottom, in the center of the object and in the center of the object top. It is shown thatvortex flows occur in the heterogeneous combustion of the axisymmetric porous object undernatural convection, which affect the flow of oxidant in the area of the chemical reaction as it takesplace in the plane case. It is shown that general characteristics of the gas dynamics in plane andaxisymmetric cases coincide.

References1. Aldushin, A.P., Merzhanov A.G. Propagation of Thermal Waves in Heterogeneous

Media // Theory of Filtration Combustion: General Principles and State of the Art. – Nauka,Novosibirsk, 1988. – P. 9–52

2. Levin, V.A, Lutsenko, N.A. Gas flow through a porous heat-releasing medium withallowance for the temperature dependence of gas viscosity, J. Eng. Phys. Thermophys. 79 (1). –2006. – P.33–39

3. Lutsenko, N.A. Modeling of heterogeneous combustion in porous media under freeconvection. // Proceedings of the Combustion Institute. – 2013. – Vol. 34 №2. – P. 2289-2294

4. Lutsenko, N.A. Numerical model of two-dimensional heterogeneous combustionin porous media under natural convection or forced filtration. // Combustion Theory andModelling. – 2018. – Vol. 22 №2. – P. 359-377

5. Nigmatulin, R.I. Principles of the Mechanics of Heterogeneous Media. -Moscow,1978 (in Russian)

Cedrik N. O.DEVELOPMENT OF SOFTWARE FOR SUPPORTING COURSES AND DISCIPLINES

IN MATHEMATICS AND PROGRAMMING BASED ON ADAPTIVE LEARNINGALGORITHMS

1 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural SciencesScientific adviser – T.V. Pak

In Russia, education is developing rapidly with components of online education, includingnot only the introduction of LMS [1], but also the development of software for creating high-quality online courses that are competitive in university studies. Due to the trend of online coursesdevelopment, their quality in terms of results for each individual student, the creators of suchcourses began to wonder how to create an adaptive environment, which could vary depending onthe characteristics of each person. The algorithms of adaptive learning are aimed precisely to solvethis problem.


118

Adaptive learning is not only tested, but also actively used in universities abroad. Manyuniversities provide statistical teaching methods that have improved through an innovativeapproach to the use of adaptive algorithms. At the University of Arizona in the fall semester of2011, an experiment was conducted on the introduction of adaptive learning. The results of theexperiment showed that the results improved by 18%, and the percentage of deductions fell by47% [2].

Algorithms of adaptive learning are an effective tool for both students and teachers, due totheir ability not only to guide the student, but also to interpret the results of learning, consideringthem on each student’s learning model, which allows to build the most convenient trainingprogram, or adjusting it depending on the individual characteristics of the learning group orindividual [3].

At the moment, there are already foreign systems such as Knewton [4], Cerego [5], Grockit[6], which implement various adaptive approaches aimed at improving the quality of education.

Table 1Comparison of existing approaches of tracking knowledge

Criteria for comparison BayesianNetworks[7]

Deeplearning [8]

Memory-AugmentedNeural Network[9]

Dynamic Key-Value MemoryNetworks [10]

The ability to build a student'slearning assessment based ona small amount of data

+ − + +

Flexibility of the built system(possibility to use system inanother area of knowledge)

+ +/− +/− −

The possibility of justifyingthe assessment

+ − − −

From a review of existing approaches, it can be seen that only one method satisfies ourrequirements.

In order to create a base model in Bayesian networks firstly we need to use an evidence-based design.

Because of the set of variables and conditional dependencies between them, Bayesiannetworks are ideal for taking an event that occurred and predicting the likelihood that any one ofseveral possible known causes was the contributing factor [11].

Psychometric underpinnings of evidence-centered design concentrates on themathematical models underlying evidence-centered design, in particular, the use of graphicalmodels to represent cognitive models of a domain [12].

Designed mathematical models are able to form Bayesian networks that take into accountthe characteristics of individual areas of knowledge, but are sufficiently flexible, which makes itpossible to design their adjacent fields on the basis of individual scientific models.


119

Thus, based on a comparison of existing approaches in developing software to supportcourses and disciplines in mathematics and programming, the Bayesian network was chosen,which can be expanded to work in interdisciplinary fields, thanks to its flexibility.

References1. Ryann K. Ellis. Field Guide to Learning Management Systems. — Learning

Circuits, American Society for Training & Development (ASTD), 2009.2. Adaptive Learning Systems: The State of the Field [E-resource]. – Access:

https://c21u.gatech.edu/presentations/adaptive-learning-systems-state-field3. Sarah E Schultz, Ivon Arroyo. Expanding Knowledge Tracing to Prediction of

Gaming Behaviors. – Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 100 Institute Rd, Worcester, MA, 2014.4. Knewton [E-resource]. – Access: https://www.knewton.com5. Cerego [E-resource]. – Access: https://www.cerego.com6. Grockit [E-resource]. – Access: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grockit7. R. G. Almond, R.G., Mislevy, R.J., Steinberg, L., Yan, D., Williamson, D.

Bayesian Networks in Educational Assessment, Statistics for Social and Behavioral Sciences. –Springer, Science+Business Media, New York, 2015.

8. Chris Piech, Jonathan Bassen, Jonathan Huang, Surya Ganguli, Mehran Sahami ,Leonidas Guibas, Jascha Sohl-Dickstein. Deep Knowledge Tracing. – Stanford University, KhanAcademy, Google, 2015.

9. Heonseok Ha, Uiwon Hwang, Yongjun Hong, and Sungroh Yoon. Memory-Augmented Neural Networks for Knowledge Tracing from the Perspective of Learning andForgetting. – Electrical and Computer Engineering, Seoul National University, Seoul 08826,Korea, 2018.

10. Jiani Zhang, Xingjian Shi, Irwin King, Dit-Yan Yeung. Dynamic Key-ValueMemory Networks for Knowledge Tracing. Department of Computer Science and Engineering. –Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, Kowloon, Hong Kong, 2017.

11. Michael V. Yudelson, Kenneth R. Koedinger, and Geoffrey J. Gordon.Individualized Bayesian Knowledge Tracing Models. – Carnegie Mellon University, 5000 ForbesAve., Pittsburgh, PA 15213, USA, 2013.

12. Yossi Ben David, Avi Segal, Ya’akov (Kobi) Ga. Sequencing Educational Contentin Classrooms using Bayesian Knowledge Tracing. – Department of Information SystemsEngineering, Ben-Gurion University, Israel, 2016.

Gulyaeva K.A. 1

INTELLIGENT SYSTEM FOR ORGANIC COMPOUND REACTION CAPACITYIDENTIFICATION

1 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2 Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – I.L. Artemieva 1

Scientific consultant – E.Ya. Gorodetskaya 2

Organic chemistry is a vivid example of a complex-structured domain. The tasks of suchdomain are stated and solved using the terms and the relationships among the terms of its


120

subdomains [1]. One of organic chemistry key tasks is the extensive study of reaction mechanismsand reaction capacities of organic compound classes, as well as its distinct representatives. Todayobtaining exhaustive information about reaction mechanisms is impossible. However, theknowledge about all reaction stages, structures and energies of intermediates, elementary reactionrates (especially, at a limiting stage) represents sufficient information about reaction mechanismand reaction capacity of any compound. Reaction capacity is a characteristic of compoundchemical activity, which takes into account both the diversity of possible reactions, as well as therates of these reactions. Today the database of organic reaction mechanisms is far from beingcomplete. The mechanisms of many reactions have not been unraveled.

That is why there is a need to develop intelligent system that can identify organiccompound reaction capacities. The system should perform the following tasks:

Interpret and classify factual evidence; Make predictions about the stages and the results of new reactions (e.g. their

selectivity); Optimize the generation of desired reaction products (matching initial compounds

and reaction conditions).It is worth mentioning that the amount of knowledge and data in organics is constantly

growing creating many difficulties in the process of intelligent system development. Nevertheless,intelligent system should fulfill the following requirements:

Extendibility; Scientific community trust; The capabilities of customization for a specific scientific laboratory; The capability to alter knowledge and metaknowledge given the consensus of

scientific community opinions and the presence of empirical evidence; The capability to add problem solvers for new classes of tasks.Apart from the functional requirements mentioned above, intelligent system should have

the following components: the distributed database of experiments and the precedent searchsubsystem. Precedent search is needed to classify organic reactions and organic compounds on acertain basis.

To solve the stated task, the ontological approach has been chosen. It allows to fulfill allthe requirements mentioned above. The ontological approach is based on complex-structureddomain modelling with the help of applied logic theories for better expressiveness. Distinctmodules represent domains and subdomains. Each module is a separate applied logic theory.Specialized language of applied logics is used for module representation [5, 6]. Thoroughdescription of the approach is presented in [2-4].

It should be noted that organic chemistry ontology model presented in [7] does not containthe details elaborated substantially enough to develop intelligent system on its basis. The modelshould be reengineered to develop intelligent system that can identify organic compound reactioncapacities. Modules that describe atom mutual interaction in the molecule should be added.Physical chemistry ontology model presented in [8] does not cover the subdomain of kinetics. Thestudy of reaction kinetics is one of the most complicated yet crucial areas to study reactionmechanisms. The study of kinetics allows to obtain information about intermediate stages, whichis of paramount importance. In the end, reaction results always depend on energy states. If theequilibrium is unreachable, reaction results are dictated by the relation of initial energy state and


121

the energies of possible intermediate states. Suffice it to say, existing organic chemistry andphysical chemistry ontology models should be reengineered all the way down to the rock bottom.The modules that describe electron effects and chemical kinetics should be added.

The model of intelligent system for organic compound reaction capacity identification ispresented (fig. 1).

Fig. 1. The model of intelligent system (IS) for organic compound reaction capacity identification

References1. Artemieva I.L. (2011) Ontology Development for Domains with Complicated

Structures. In: Wolff K.E., Palchunov D.E., Zagoruiko N.G., Andelfinger U. (eds) KnowledgeProcessing and Data Analysis. KPP 2007, KONT 2007. Lecture Notes in Computer Science, vol.6581. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg

2. Kleschev, A.S., Artemieva I.L. Mathematical models of domain ontologies. Part 1.The existing approaches for “ontology” definitions // NTI, vol. 2.- 2001.- №2. – P. 20-27


122

3. Kleschev, A.S., Artemieva I.L. Mathematical models of domain ontologies. Part 2.Model components // NTI, vol.2, 2001, №3, P. 19-28

4. Kleschev, A.S., Artemieva I.L. Mathematical models of domain ontologies. Part 3.The comparison of ontology models of different classes // NTI, vol.2, 2001, №4, P. 10-15

5. Kleschev, A.S., Artemieva I.L. The unenriched systems of logic relations. Part 1.// NTI, vol. 2.-2000. -№7. P. 18-28

6. Kleschev, A.S., Artemieva I.L. The unenriched systems of logic relations. Part 2.// NTI, vol. 2.-2000. -№8. P. 8-18

7. Reshtanenko, N.V. The development and analysis of approaches for the creation ofspecialized computer knowledge bank for organic chemistry. Vladivostok, 2007. – 189 p.

8. Tsvetnikov, V.A. The development and analysis of approaches for the creation ofcomputer system for intelligent decision making support to solve the problems of physicalchemistry in the university course. Vladivostok, 2004. 207 p.

Konogorov A.V.MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

FOR MONITORING PATIENTS WITH PARKINSON'S DISEASEFar Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

Scientific adviser – S.V. Smagin

Parkinson's disease is the most common neurodegenerative disease of the elderly.According to the WHO (World Health Organization), more than four million people in the worldsuffer from Parkinson's disease [1]. The disease has a classification that includes eight stages ofparkinsonism.

Now there are three types of therapy for this disease: symptomatic, pharmacotherapy, andneurosurgical methods. One of the neurosurgical methods is the implantation of electrodes intothe deep cores of the brain. With the help of connectors, the electrode is hooked up to a generatorimplanted under the skin, which produces high frequency pulsation (about 130 Hz) to modulatethe pathological activity at the target points [2]. Worldwide, 10 thousand people a year areoperated. In Russia, it belongs to the category of medical care with the use of high medicaltechnologies and is not a routine and publicly available. To date, more than two thousandoperations have been performed in the Russian Federation. At the same time, implant installationoperations are carried out only in a few specialized institutions, including the Medical Center ofthe Far Eastern Federal University.

It should also be noted that the effectiveness of deep brain stimulation depends not only onthe correct localization of the implanted electrode, but also on the subsequent programming of thestimulation mode. Programming a pulse generator in the postoperative period is carried out by adoctor with the help of a special device – a programmer. In the early postoperative period, theinitial selection of the program of electrical stimulation is carried out. Further, program correctionand optimization of anti-parkinsonian therapy is periodically required, which requires repeatedoutpatient visits to a specialist [3].

“In the 21st century, the feasibility of introducing medical information systems (MIS) inhospitals is determined by the properties of the system, which provide support to medical


123

personnel for making decisions online. The need for such support is due to a very rapid growth inthe amount of knowledge in the field of medicine. The use of an MIS, new knowledge andtechnology, to assist physicians in the process of treatment and diagnosis is perhaps the onlysolution to this crucial social problem. It is necessary to distinguish three main objectives of theuse of MIS in the clinic: increasing the effectiveness of treatment, reducing the number of medicalerrors, optimizing treatment costs. To achieve any of these goals, real-time decision-makingsupport for medical staff is required [4]. It follows from the above that the most pressing andchallenging task of developing a MIS is the development of a decision support system (DSS) fora doctor.

Some elements and characteristics that are generally recognized as part of the DSS arepossible: DSS (in most cases) is an interactive automated system that helps to use data and modelsto identify and solve problems and make decisions. The system should have the ability to workwith interactive queries in an easy to learn query language. In this work, the DSS means acomputer-aided automated system, the purpose of which is to help a decision maker in difficultconditions to fully and objectively analyze subject activity [5].

The examples of such systems are:• DOKA+, which helps the doctor to make decisions when prescribing treatment and

examinations [6],• INTERIS, a narrowly focused system that aims to automate the intensive care unit and

intensive care unit [7],• Clinic 365, a simple and convenient system that allows you to maintain a database of

patients [8].Table

Comparison of the functionality of the available MISsDOKA+ INTERIS Clinic 365

Country Russia Russia RussiaOnline consultation – – –Keeping medical records – +/– +Online patient monitoring – – –Analysis of the patients – + –Doctor's diary – – –Validation of prescribed drugs + – –Control of medication – – –State diary – – –Daily / weekly questionnaires – – –

The table shows that these MIS do not have the necessary functions for the managementof patients with Parkinson's disease. INTERIS is a highly specialized system for intensive careunits and intensive care. DOCA+ is only partially applicable. Clinic365 is a card file that is notDSS. So, it can be concluded that current specialized DSS for the management of patients withParkinson's disease does not currently exist, and the adaptation of existing systems is difficult.

In the DSS, the management of patients with Parkinson's disease should be able to interactwith the patient directly, online, so as to properly configure the neurostimulator and to provide thenecessary level of control over treatment, you need to have a complete picture of how the diseaseprogresses. This requirement is dictated by the fact that neurostimulator implantation operations


124

are performed mainly in regional centers and not all the patients (for example, because of a remoteplace of residence) can be constantly monitored by the doctor after the operation.

Modern DSS for management of patients with Parkinson's disease should have thefollowing functionality:

• Mobile application that includes the features:o daily and weekly questionnaires of the patient and his accompanying person,o state diary (fixation of the reception and action of drugs)o drug intake plan (with the possibility of a reminder),o text and voice chat with a doctor in real time,o alarm button (emergency message to the doctor).

• Doctor's log (patient database, statistics, appointments, plans, dialing scales, etc.).• The subsystem of storage and intellectual data analysis about patients.• Ability to embed additional functions in a mobile application:

o an accelerometer to diagnose the type of tremoro recognition of indications on the screen of the programmer.

At present, the project team of programmers of the Far Eastern Federal University (Schoolof Natural Sciences) is developing Parkinsoft application software with the specified functionality.It is designed according to the client-server architecture. It implements an applicationprogramming interface – a set of ready-made classes, procedures, and functions provided by theserver for use by the mobile application subsystem. The interface part of the system interacts withthe server part via the Internet. After receiving data from the user, it organizes the sequence of theprogram filling the server.

The following functions are implemented in the subsystem “Mobile application”:1. Testing. The patient and his accompanying person take turns in taking daily and

weekly tests, after which their answers are sent to the server, where they will be reflected in the“Doctor's Log” subsystem and processed by the “Data analysis” subsystem.

2. Diagnosis of tremor. Tremor is one of the main manifestations of Parkinson'sdisease, the amplitude of tremor tells a lot about the stage and dynamics of the disease. Thepatient performs a series of exercises, based on the type of tremor diagnosis.

3. Recognition of programmer readings. The patient photographs the screen of hisprogrammer using the camera of the smartphone, then, the photo is processed by Machinelearning methods. It recognizes:

o the charge level of the neurostimulator,o the charge level of the programmer,o information about the model and the serial number of the neurostimulator.

4. Drug intake plan. The patient and his accompanying person can see the names,dosage and time of taking the medicines prescribed for the patient.

References1. WHO press release. 1998. URL: http://www.who.int/infpr-1998/en/pr98–71.html2. E.I. Gusev, E.A. Katunina, N.V. Titova. Deep brain stimulation in the treatment of

Parkinson's disease // Vestnik ROSZDRAVNADZOR. – 2016. Vol.6. – P. 54-603. S.K. Akshulakov, Ch.S. Shashkin, E.T. Makhambetov, et al. Surgical treatment of

Parkinson's disease. – 2014. –P. 3-5


125

4. E.I. Schulman. Axiom of productivity of medical information systems // PC WEEKDOCTOR. – 2008. Vol.2. – P. 15-16

5. S.V. Frolov, S.N. Makoveev, S.V. Semenova, S.G. Farea. Modern trends in thedevelopment of the medical information systems market. Vestnik TSTU. – 2010. Vol.2. – P. 266-272

6. E.I. Shulman, M.V. Glazatov, D.Yu. Pshenichnikov, A.G. Mikshin, GZ Mouth –Clinical Information System DOCA+: solutions, properties, possibilities and results of application// Doctor and information technologies. – 2007. Vol.1. – P. 11-18

7. T.V. Zarubina, S.L. Shvyrev, K.V. Sidorov – INTERIS – Information system of theintensive care unit and intensive care // Doctor and information technology. – 2006. Vol.3. – P.27-40

8. Clinic365 is simply a convenient medical information system. URL:http://www.clinic365.ru/

Makovsky K.E.1THE USE OF A SYSTEMIC APPROACH TO THE PROBLEM OF INFORMATION

SECURITY1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - P.N. Kornyushin1

Scientific consultant – E.Ya. Gorodetskaya 2

Following the definition of information security, the main purpose of protecting informationis to neutralize the combination of internal and external threats [1]. The problem of informationsecurity is quite complex, requiring for its solution the creation of an integrated system of legal,organizational and technical measures. This justifies the use of a systemic approach to theinformation security, which was formulated in [2].

The purpose of the present article is to develop a functional model of the integratedinformation security system. It is advisable to solve this problem in accordance with the IDEFstandards (IDEF0, IDEF3, DFD, etc.) [3]. It will allow the entire process of creating, implementingand operating the system to be demonstrated visually and effectively. The development of thisfunctional model will provide an opportunity to establish what functions and in what sequence thesystem performs them, as well as who is responsible for carrying out specific tasks and what is theresult of performing a particular procedure.

The IDEF0 standard is a technology for describing the system as a whole. The functionalblock is shown in diagrams in the form of a rectangle. The input arrows are drawn to the left side ofthe block, the control arrows are shown on the top, the arrows of mechanisms for implementing theperformed functions are directed upwards, and the output arrows are directed from the right-handside. Thus, the function of the block converts its inputs to the corresponding outputs using controlinformation about conditions and constraints, as well as the mechanism that implements it.

The relevant GOSTs, guidance documents, orders, instructions, etc. exercise the overallcontrolling impact the integrated information security processes. The implementation of theprocesses shown in the diagrams is carried out by information security officers and experts.


126

The system of integrated information security is presented as a hierarchy of insertedfunctions. The contextual diagram describing the system as a whole is shown in Fig. 1. The firstlevel of decomposition of the integrated information security system is shown in Fig. 2. Then thehierarchical decomposition of each block can be continued to the required level of detalization.

Thus, the use of IDEF0 methodology as a part of the system approach to information securityallows the entire process of integrated information security to be effectively modeled. It will greatlyfacilitate the management control of the protection of information assets of an enterprise and thus itmay cause an increase in its information security level.

Fig. 1. The contextual diagram of integrated information security

Fig. 2. The first level of decomposition of contextual diagram

References1. On approval of the Information Security Doctrine of the Russian Federation :

Decree of President of Russian : on the 5-th of December, 2016 № 646. [electronic resource]. –


127

Access mode : https://fstec.ru/tekhnicheskaya-zashchita-informatsii/dokumenty/108-ukazy/1276-ukaz-prezidenta-rossijskoj-federatsii-ot-5-dekabrya-2016-g-n-646

2. Malyuk, А.А. Information security: conceptual and methodological foundationsof information security. Tutorial for universities / А.А. Malyuk. – М.: Goryachaya liniya -Telekom, 2004. – 280 p.

3. Cheremnykh, S.V. Modeling and analysis of systems. IDEF-technology:practicum. / S.V. Cheremnykh [and oth] – M.: Finance and statistics, 2006. – 192 p.

Namsaraev Zh. 1

MATHEMATICAL MODEL AND VISUALIZATION OF THE SENSOR MOTION INTHE MAGNETIC FIELD

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisers - R. Brizitsky1, A.V. Ognev1

Scientific consultant - I.N. Lazareva2

This paper discusses a mathematical model that describes the motion of a sensor in amagnetic field induced by one or several dipoles; hardware and experimental components whenbuilding a model of sensor movement in a magnetic field. Within this model, based on sensorreadings the following component parts are calculated in real time: three projections of theacceleration vector and magnetic field into the sensor coordinate system; the sensor rotation anglesin a fixed coordinate system, the position of the sensor in a fixed coordinate system. Coordinatesof the center and tilt angles to the axes of the fixed coordinate system, as well as its movement arevisualized.

When building a model, various methods for finding the orientation of the sensor in spacewere independently verified, which later would be assembled into a single software package usingcomplex Madgwick-type filters. On the other hand, the evaluation of the effectiveness of eachmethod will allow to build faster algorithms based on using only one of the methods that are mostsuitable for a particular situation.

Low-pass filters and their modified versions [1] were applied to the acceleration projectionvalues given by the sensor, and the coordinates of the sensor center in the fixed coordinate systemare recalculated using the corrected data of the specified projections. Next, the plane motion of thesensor in the magnetic field of the dipole was simulated. The dipole was located at the beginningof the fixed coordinate system, while the magnetic moment vector was directed strictly along theY axis of the fixed system. With the help of the well-known formulas for the induction of amagnetic field induced by a dipole at a point in space with a radius vector r (see [2]), the inverseproblem of finding the coordinates of the sensor center from the magnetic field measured by it wassolved analytically. Also, the magnetic field was used to check the readings of the gyro sensor. Acomparative analysis of the “kinematic” and “magnetic” methods of the sensor trajectory recoverywas conducted. Finally, in the field of one dipole, the Madgwick filter was tested, specifying thecorners of the gyroscope on a set of indicators. The constructed model is generalized to the caseof several dipoles.


128

The main result of this work is the visualization of the location of the sensor in space basedon accelerometer and gyroscope data. In this case, the coordinates of the sensor center can beadjusted considering the readings of the magnetometer; the corners of the gyroscope are adjustedby applying the Madgwick filter [3]. The specified correction is implemented in C ++.

This study is supported by the National Technology Initiative Center of Neurotechnology,Virtual and Augmented Reality Technologies of the FEFU (Grant No. 1/1251/2018 16.10.2018).

References1. Low-pass filter [Electronic resource]. - https://www.w3.org/TR/motion-sensors/#low-

pass-filters2. Hui-Min Shen, ICIRA 2017: Intelligent Robotics and Applications. P. 428-437.3. S.O.H. Madgwick, An efficient orientation filter for inertial and inertial/magnetic sensor

arrays, 2010. P. 1-32.

Perevolotsky V.S.1METHOD OF INDEXATION FOR WEB-SEARCH IN ELECTRONIC TRADING

SYSTEMS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - P.G. Ragulin1

Scientific consultant - I.N. Lazareva2

In the modern information society, one of the main components of the globalization processworldwide is the development of e-commerce. Large retailers have their own online stores. Theshare of sales of such online stores exceeds the share of the sales in retail. Also, it is very importantto note that the share of Internet sales made from mobile and tablet devices is growing [1].

In the global information society determines the pace of life of a modern man theglobalization mentioned above. When the buyer goes to a retail store or internet site store, (s)hehas a certain goal. A person needs the shortest possible time to get all the necessary informationfor making a purchase decision, namely:

• product availability;• price;• options from which to choose;• comments.One of the important requirements for the design of an online store is the ensurance that

the customer is provided with the product information as soon as (s)he goes on the site.The present work is devoted to the problem of indexing and forming a search engine.

request. The subject of the research is the Internet e-commerce system. We made someobservations of the search system work, and got some information on the difficulties encounteredin developing search results mechanisms they deal with following questions:

1. Product indexing :• Which analyzers to use?• Which fields should contain documents?


129

These items are relevant for online stores of electronic goods technology, as the producttitle will often contain complex alphanumeric abbreviations or abbreviations.

2. Correct search query:How to sort goods, and what additional weights do we use with standard search engine

scoring?Currently, existing methods for indexing goods do not provide the most accurate search

results, which would fully satisfy the buyer.Typically, the indexing methods use two main fields and several additional ones. The main

fields include "Title" and "Description / characteristics".Additional fields in each implementation are different. It is proposed to adjust the scoring

of documents that are returned from the search system. To this end, it is proposed to introduce thefollowing additions:

1) Supplementing the index with three fields with the following weights:o brand - 100,o model - 50,o category - 10;

2) splitting the search string into words and search for these words in three newfields;

3) multiplying the field weight by the appropriate number of times, if the field isseveral words from the search query.

After adding the index to the proposed additional fields, using them when scoring thesearch results will be more relevant, and meet the needs of buyers better. Thus, these additionssuggest a new method in the implementation of web-search in electronic commerce systems toprovide information to the buyer about goods upon request.

References1. Online retailing in Russia [Electronic source]. - URL:

https://yandex.ru/company/researches/2015/ya_ecommerce2. Lande D., Snarsky A. A., Bezsudnov I. V. Internetika: Navigation in complex networks:

models and algorithms. - M .: Librokom (Editorial URSS), 2009. - 264 p.

Rasskazova S.R., Ryzhkova Yu.V.RESEARCH OF OPPORTUNITIES OF NAVIGATION INDOORS ACCORDING TO

BLUETOOTH OF BEACONSFar Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

Scientific adviser - V.M. Grinyak

The main problem of this article is indoor-navigation by bluetooth beacons.The main objective of the work is to build a navigation system for the Far Eastern Federal

University.The university is located in several buildings connected to each other, and it is difficult for

people who first came to the university to navigate the university Indoor-navigation allows you tocreate more comfortable conditions for students and teachers: it is better to navigate inside theuniversity space, to lay routes to places of interest, such as an audience, a bank, a cafe, etc.


130

Classical sources of navigation data (satellite systems) make it possible to accuratelydetermine the location under certain conditions: the presence of a sufficient number of satellites,good signal quality, and the location of an object near the surface of the Earth. These conditionsare often not fulfilled indoors, since the number of visible satellites is limited, and the receptionof their data is unstable, the accuracy of determining the height of an object above the Earth'ssurface is rather low (this phenomenon is called “floor problem”). In such conditions, alternativesources of navigation data are used to determine the location of objects indoors. These includeinertial navigation aids (accelerometers, gyroscopes), Wi-Fi internet access points, Bluetooth datadevices, a pressure sensor, a magnetometer, etc. Their data can be used both individually andjointly, depending on the problem being solved [1].

Of all the alternative sources of navigation should pay special attention to Bluetooth-devices. They have several advantages.

The main advantage is the low cost and prevalence of equipment that will be used to buildthe infrastructure. For installation and work with this equipment special professional skills oftechnicians are not required

The second advantage of using devices with Bluetooth support is the possibility of arbitraryconfiguration of beacons on the walls of the room. Beacons are small and autonomous (powersupply using batteries). This advantage allows you to optimize the conditions of observation. [4]

The third advantage of Bluetooth devices is the visibility range. The signal of Bluetoothdevices practically does not pass through the main walls, which allows to solve the “floorproblem”.

This article uses one of the possible ways to use Bluetooth data - a solution to thetrilateration problem. The initial data for estimating the coordinates of the observed object are themeasurements of the object-sensor distances. The range is estimated by the level of the signalreceived by the mobile device. This method is similar to that used in underwater acoustics [3]. Anexperiment was conducted to evaluate the accuracy of navigation using this method.

To collect experimental data, we have developed a special software product. We called it"SkyLab Beacon VG02 Detecter 3000 Ultra HD". This application can measure data fromBluetooth beacons and save them as a file. This application has a simple interface. This applicationcompletely solves the problem.

The application works as follows. The user sets for which period of time it is necessary totake measurements. The user clicks the “Start Scan” button. The application captures the signalstrength for visible Bluetooth devices with a specific name. The restriction on the names requiresthat the application ignore foreign devices that are not participating in the experiment. The usercan save the results to a file using the “Save signal levels” button,.

For the experiment, a layout of Bluetooth devices was developed, and reference pointswere selected. The scheme of the experiment is shown in Fig. 1. Along the perimeter of the room,at the eye level, 12 beacons were located, signal level measurements were made at 9 points (A, B,..., I).


131

Fig. 1. The scheme of the experiment

The obtained data was processed using Microsoft Excel [2], the obtained signal levels arepresented in the form of graphs. The experiment allowed us to collect data to calibrate the sensor.This is important for further experiments to assess the accuracy of the signal level of Bluetoothdevices.

References1. Assur O. S., Filaretov G. F. Development of an integrated method for positioning objects

using data from Wi-Fi wireless networks and BLE devices (Bluetooth Low Energy) // News of theInstitute of Engineering Physics. - 2015. - №2. - P. 2-10

2. Burnaeva, EG, Leora, SN, Processing and Presentation of Data in MS Excel.Tutorial. -2018. - №2. - 156 p.

3. Schekotov M.S., Kashevnik A.M. Comparative analysis of the positioning systems ofsmartphones in rooms // Proceedings of SPIIRAN. - 2012. - №4. - P. 459-471

4. Grinyak V. M., Devyatisil'nyj A. S. Dynamic adjustment // Journal of Computer andSystems Sciences International. - 1999. - Vol. 38. - Is. 1. - P. 124-130

5. Muhammad Irshan Khan - Design and Development of Indoor Positioning System //LAP Lambert Academic Publishing - 2013. - P. 65-89

Ryndych R.D.REVIEW OF AUXILIARY SOFTWARE

FOR PATIENTS WITH PARKINSON'S DISEASEFar Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences


Parkinson's disease is a slowly progressive chronic neurological disease, typical for theolder age group. It is caused by the progressive destruction and death of the neurons (that producethe neurotransmitter dopamine), as well as those in other parts of the central nervous system.

The leading symptoms are:• muscle rigidity,• hypokinesia,


132

• tremor,• postural instability [1].

Let us consider the problem of tremor. Tremors are classified:• by manifestation: physiological, essential, cerebellar, resting tremor;• by intensity of oscillatory movements: fast, slow;• by type of movements: yes-yes, no-no, the movement of rolling pills, the movement of the

accounting coins;• by origin: emotional, senile, hysterical, essential, resting tremor, alcoholic, iatrogenic

tremor, rubral tremor.The diagnosis of Parkinson's disease consists of the following steps:

• examining and interviewing a patient;• neurological examination, which allows to identify violations in the nervous system;• laboratory diagnostics, providing information on the state of the thyroid gland and the

endocrine system;• functional tests to determine the physical capabilities of the patient.

For the best treatment, the patient should regularly go through certain procedures in themedical institutions. However, with the help of an accelerometer in smartphone and a specialapplication that collects and sends information to a single information center to maintain therelevance of the doctor's journal, the patient can perform part of the prescribed steps for diagnosis.What is more, the application can remind you of the necessary actions for this.

The accelerometer itself is a device that measures the projection of apparent acceleration(the difference between the true acceleration of an object and gravitational acceleration). As a rule,the accelerometer is a sensitive mass, fixed in an elastic suspension. The deviation of the massfrom its initial position in the presence of apparent acceleration carries information about themagnitude of this acceleration.

To help the people with this disease, a number of applications have already been createdfor the smartphone, compensating or helping with one or another manifestation of Parkinson'sdisease. Here are some applications.

mPower. This application is designed for Apple IPhone smartphones. This applicationuses a gyroscope, accelerometer and other phone functions to collect data on dexterity, balance,gait, memory, sleep, physical activity and patient's mood. After that the data is sent to a medicalprofessional who makes a decision about subsequent treatment based on it [2].

CloudUPDRS. This application is developed for the series phone running the Androidoperating system. The application polls the patient about his state of health and records thebiometric parameters using special sensors, some of which are pre-installed in modernsmartphones, while others are purchased separately [3].

CuPID. It is a smartphone application that collects information from specialized sensorslocated in the patient's shoes. After analyzing this information, the application can makeconclusions about the patient's gait and warn of dangerous changes that could trigger a fall. Theapplication can also collect information from other types of sensors for monitoring patientindicators [4].

iTrem. This is a mobile application for Apple's IPhone smartphones. This application usesaccelerometer data to collect patient tremor information. The data is sent to the medical center.


133

Also, the data can be processed for the patient perception, which eliminates the need to visit themedical center personally [5].

Google Glass. One of the applications for Google Glass is the application that recallsmedication, using voice recognition helps to type and make calls, can give a command to “wakeup” the brain, if a person is in a stupor for a long time, can help to correct the direction ofmovement [6].

Most of the reviewed software on their official sites has only a general description, and itis impossible to separately highlight the most significant properties, so there is a need to developsoftware in which it is not only implemented, but also described in detail.

At present, the project team of programmers of the Far Eastern Federal University (Schoolof Natural Sciences) is developing Parkinsoft application software. One of the functions of thissoftware tool is to solve the problem of diagnosing the type of patient tremor based on a series ofexercises. When implementing this function, the following methods and algorithms were applied:

1. The moving average method (a variant is simple smoothing). The methodconsists in replacing the actual values of the members of a series with the arithmetic mean of thevalues of several members closest to it. The set of averaged values forms the so-called slipwindow. The term, the value of which is replaced by the average of the window, occupies themiddle position in the window. Simple smoothing is the usual replacement of the values of themembers of the series on the arithmetic average of the corresponding window. The window sizedepends on the nature of the time series, the objectives of the study and is determined by the user.In general, the larger the window, the stronger the anti-aliasing. Therefore, if you select a windowthat is too large, along with the random component, it is possible that changes that carry usefulinformation will be suppressed. In the limit, if the window size is taken equal to the length of therow, the values of all its members will become the same and equal to the average value of the row.All information about the dynamics of the process being studied in this way will be lost.

2. The method of removing non-informative sites. In addition to errors in sensorreadings, there is a problem with the heterogeneity of human activity in data collection. At thisstage, this method is implemented by removing sections with an amplitude less than n, where n =10.

3. Bayesian classifier. This is a wide class of classification algorithms based on themaximum posterior probability principle. For a classified object, the likelihood functions of eachof the classes are calculated, and the posterior probabilities of the classes are calculated from them.The object belongs to the class for which a posteriori probability is maximum.

Diagnosis of the type of tremor includes the following steps:• Selection of the mode of operation of the program (training/application).• Display of video instructions for each exercise.• Reading and writing to the database accelerometer readings.• Displays accelerometer readings as a graph.• Initial processing of the obtained readings using the moving average method and removal

of non-informative sections.• The use of Bayesian classifier for training the model.• Application of Bayesian classifier for model application.• Displaying the result of processing the received evidence to the patient.


134

• Transfer of the results to the server.

References1. Parkinson's disease: Definition, epidemiology, etiology, course, signs, symptoms and

diagnosis [electronic resource]. – URL: https://medi.ru/info/11715/2. Parkinson mPower study app [electronic resource]. – URL:

https://itunes.apple.com/us/app/parkinson-mpower-study-app/id972191200?mt=83. CloudUPDRS apk [electronic resource]. – URL:

https://www.apkmonk.com/app/uk.ac.bbk.dcs.cloudupdrs/4. Cupid Project [electronic resource]. – URL: http://www.cupid-project.eu/5. iTrem application for diagnosing Parkinson's disease [electronic resource]. – URL:

http://www.softforfree.com/mobile-news/26474.html6. Google Glass will help people with Parkinson's disease [electronic resource]. – URL:

https://hi-news.ru/research-development/google-glass-pomozhet-lyudyam-s-boleznyu-parkinsona.html

Strekalev V.O.1ADAPTIVE IMMERSIVE VIRTUAL REALITY

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser - V.V. Gribova1

Scientific consultant: I.N. Lazareva2

At present, the technologies of cognitive interaction with the use of virtual reality are beingactively developed and applied, which makes it possible to monitor, measure, record and analyzethe person’s psychophysiological indicators depending on the degree of impact of various virtualscenes on humans.

The developed models, methods and adaptive-immersive software and hardware complexof cognitive analysis and management based on biofeedback technology with the possibility ofreverse interaction allow the problems of psychological and psychophysiological diagnosis,training, prevention and rehabilitation to be solved. These methods and models are aimed atoptimizing the physical and psychological conditions and ensuring professional reliability.

Methods and approaches of virtual reality control determine the main possibilities ofimpact on the environment, depending on the data from external equipment (integration andinterpretation of biofeedback).

The major approach is the integration of psychophysiological equipment into the virtualreality system and their full synchronization. Looking at the technology stack, we can distinguishvirtual reality, biofeedback and neurostimulation. A specific feature is the ability to produceadaptive modeling of consciousness through visualization of the artificial environment with thepossibility of interaction and adjustment of the virtual environment to the psychophysiologicalstate.

The implementation of virtual reality is presented in a classical way and enables to generateconstructive dynamic environment based on biofeedback data. The program block of work with


135

the medical equipment determines the ways of work with the equipment on the basis of thedeveloped Protocol acting as the hub of input information streams. The block of cognitivemodeling determines the calculation of the level of interaction and correction ofpsychophysiological human’s state. The program block of work with the experimental equipmentrepresents the work with neurostimulation and application of the cognitive map based on theresults of the stage of cognitive modeling.

References1. Averbukh N. Century. Psychological aspects of the phenomenon of presence in the

virtual environment // Questions of psychology. 2010. No. 5. P. 105-1132. Voyskunsky AP, Menshikov G. Ya. On the use of virtual reality systems in psychology

// Moscow University Bulletin. Series 14. Psychology. 2008. No. 1. P. 22-363. Velichkovsky B. B. Opportunities for cognitive training as a means of correcting age-

related changes in cognitive control. Experimental Psychology. 2009. V. 2. No. 4. P. 67-91

Shelekhova A.A.DEVELOPMENT OF A SUBSYSTEM FOR FORMALIZATION ON THE RESULTS OF

OBJECTIVE EXAMINATION OF PATIENTSFar Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

Scientific adviser - E.A Shalfeeva

Digital clinical record (CR), or digital case-record is a set of medical records that containrecords of patient’s condition as well as treatment prescribed for him, which are processed and storedelectronically. In order to provide opportunities for intellectual analysis of digital clinical records,laboratory of intelligent systems (Institution of Russian Academy of Sciences Institute ofAutomation and control Processes) is developing cloud applications and tools for them. One of themis an editor for clinical records (CRs) and their archives, which allows to create structuredinformational bases and to work with them both through personal accounts and shared workspacesof IACPaaS platform. To expand the scope of working with informational databases, variousrecognition tools for text-based databases as well as for their structured integration into alreadyexisting archives and developed. Last year, a prototype of software service for parsing textualallergic history of patients and its further integration into the corresponding parts of structure wasdeveloped.

Current task is to process description of objective examinations of patients. To achieve this,it is planned to create a software application based on two subsystems:

1. The subsystem for processing fragments of clinical records with details on objectiveexaminations of patients, which would select necessary information on condition ofpatient’s internal organs, as well as patients height and weight (for further structuring);

2. The subsystem for integrating procced information in given patient database intoIACPaaS platform database archive.

Since there are various solutions for recognizing the meaning (processing) of naturallanguage texts, it was decided to use one of the application designed for such tasks in the secondpart of the work. An evaluation and comparison of several of these software applications was held.


136

It is planned to use IACPaaS technology in development of the second subsystem. Thistechnology is based on a set of interacting factors, which perform separate functions, usuallyassociated with processing informational resources stored on the platform.

Informational resource of the platform, which holds structured description of objectiveexamination of patients, is the result of development of this software service. It is displayed onIACPaaS platform in a hierarchical form (see figures 1, 2).

Fig. 1. An example of a fragment of structured general examination using IACPaaS platform

Fig. 2. An example of structured examination of internal organs using IACPaaS platform

References1. Rubaylo, A. E. Software applications for extracting information from texts in

natural language / A. E. Rubaylo, M. Y. Kosenko [Online resource]: 2016. – URL:http://gramota.net/materials/1/2016/12/23.html


137

2. Gribova V.V., Kleshev A.S., Krilov D.A., Moskalenko F.M., Timchenko V.A.,Shalfeeva E. A. Basic technology of intellectual services development on IACPaaS cloudplatform. Part 1. Development of databases and task solvers // Software engineering. 2015. —№12. — P. 3-11

Shulenina A.V.1ESTIMATION OF MARINE TRAFFIC SAFETY


Scientific adviser – V. M. Grinyak1

Scientific consultant – E.Ya. Gorodeckaya2

Navigation traffic safety is a topical problem. The movement of sea transport has its ownindustry specifics. In navigation practice, each navigation situation is unique in its own way anddepends on many factors such as: the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea(COLREG), rules of navigation on a specific water area, the state of the aquatic environment(waves, flow), weather conditions, the nature of movement of other vessels in the water area, etc.The shipmaster is primarily responsible for the safety of the vessel’s movement; he must be ableto select the appropriate course for the movement or maneuver based on the current situation inthe water area, taking into account its specificity. This decision is made in conditions ofuncertainty: the shipmaster has both permitted (safe) possible values of speed and course, andprohibited (leading to dangerous convergence) in conditions of collective movement. The ratio ofprohibited and permitted speeds and courses of movement of the vessel can serve as an indicator(metric) of the emotional load on the shipmaster when making a decision. To solve this problem,it is necessary to determine the points of dangerous convergence for each possible value of speedand course, to assess the characteristic values of the ratio of dangerous values of speeds andcourses to safe values at each point of the water area and make a convenient visual interpretationof the results. In general, this presentation will provide an opportunity to assess the existing schemeof ship traffic, taking into account the emotional load on the shipmasters associated with the degreeof complexity of decision-making.

The task of assessing dangerous situations and the degree of complexity of decision-making by shipmasters are considered on the basis of a retrospective analysis of the movement ofvessels. The source data for the analysis are the navigation data of ships provided by the Automaticidentification system (AIS) and available on open Internet resources [1].

Traffic data are a set of records of the following form:

(1)where SID is the vessel identifier; LON - longitude; LAT - geographical latitude; V -

movement speed; K - course; AGE - the age of the data, which determines the actual time to whichthese data correspond; TIME - data arrival time.

If it is required to carry out modeling of ship movement in the local water area, thedimensions of which do not exceed hundreds of kilometers, it is expedient to convert thegeographical coordinates of the vessel into local rectangular coordinates, described in [2].


138

Considering the “ship-to-ship” task in rectangular coordinates for each pair of vessels inthe water area, the data on the state of the vessels at the moment of the shortest approach arecalculated. These data are characterized by multiplicity. It is worth emphasizing that for each pairof vessels we will have different data sets, obtained based on set (1) with different values of TIME:

(2)where x1(tCPA), y1(tCPA), x2(tCPA), y2(tCPA) are the coordinates of the first and second vessels

at time t; tCPA is the time of the shortest approach of vessels. The value of rCPA, correlated with thegeometric dimensions of ships, characterizes the degree of danger of the situation at the time ofthe shortest approach.

According to (2) for each vessel, it is possible to create a diagram of dangerous and safevalues of speed and course. This diagram is created using the method described in [3].

The characteristic values of the ratio of dangerous speeds and courses to safe speeds andcourses in a particular point of the water area can be estimated on the basis of retrospective dataon the movement of ships. This problem can be solved using the methods described above. Figures1 and 2 show the results of calculations in the waters of the Sangar Strait and the port of Busan.The red color indicates the sectors of the water area with the highest degree of decision-makingcomplexity (more than 80% of courses and speeds are dangerous), green color – with the leastdegree (dangerous courses and speeds up to 50%), yellow color – with an average (from 50-80%of dangerous courses and speeds).

Fig. 1. Results of calculations in the Sangar Strait

Figures 1 and 2 show that the areas adjacent to seaports are the most difficult forshipmaster, as was expected (red zones Fig. 1 and 2). The results of the calculations in the SangarStrait also show a high-risk zone of the section with ship traffic crossing "West-East" and "North-South" (yellow section in the center of the Strait).

The obtained results of calculations and modeling allow an adequate representation of thedegree of danger of movement in different sectors of marine areas be formed, taking into accountthe degree of complexity of decision-making. The ratio of dangerous and safe courses and speedsis a convenient metric to assess the emotional stress of the shipmasters [3].


139

Fig. 2. Results of calculations in the water area adjacent to the port of Busan

References1. MarineTraffic [Electronic source]. – URL: http://www.marinetraffic.com2. Grinyak V. M. Assessment of the danger of traffic in the sea area according to the

automatic identification system / V. M. Grinyak, A. S. Devyatisilny, V. I. Lyulko // Bulletin of theState University of Maritime and river fleet named after Admiral S. O. Makarov. — 2017. — Vol.9. — № 4. — P. 681-690

3. Grinyak V. M. Assessment and presentation of the parameters of safe movementof the vessel / V. M. Grinyak, M. V. Trofimov, V. I. Lyulko // Bulletin of the State University ofMaritime and river fleet named after Admiral S. O. Makarov. — 2016. — № 4. — P. 51-61

Tartynskikh P.S.SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT FOR MARINE MAMMALS RESEARCH. HUMPBACK

WHALE TAIL FIN PHOTO RECOGNITIONFar Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

Scientific adviser – I. L. ArtemievaScientific consultant – R.P. Los

Nowadays, biologists put a lot of efforts in monitoring the whale population and migration.So, they collect photos of the whales' tails, because whale's tail is like a human fingerprint. Someindividuals are very easy to recognize — they are so different from the rest. But more oftenbiologists have to refer to a special catalog of whales. This is a database of photos and detailedimages of the lower sides of the tail fins of humpback whales. Scientists manually match eachobtained photo to photos from the catalog. It takes a lot of time to compare; also, people can makemistakes, because there are duplicate photos of the same whale under different code names in thecatalog.

The method of the photo identification of cetaceans by natural and acquired marks on thebody is the main noninvasive method of studying these species. Scientists from different countriesand from different research groups make their catalogues of that photos. Such catalogues are sortof animal passports. By using the photo identification, you can get information about the


140

distribution of the population, monitor the number of individuals in the population and learn theperiods and ways of migration. It provides information about the dynamics of the population, itsdemographic characteristics, social structure and the life of individual animals. When it is possibleto take a picture of a mother-baby pair you can trace family ties, get information about the sex ofthe animal, find out about the age of reproduction and how often whales give birth to babies. As aresult, it also provides an opportunity to assess the condition and health of the population. It isalmost impossible to obtain such information any other way. There are no automated apps for thecatalog photo comparison.

The identification system is considered to include the following subsystems:1. The subsystem of humpback whale tail fin photo recognition;2. The subsystem of trimming tail fin photos;3. The subsystem of whale identification;This article discusses the first subsystem.There are several methods for solving the problem:1. Usage of color filters [5];2. Isolation and analysis of contours [1];3. Comparison with the template [2];4. Selection of special points [3];5. Usage of the convolutional neural network [4].The most optimal method is the last one. The main advantage of a neural network is a large

generalizing ability. The position of animals and the state of the sea in the photos are alwaysdifferent. The spots and marks on the whales' tail fins are also individual. A properly trainednetwork is able to correctly determine the presence or absence of the desired shape in the image.

An additional advantage of choosing this method is the fact that there are libraries forcreating training models that can be integrated directly into a mobile application. Therefore, theimage recognition of the tail fin will quickly occur directly on the device and will not require anactive Internet connection to communicate with the server.

References1. Basic image processing methods. [Electronic source]. – URL:

http://mechanoid.kiev.ua/cv-base.html2. Introduction to computer vision. Lecture 3. Simple methods of image analysis.

Pattern matching. [Electronic source]. – URL: https://www.lektorium.tv/lecture/135393. Introduction to computer vision. Lecture 5. Local features. [Electronic source]. –

URL: https://www.lektorium.tv/lecture/135414. Golovko, V.A. Neural networks: training, organization and usage/ V.A. Golovko,

A.I. Galushkina. – M., 20015. Video processing: object detection based on color filters. [Electronic source]. –

URL: http://mechanoid.kiev.ua/cv-detector-color.html


141

Trofimova O.N. 1

DIFFUSION APPROXIMATION FOR COLLIMATED LASER RADIATION1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Institute of Applied Mathematics, Vladivostok, RussiaScientific adviser – A.E. Kovtanyuk1

Scientific consultant – I.V. Prokhorov2

Radiation transfer theory finds its broad application in many natural science fields, includingbiology and medicine. Mathematical modeling of the interaction of laser radiation with biologicaltissue is important for estimating the effectiveness of laser thermotherapy of tumors. Nonstationaryradiation transfer equation describing passing the laser radiation through biological tissue boundedby domain is sufficiently complete and adequate model [1]:1 ( , , ) + ⋅ ∇ ( , , ) + ( + ) ( , , ) =

4 ( , ⋅ , ) ( , , ) . (1)Here ( , , ) is the intensity of radiation at the point ∈ and in the direction ∈ Ω, Ω is

the unit sphere, the absorption coefficient, the scattering coefficient, is the velocity of light,the phase function of scattering.

At the boundary Γ of the domain , we set the following boundary condition for equation(1): ( , , ) = ( )ℎ( , , ), ∈ Γ, ⋅ < 0, (2)

and initial condition: ( , , 0) = ( , ), (3)

where is the outward normal, is a delta-function, ℎ, are given functions.Solving the initial-boundary value problem for the radiation transfer equation is quite

complicated and requires considerable resources for numerical realization. In the current work, acomputational algorithm for solving the initial-boundary value problem (1)-(3), based on thediffusion approximation, is constructed and implemented. The numerical experiments of calculationof the intensity distribution in the domain in case of pulsed laser radiance are conducted.

References1. Anikonov D.S., Kovtanyuk A.E., Prokhorov I.V., Using transport equation in

tomography. M.: Logos, 2000. 224 p.


142

Vinichenko I. A.1DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFTWARE COMPLEX FOR CARRYING VIRTUAL

LABORATORY WORKS ON CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences,

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - I. L. Artemieva1

Scientific adviser – V. A. Reutov1

Scientific consultant – I. F. Veremeeva2

In current chemical technology, dynamic models play an increasing role. Researchers areincreasingly in need of building dynamic models to formalize ideas about the object, to obtainqualitative and quantitative predictions of the behavior of the systems under study in variousconditions. A real experiment on various systems that are studied by modern science often has along duration, can be costly, dangerous, or simply impossible [1]. At the same time, a computationalexperiment allows you to conduct research faster, safer and cheaper. In this regard, there is a needfor an environment that allows for computational experiments. Such an environment can serve as avirtual computational laboratory of mathematical modeling of technological processes, designed tosimulate chemical experiments.

The goal of this work was to analyze the existing software systems that allow carrying outmathematical modeling in the subject area «chemical technology» and providing the remote userinteraction with the mathematical models of the objects under study.

In work [2] described the currently existing types of architectures of virtual laboratoriesoperating using the Internet. The most significant of them are two technologies. The first technologyis to implement the studied models in the form of applications that the user loads when visiting aspecific URL [3]. The studied model is stored on the client side, while the program is executed onthe side of the researcher’s computer. An example of this technology is Java technology. Anotherapproach is based on client-server architecture. With this approach, some modules are stored on theclient side and others on the server side. Information transfer in this case is carried out using variousnetwork mechanisms.

The virtual laboratories realized at the moment, solving problems in the field of chemicaltechnology, were considered. The following is a brief description of the most significant of them. Inwork [4] a Web application was developed in the form of a virtual laboratory aimed at solving awide range of tasks in the natural sciences. For adaptation in the Web-laboratory of already writtenprograms in C ++, JavaNativeInterface technology was used - a standard mechanism for runningcode under the control of a Java virtual machine, which is written in C / C ++ languages and arrangedin the form of dynamic libraries [4]. Today, the virtual laboratory consists of a single section“Oxidative regeneration”, which is a separate Web page with a user-friendly interface, and adatabase of kinetic studies. The virtual lab implements the Model-view-controller design pattern.

The software product developed by the scientific group [5] allows simulating real heatexchange processes on the example of dichloroethane cooling. The development was carried outin the programming environment Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0. It includes: modeling the process ofcooling dichloroethane; 2D model of the object; technological calculator that allows you todetermine all the main parameters of the heat exchanger: mass flow rate of water, heat load, annuluscross section, etc.; calculation execution example; task options and general information.


143

In work [6] a software package was developed that allows modeling real industrial objectsof the chemical and petrochemical industries. The program consists of as close as possible to real-world dynamic models of chemical technology processes, an automated process control system, aswell as an emergency control system for automatic protection. The program was created usingmodern 3D graphics.

As a result of the analysis, the concept of a virtual laboratory was formed, and therequirements for its composition were determined. The main requirements are: ensuring the transferof task parameters through global and local networks without losing information with a user-friendlyvisualization of the results of solving the problem; providing the opportunity to increase thefunctionality of the system; providing the possibility of building dynamic links between objects inthe system and dynamic comparison of arbitrary properties with them, with subsequent analysis ofthe state of the system according to these criteria; provide the ability to connect various modules inaddition to standard ones; providing the possibility of interpreting and discussing the results obtainedonline. Based on the analysis, it was revealed that the overwhelming majority of existing systemshave a significant drawback, they work offline and do not use the knowledge base in the field ofchemistry. Thus, the creation of a knowledge-based virtual computing laboratory of mathematicalmodeling of technological processes, designed to simulate chemical experiments, is an importantscientific task.

References1. Hartman, T. N. Basics of computer modeling of chemical-technological processes

/ T. N. Hartman, D. V Klushin, - Moscow: Akademkniga, 2008. - 415 p.2. Ambikairajan, Е. Evalution of a virtual teaching laboratory for signal processing

education / E. Ambikairajan, J. Epps, M. Sheng, B. Celler // Proc. IEEE ICASSP. Sydney: 2003.- P. 757-760.

3. Kabassi, К. M. Using Web Services for Personalised Web-based Learning /K. Kabassi, M. Virvou // Educational Technology & Society. 2003. - №6 -ISSN 1436-4522 - P.61-71

4. Saifullina, L. V. Development of a complex of Web-programs for modeling theprocess of oxidative regeneration of catalysts / L. V. Saifullina // Scientific service on the Internet:search for new solutions Proceedings of the International Supercomputer Conference. - 2012. -P. 693-698

5. Modeling and calculation of heat exchange processes in technological equipment /V.D. Kondratieva, E.A. Shulaeva, N.S. Shulaev, I.V. Prakhov // Oil and Gas Business. - 2018. -V. 16, № 1. – P. 78-84

6. Khomenko, A. A. Realistic 3D simulators of chemical-technological installations /A. A. Khomenko, A. R. Bikmurzin, E. Sh. Telyakov // Bulletin of Kazan TechnologicalUniversity. - 2012. - Vol. 15, No. 9. - P. 188-190


144

Zabluda E.V.DEVELOPMENT OF DOCTOR'S LOG APPLICATION

IN THE FIELD OF NEUROLOGYFar Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences


According to the WHO (World Health Organization) report for 2007, about one sixth ofthe world's population suffers from neurological diseases [1]. The coverage of such diseases isvery wide and the defining principles of the symptoms for each of them are individual. This listincludes Parkinson's syndrome. This neurodegenerative disease is the most common in the oldages. According to WHO, Parkinson's disease affects more than four million people worldwide.

In medicine, for keeping records of people with various diseases, there is a doctor's log.Unfortunately, in many medical institutions it is still presented only in paper form. However,gradually, with the advent of new technologies or their modernization, this data is beingtransferred to electronic media, databases, etc. [2]. Currently, many ideas are being developed andimplemented in the field of a patient’s story. But due to the unreliability and incompleteness ofthe projects, most of them do not even reach the test run. Such applications can be divided intotwo groups. The first are general, those are universal software applications which can be used invarious fields of medicine. The second are specialized, those are software applications designedto keep records of patients in a particular field of medicine. Such software tools make it possibleto simplify the work of doctors, and the field of neurology is one of those where these tools arebeing introduced [3]. Let us give some examples:

TableSoftware Application in Comparison

Applications Universality ICD10 Complaints

Registration of

patients

Dataexchange

Dental Simple Service [5] – – + + +Bronchoscopy 2.0 [6] – – – + –Gastroscopy 2.0 [7] – – – + –The registration of patients [8] + – + + –Journal of patients [9] + – + + –S.O.P.O.R. [10] + + + + –Doctor's diary [11] + + + + –

It follows from the table that not all software applications have a full set of functions. Theregistration of patients is available to all software applications. Only two applications support thedata or document exchange function, which allows you to quickly communicate the necessaryinformation to the doctor or a patient. Universality, that is the possibility of using the applicationin a wide range of medical research and record keeping, is available in five out of eight. Theremaining three applications are narrowly focused. The presence of international classification ofdiseases is observed in only three applications. The patient's complaints, an important aspect ofdiagnosis, are not present in two applications. Thus, it can be concluded that only three items ofthe mentioned can be used in various fields of medicine. Among the programs presented above,no program dealing with people suffering from Parkinson's syndrome has been found. Universalprograms do not have enough tools for this kind of disease. Therefore, none of these software


145

applications is not able to accommodate all the necessary indicators and facilitate proper andconvenient work with them.

Solving such problems requires a focused application that will systematize and simplifythe work with patients suffering from Parkinson's disease. Such a tool should include a webapplication for a physician and a mobile application for patients and accompanying persons. Theweb application should provide the doctor with a personal account from which he can monitor thestatus of each patient, see the database of all his patients and statistics on them, make prescriptions,edit plans, questionnaires, scales, and be able to quickly communicate with the patient.

At present, the project team of programmers of the Far Eastern Federal University (Schoolof Natural Sciences) is developing Parkinsoft application software with the specified functionality.It is designed according to the client-server architecture. Subsystem “Doctor's Journal” includesthe following functions:

• Viewing the dynamics of the disease. This function analyzes all the scales andquestionnaires, the tests taken by the patient and the accompanying person during the whole timeof observation which allows to display the overall dynamics of the disease during the time chosenby the doctor.

• Viewing and editing the patient's personal file. It contains all the necessaryinformation about the patient and the accompanying person, namely: name, sex, age, phonenumber, date of the last and the nearest reception, history of visits, history of complaints,anamnesis. In addition to viewing, the doctor can edit some blocks of information about thepatient.

• Verification. The process of verification of the patient's account is carried out bysending the application by the patient from his mobile application. The application indicates thecurrent information about the patient. The verification request is sent to the doctor's personalOffice. All data are checked for accuracy and relevance and then confirmed or rejected by thedoctor. It is necessary to do so as to avoid situations with fake accounts and other emergency.

• Viewing and editing scales. It contains all the scales and questionnaires necessaryfor the diagnosis of Parkinson's disease, with the ability to edit them.

Referances1. Nearly 1 in 6 of world's population suffer from neurological disorders – UN report.

URL: https://news.un.org/en/story/2007/02/210312-nearly-1-6-worlds-population-suffer-neurological-disorders-un-report

2. GOST R 52636-2006. National standard of the Russian Federation. Electronicmedical history. URL: http://resortsoft.ru/publications/gost52636.html

3. Ibrahim Imam. “Which are the most useful neurological applications?” 2016. URL:https://theneurologylounge.com/2016/02/18/which-are-the-most-useful-neurological-applications/

4. News release WHO. 1998. URL: http://www.who.int/infpr-1998/en/pr98-71.html5. “Dental Simple Service”. URL: http://dental-ss.org.ua/6. “Bronchoscopy 2.0”. URL:

http://kazus.ru/programs/viewdownloaddetails/kz_0/lid_619.html7. “Gastroscopy 2.0”. URL:

http://kazus.ru/programs/viewdownloaddetails/kz_0/lid_6701.html8. “The registration of patients”. URL: http://prostoysoft.ru/PatientsCount.htm


146

9. “Journal of patients”. URL: http://www.webmedinfo.ru/zhurnal-pacientov.html10. “S.O.P.O.R.”. URL: http://www.cardioneurology.ru/s-o-p-o-r/11. Set of medical forms “Doctor's diary”. URL: http://www.webmedinfo.ru/komplekt-

medicinskix-form-dnevnik-vracha.html

Zotov S.S.1, Pavlinskaya V.Yu.1INTRUSION DETECTION BASED ON NEURAL NETWORKS


Scientific adviser – Yu.V.Dobrzhinsky1

Scientific consultant – I.F. Veremeeva2

Now, most technologies for estimating errors in remote servers and checking incomingtraffic are based on known threat models and take into account only deviations from the systemdefault values for intrusion detection. The main disadvantage of this approach is the impossibilityof determining compromise without additional analysis, which allows an attacker to gain accessusing 0-day vulnerabilities and remain in the system until manual security checks. In addition, itis necessary to consider the fact that any earlier considered safe system can be vulnerable. Theperfect example of this situation is the publication of hardware vulnerabilities Spectre CVE-2017-5753 and Meltdown CVE-2017-5754 which lean on speculative execution of reading instructionsfrom CPU memory without access rights.

Introducing neural networks is the most appropriate strategy for detecting intrusions.Additional modules let to unload a part of a system and are based on an analysis of behavioralmodels. All of this allows to cover a large class of threats.

Neural networks have a list of advantages for solving a problem of detecting intrusions [3]:1. Identification of regularities of behavior of a system for increase in protection;2. User and Entity Behavior Analytics;3. Self-improvement abilities for detecting unknown intrusions;4. Incomplete data analysis.System protection that includes neural network should be implemented on different levels

and executed by different systems like firewalls, IDS, IPS. For practical implementation thesefactors should be taken into consideration:

1. Implementation of the main core of the security system based on the rules and theinitial configuration of the system;

2. Choice of a required neural network function model based on experiments;3. Choice of security element of protected system with dynamically changing parameters

for allowing ability to integrate neural network outputs for changing security politics duringexecution of system.

Since neural network input data is represented as probabilities output data can be used asa prognosis.

Based on the fact that neural networks are able to improve their results through training,the output data can also be used to generate various information security threats.


147

At the moment there is a vast choice of neural network structures appropriate forimplementation of such systems. The type of a neural network is selected using system processingparameters.

Systems that work with incoming traffic are a great match for neural networks with directconnection because they have high speed and can be used for a wide range of tasks.

Introduction of neural networks in the field of information security will allow to organizemore flexible systems for detection of invasions in networks, the analysis of behavior of botnets,classification of malicious applications and also the analysis of behavior of users.

References1. M. Thottan, Ch. Ji, “Anomaly Detection in IP Networks” Journal of Network and

Systems Management: IEEE Transactions on signal processing, vol. 51, no. 8. New York:Springer, 2007. - P. 267 –283

2. M. Kebísek and P. Schreiber “The possibility of utilization of neural networks at thedata mining”, CO-MAT-TECH 2004: International Scientific Conference. Trnava, SlovakRepublic, 14-15 October 2004. ISBN 80-227-2117-4. - P. 589-595

3. G. Conti, A. Kulsoom, “Passive visual fingerprinting of network attack tools”,Proceedings of the 2004 ACM workshop on Visualization and data mining for computer securitytable of contents. Washington DC, USA: ACM,Washington DC, 2004. - P. 45-54


148

Section VPHYSICS

Balatskiy D.V.1,2

PECULIARITIES OF MAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF SPINNING RIBBONFeCu1Nb3Si13.5B8

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Institute of Chemistry Far Eastern Branch Russian Academy of Sciences IC FEB RAS

3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – G. S. Krainova1

Scientific consultant – E.V. Kravchenko3

Amorphous alloys based on metals from the group (Fe, Ni, Co) attract significant interestdue to their properties such as high saturation magnetization, high permeability, low coercivityand remagnetization losses. One of the most important properties of disordered systems is thepresence of a magnetic order [1]. Nanocrystalline alloy with the composition FeCu1Nb3Si13.5B8 isan object of investigation in this work. Figure 1 shows the temperature dependence of the relativemagnetization which allows to determine the characteristic temperatures: the Curie temperature,the crystallization temperature and the maximum temperature of magnetic ordering in thecrystalline state.

Fig. 1. Temperature dependence of therelative saturation magnetization of ribbon

FeCu1Nb3Si13.5B8

Fig. 2. XRD pattern of FeCu1Nb3Si13.5B8 meltspun ribbon

The amorphous and the crystalline state of the differently treated samples werecharacterized using XRD (figure 2) and MS (figure 3). Mössbauer spectra were collected intransmission geometry using the natural content of the 57Fe isotope in the samples. The γ-radiationwas produced by source of 57Co in Rh matrix. Both X-ray and Mössbauer spectra were collectedat room temperature.

Mossbauer spectra are typical spectra of ferromagnets, but with wide and overlapped lines,inherent in structurally disordered alloys. It has been discovered that structural relaxationprocesses during annealing of an amorphous ribbon take place in several stages, at first thestructure of amorphous ribbon transits into amorphous-nanocrystalline state and then completelycrystallizes. Additional absorption peaks appear in the Mössbauer spectra with an increase of thetemperature, which is characteristic of the crystallization stages of the amorphous state [2].


149

Fig. 3. Mössbauer spectra of FeCu1Nb3Si13.5B8 collected at room temperature for different annealingtemperatures at a time of 30 min

References1. Glezer A.M., Shurygina N.A. Amorphous-nanocrystalline alloys. –

M.:FIZMATLIT, 2013. – 450 p.2. Cao C.C., Wang Y.G., Zhu L., et al.– Scientific Reports 8:1243 (2018).

Begun A.M.1NON-HERMITIAN SCALAR FIELD THEORY

1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences2Far Eastern Federal University, School of Biomedicine

3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.V. Molochkov 2


The Hamiltonian H specifies the energy levels and time evolution of a quantum theory. Astandard axiom of quantum mechanics requires that H be Hermitian, because Hermiticityguarantees that the energy spectrum is real, and that time evolution is unitary. In our work we usean alternative formulation of quantum mechanics in which the mathematical axiom of Hermiticity(transpose + complex conjugate) is replaced by the physically transparent condition of space-timereflection (PT) symmetry. If H has an unbroken PT symmetry, then the spectrum is real, and alsoit has another symmetry represented by a linear operator C. In terms of C, one can construct atime-independent inner product with a positive-definite norm [1].

We consider a theory containing two complex scalar fields with the Lagrangian density:

in which the interaction potential Uint is PT symmetric. The free part of this Lagrangiandescribes the simplest scalar model that contains a non-Hermitian, but PT-symmetric mass term[2,3]. The corresponding Hamiltonian is invariant under the combined action of the P and Ttransformations. In order to study spontaneous symmetry breaking, we consider the Lagrangian(1) with


150

This Lagrangian gives the following equations of motion:

By solving these equations we can get values of field’s condensates and fields energy (Fig.1,Fig.2).

Thus, in this work on the example of scalar field theory we showed that condition of DiracHermiticity is not necessary. It is possible to describe natural processes by means of non-HermitianHamiltonians. We showed that the Hermiticity requirement may be replaced by the analogous, but


151

physically transparent condition of space-time reflection symmetry (PT-symmetry), withoutviolating any physical axioms of quantum mechanics. It means that we now can construct many newkinds of Hamiltonians that earlier would have been rejected as being unphysical because they violatethe axiom of Hermiticity.

References1. Bender C.M. Making sense of non-Hermitian Hamiltonians // Reports on Progress

in Physics. – 2007. – Volume 70. – №6.2. Millington P., Jean A., Seynaeve D. Symmetries and conservation laws in non-

Hermitian field theories // Phys. Rev. D – 2017. – Volume 96.3. Jean A., Ellis J., Millington P., Seynaeve D. Spontaneous symmetry breaking and

the Goldstone theorem in non-Hermitian field theories // Phys. Rev. D – 2018. – Volume 98.

Borodaenko J.M.1, Budnikova J.M.1MORPHOLOGICAL AND RADIATION PROPERTIES OF Fe3O4 AND Fe3O4/Ta2O5

PARTICLES1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – L. L. Afremov1


Scientific research of magnetic particles is intensive due to their extensive applications inmedicine as particles that can be manipulated and accumulated in desired regions via magneticallyguided delivery. This strategy is used for targeted drug delivery or for the delivery of magneticparticles to cancer tumors [1,2] for the purpose of the subsequent hyperthermia to enhance theeffect of radiation therapy due to scattering radiation by injected particles [3].

The objects of our research are magnetic particles Fe3O4 and Fe3O4/Ta2O5.The interest to tantalum oxide in cancer treatment is based on its radiopaque,

biocompatibility and low toxicity to healthy human's cells.Particle size and shape analysis (Fig. 1,2) and characteristic x-ray signal analysis (Fig. 4)

were conducted on the scanning electron microscope Hitachi S-4800. Also lognormal sizedistributions were constructed (Fig. 3).

The experimental results show that: the particles Fe3O4 have a spherical shape (3-5 µm insize), agglomerates are found (7-13 µm); the particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5 have an uneven surface, theshape is close to spherical (4-6 µm), agglomerates are found (11-16 µm).


152

a) b)Fig. 1. Particles Fe3O4

a) Particle of 5,45 µm; b) Particle agglomerate of 10 µm

a) b)Fig. 2. Particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5

a) Particle of 4,9 µm;; b) Particle agglomerate of 14,2 µm

a) b)Fig. 3. Lognormal size distributions for particles

a) Particles Fe3O4 ; б) Particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5

б)

б)

б)


153

a) b)Fig. 4. Characteristic X-ray spectrum for particles (Ga and As - chemical composition of the substrate)

a) Particles Fe3O4 ; б) Particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5

The main objective of the research is to explore the energy spectrum of photons passingthrough layers of particles Fe3O4 and Fe3O4/Ta2O5 with different concentrations. It was assumedthat the presence of tantalum in the particles would allow a more percentage of gamma quanta tobe reflected than magnetite particles, that makes possible to increase the effectiveness of radiationtherapy.

The particles were dissolved in a 0.9% NaCl solution, the spectra were measured withconcentrations of the particles: 6,4 mg/ml; 12,6 mg/ml; 25 mg/ml; 50 mg/ml. A gamma-spectrometer with a GEM-15P4 semiconductor detector and two 60Со gamma-radiation sourceswith a total activity of Bq ~ 2·105 were used. The measured spectra were processed by the methodsof mathematical statistics and smoothing.

In the spectra we analyzed the energy regions of the total absorption peaks of 60Соradiation, the annihilation peak of 511 keV, and the low energy region of 20-200 keV [4].

a) b)

Fig. 5. The annihilation peak of 511 keV with different concentrations of particles in solution;a) Particles Fe3O4 ; b) Particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5

As follows from fig. 5, the number of reflected gamma quanta is practically independentfrom the concentration of particles and their composition. Thus, the presence of tantalum inparticles did not lead to the expected result — the increase in the number of gamma quanta in thereflected radiation.

б)


154

References1. Alexis, F., Pridgen, E. M., Langer, R., Farokhzad, O. C. Drug delivery / F. Alexis,

E. M. Pridgen, R. Langer, O.C. Farokhzad // Springer Berlin Heidelberg. - 2010. – p. 55-86.2. Murthy, Shashi K. International journal of nanomedicine 2. - P.129-20073. Lukуanenko K.S. et al., Magnetic Radio Modifier Based on the Fe3O4/Ta2O5

Nanoparticles / K.S. Lukуanenko // Defect and Diffusion Forum. – 2018. - Vol. 386. - P. 156-160

4. Temchenko V.V. et al., "Study the Effect of Heavy Elements Nanoparticles in thePhotons Energy Spectrum in a Tissue-Equivalent Medium / V.V. Temchenko // Solid StatePhenomena. – 2017. - Vol. 265. - P. 428-433

Gerasimenyuk N.V.1DETECTION OF PHASE TRANSITION VIA NEURAL NETWORK


3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.V. Molochkov2


We discuss the possibility of machine learning approach for solving binary classificationproblems for restoring the phase of a physical system in the Ising model and SU(2) model fromlattice configurations [3]. To solve this problem, we generate data using the standard Monte Carloalgorithm. In this approach, the neural network knows nothing about the Hamiltonian of the systemor about the origin of the data. The result of neural network is the phase probability by which it ispossible to reconstruct the phase transition point in the model under study, which is in goodagreement with the theoretical value.

Deep machine learning is the process of constructing artificial neural networks aimed atunderstanding and extracting high-level ideas from big data, in our case lattice configurations [1].The realization of machine learning in the Ising model for phase detection implies a classicalapproach. This class of tasks is called supervised learning, it implies that during the training thetrue labels are already known, in our case this is the binary value of the phase, i.e. 1 or 0. In theIsing model, there are two phases ordered and disordered, one of the phase indicators in this modelis the average value of magnetization, based on its value, we determine the true labels for ournetwork as a binary vector (1,0) for the ordered phase and (0,1) for disordered. Values (1,0) and(0,1) can be interpreted as the probability of one of the phases.

Input configurations are a two-dimensional lattice 28x28 with a spin value of «1» or «-1»in each of its site. The training data is generated at two points β, 6000 configurations for β = 0.01and 6000 configurations for β = 5. Also, holdout data is generated for other values of β from 0.01to 5, where a phase transition will be predicted, but for the training we do not use this dataset. Weconstruct a network with one convolutional layer with 2 filters and a kernel size of 5x5 and a strideof 1x1. In the next step, the result is compressed by AveragePooling layer with kernel size 2x2,further the result is fed to the “flatten” layer and after that it enters to the dense layer of twoneurons, then to the output layer, after which the prediction phase is done. The results of 1 and 4


155

layers are calculated with the ReLu activation function. The final layer has a sigmoid activationfunction.

Neural network training implies minimizing the error function - binary cross-entropy.Minimization is achieved by optimizing the model parameters, we use the Adam method for this.The total number of configurations is 12,000, among which 20% are randomly chosen for modelverification. The learning process continues 100 epochs and the final value of binary cross-entropyis 6.7 • 10-7.

As mentioned above, we train the neural network at two points for β, then we predict thevalue of the phase at other points of β at those points where it has not been trained. Thus, we aretrying to understand whether our model can predict the phase transition point from unknown data.As a result, the constructed network has been able to sense the phase transition point, which meansthat the neural network has been able to built a function that can correctly approximate the data.

Also, this approach has been successfully applied to restore the phase structure in SU(2)theory [2,4], in which information about the phase transition is contained in the matrixmultiplication of the elements of the SU(2) group.

We believe that this method has a potential for its implementation in theories with anontrivial phase diagram or in theories, a phase diagram of which is unknown.

References1. LeCun Y., Bengio Y, G. Hilton G. Deep learning / Y. LeCun, Y. Bengio, G. Hilton

// Nature 521. - 2015. – P. 36-442. Shanahan P.E., Trewartha D., Detmold W. Machine learning action parameters in

lattice quantum chromodynamics / P. E. Shanahan, D. Trewartha, W. Detmold Phys. Rev. D97. -2018. - №9 – P.10-13

3. Wetzel S.J., Scherzer M. Machine Learning of Explicit Order Parameters: Fromthe Ising Model to SU(2) Lattice Gauge / S. J. Wetzel, M. Scherzer // Theory Phys. Rev. B96. –2017 - №18 – P. 18-25

Fig. 1. Network prediction for β = 0.01 to 5, in which the model was not trained.The red color is a phase transition point β = 2.3, obtained from the Monte Carlo data


156

4. Carrasquilla J., Melko R. Machine learning phases of matter / J. Carrasquilla, R.Melko // Nature Physics. - 2017. - №13 - P. 431

Grishmanovsky I.V.1STUDY OF MONOPOLE CORRELATIONS IN LATTICE COMPACTELECTRODYNAMICS WITH CASIMIR BOUNDARY CONDITIONS




The Casimir effect is an effect consisting in the manifestation of a non-trivial interactionof conducting uncharged bodies under existing quantum fluctuations in a vacuum. The simplestand most famous example of the Casimir effect is associated with the attraction of two neutralparallel plates in a vacuum. This effect is explained by a change in the oscillation spectrum ofvacuum fluctuations between the plates, which leads to the appearance of an attractive force.

One of the nonperturbative methods for studying the properties of gauge theories is thelattice regularization method, which consists in the discretization of space-time. This methodallows us to study gauge theories using computer calculations. For example, for the Casimirboundary conditions (the presence of conducting plates) using the lattice regularization methodsin classical U (1) electrodynamics the density of monopoles in the regions between the plates andout was calculated. It was shown that the density of monopoles between the plates significantlydecreases [1] (Fig. 1).

Fig. 1. Examples of two configurations of monopoles (the red dots) and antimonopoles (the blue dots) inthe space between the wires (the upper plots) and outside the wires (the lower plots) at strong coupling

regime (β = 1) and at large permittivity (ε = 59).

In this paper, the methods of lattice field theory were used to investigate the correlation ofmonopoles in the U (1) gauge theory with Casimir boundary conditions. The dependence of the


157

monopole-monopoly correlation on the distance between the monopoles was obtained for differentvalues of the calibration coupling constant b and the distance R between the plates. (Fig. 2).

The calculations showed that for certain values of b, a phase transition from the repulsionphase to the attraction phase is observed, which is due to the change in the probability of detectinga monopole-monopole pair at close distances.

I.V. Grishmanovsky is supported by the Grant No. MK-3495.2019.2 of the President of theRussian Federation for young researchers.

References1. Chernodub M.N., Goy V.A., Molochkov A.V. Nonperturbative Casimir effect and

monopoles: compact Abelian gauge theory in two spatial dimensions / M.N. Chernodub, V.A.Goy, A.V. Molochkov // Phys. Rev. D 95. – 2017. - no. 7, 074511

2. Chernodub M.N., Goy V.A., Molochkov A.V. Casimir effect and deconfinementphase transition / M.N. Chernodub, V.A. Goy, A.V. Molochkov // Phys. Rev. D 96. – 2017. - no.9, 094507

3. Chernodub M.N., Goy V.A., Molochkov A.V. Casimir effect on the lattice: U(1)gauge theory in two spatial dimensions / M. N. Chernodub, V. A. Goy, A. V. Molochkov // Phys.Rev. D 94. - 2016 no. 9, 094504

Kerdun Y.O. 1

THE OPTIMIZATION OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY OF BASKETBALL PLAYERSTHROUGH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY


Scientific adviser - T. N. Gnitetskaya1


The development of student sports, including basketball, involves the solution of the maintask: to ensure the mass character and competitiveness of student teams. In this regard, theUniversity trainers-teachers faced the problems of optimizing the training process and preparingbasketball players for competitive activities on the basis of information technology [2].

An indicator of the stability and quality of basketball players playing activity in unexpectedsituation is the level of physical abilities (coordination, speed, strength, agility and endurance).Therefore, a central problem and a necessary condition for improving the physical abilities of

Fig. 2. Dependence of monopole-monopoly correlation on the distance betweenmonopoles with b = 1.15; b = 1.18 and b = 1.40 and the value of R = 2


158

basketball players is integration of basic means of sports training based on information technology[1].

These days, there are different directions of information computer programs that can beused in basketball educational and training process, but their inclusion requires the creation ofspecial techniques, organizational, psychological, and pedagogical conditions and a system ofmonitoring the level of their formation [3]. Information technologies that we want to use in thetraining process in basketball will allow students to see what techniques and tactics are optimallyused directly in the game and in what situation it is advisable to use certain maneuvers. The useof multimedia in combination with traditional teaching methods will make the trainer-teacher'sexplanation and comments more vivid, memorable and make it possible to focus on the key points.

References1. Belkov, S.A. Introduction of information technologies in basketball/ S. A. Belkov, K.

A. Kondratyev, S. D. Mishneva, I. M. Simonov // Problems of development of physical cultureand sport in the new Millennium : proceedings of the IV international scientific-practicalconference, February 27, 2015, Ekaterinburg / ROS. state prof-PED. Univ. of Illinois –Ekaterinburg. - 2015. - P. 236-240

2. Galkin, A.R. Basketball as a means of development of motor abilities of students /Galkin A. R., Chernysheva I. V., Shlemova M. V., Egorycheva E. V., // Student scientific forum2015: VII international. stud. electron. science. Conf., 15 February. March 31, 2015, dir."Pedagogical Sciences" / Grew. Acad.natural science. M., 2015.- № 5 – 3

3. Petrov, P.K. Information technologies in physical culture and sports: Textbook forstudents of higher education / P. K. Petrov. – Moscow: EC Academy, 2013. – 288 p.

Korneev А.А.1CYLINDRICAL SYMMETRIC SOLUTIONS IN NONLINEAR SO (3) SIGMA MODEL


3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser – A.V. Molochkov 2


Our study deals with the nonlinear SO(3) sigma model [1] in 3+1 dimensions under theassumption of cylindrical symmetry of the solution. Such a model is useful for studying thedynamics of extended objects. The original Lagrangian has the following form:

(1)

where Lμ = ∂μU U†— Cartan's left current. Matrices U - are elements of the SU(2) group,expressed in terms of the pion field.

The Lagrangian of model defines a chiral-invariant theory. It is invariant under the globalSU(2)L × SU(2)R chiral transformation group. In particular, the Lagrangian is the first term of theSkyrme model [2].


159

The study is carried out in the following assumption for the configuration of a static axiallysymmetric chiral field F and isotopic vector N:

(2)

A similar assumption was first used in [3] and developed in [4] for solving the Skyrmemodel. “Kφ - ansatz” is also considered: an isotopic vector covers the circumference of the cylinderk times. To ensure the continuity of the vector N, it is required that the value of k be integer.

The equations of motion are solved analytically. The solution is a pair — soliton and anti-soliton. The topological charges of these solutions are + k and -k, respectively. Similar solutionshave already been investigated earlier, but only in two-dimensional space [5]. In the 3+1dimension, such solutions are considered for the first time.

A characteristic feature of this static solution is that these solutions, as well as the staticmass of solitons, turn out to be scale invariant. This invariance leads to the fact that the resultingobject is amorphous in diameter of the cylinder. In addition, in the stationary case, the object isnot stable along the length of the cylinder, which means that the configuration has the minimumenergy only when the length of the cylinder is equaled zero.

To eliminate this deficiency, the rotational degrees of freedom in the coordinate space areconsidered. Since the sigma model can be classified as a collective model, rotation is introducedusing the method of collective variables. Energy configuration, rotating in coordinate space, hasthe following form:

(3)

Thus, when rotating takes place in coordinate space, the length l (the length of the objectalong the z axis) stabilizes the configuration in question. The dependence of the energy E and theminimum length lmin on the empirical parameter a also appears. This parameter a is chosen fromthe physical considerations of the system under consideration.

We produce quantization of this model. The quantum-mechanical effective Hamiltonianwith rotational degrees of freedom is investigated. The analysis of the energy spectrum of thisHamiltonian shows that in the quantum case there is a minimum in the variable l. It is also observedthat the minimum energy values correspond to the maximum value of the third component of theangular momentum S3 = ± S. Moreover, the energy spectrum in the third component of the S3 spin,defined in the system associated with the body, has an “inverted” character.

Therefore, the object under studying will seek to obtain the maximum value of momentumS3 = ± S along the z axis, while simultaneously adjusting the length l along the z axis. Figure 1shows the energy spectrum.

The results of this work are going to be used for the qualitative description of the musclefibers (sarcomeres) of living organisms. We try to clarify contraction and stretching of muscles bydecreasing and increasing excitations on the spin.


160

References1. Gell-Mann, M. Lévy, M. Il Nuovo Cimento // May 1960. - Volume 16. - Issue 4.

- P. 705–7262. Skyrme T.H.R. // Proc. Roy. Soc. Vol. A260, pp. 127-138; Nucl. Phys. - 1962. -

Vol. 31. P. 556-5693. Weigel H., Schwesinger B., Holzwart G. // Phys. Lett., 1986, B168, P.3214. Nikolaev V.A., Tkachev O.G. Few - baryon systems in the SU(2) - Skyrme model.

- 1991, v.10. - P.171-1855. Belavin A.A., Polyakov A.M. Metastable states of two-dimensional isotropic

ferromagnets / A.A. Belavin, A.M. Polyakov // JETP. - 1975. - 22(10). - P. 503-506

Lyubimov S.D.1PREDICTION OF THE PHASE TRANSITION IN THE LATTICE GAUGE THEORY




Currently, there is a great interest in machine learning in the world and in the many waysthat machine learning algorithms are used. There are well-known examples: autopilot, robotics,camera smartphones, voice assistants from Google, Siri, Yandex, recognition of objects in video

Fig. 1. The E’S energy spectrum and the l’q lengths for different topological charges (k = 1,2,3)


161

or photos, price predictions, and so on. In science, machine learning methods are used to processlarge data: LHC, Hubble Space Telescope, the latest discovery of the black hole visualization.

Machine Learning (ML) is an extensive subsection of artificial intelligence that studiesmethods for constructing algorithms capable of learning.

Lattice QCD is a well-established non-perturbative approach which allows to conductnumerical simulation and calculate different observable in QCD.

In our research, we apply algorithms of Machine Learning for prediction of confinement– deconfinement phase classification. Our intention was to train ML model in SU(2) and use it toclassify phases in SU(3).

In training process we used data for a four-dimensional lattice with 8 sites in time directionand 16 in space one. Determination of phases can be done with Polyakov loop which is a goodorder parameter for Confinement – Deconfinement phase transition.

For this task, the neural network was used with 3-dimensional convolutional layers anddense layers. We converted data from 4 dimensional to 3-dimensional structure. Gridconfigurations of 16*16*16*8*6 were fed to the input, in total 196608 numbers for oneconfiguration. For answers, the values of the Polyakov loop for each configuration were used. Fortraining, 1000 configurations were used for each beta. A total of 21 beta values from 0.1 to 4.1 inincrements of 0.2.

For the test data we used 100 configurations for each beta, with a value from 0.2 to 4.0 inincrements of 0.2, which were not used for training.

Figure 1 shows the phase transition for the SU(2) lattice. It can be seen from the figure thatthe predicted phase corresponds to the value of beta 2.5, while according to Polyakov loop phasetransition occurs at beta = 2.6.

Fig.1. Dependence of Observables (Polyakov loop, predicted probability of Confinement phase) on betafor the SU(2) lattice 8*163. Green represents the prediction of the phase, Red represents the Polikov loop.


162

Further, we will use this model to predict the phase transition for the lattices of the SU(3)group.

References1. LeCun Y., Bengio Y., Hilton G. Deep learning / Y. LeCun, Y. Bengio, G. // Hilton

Nature. – 2015.- P. 436-442. Juan Carrasquilla, Roger G. Melko Machine learning phases of matter // Nature

Physics.- 2017.- volume 13. – P. 431

Lysenko D.M. 1

CULTIVATING CREATIVE REPRODUCING SKILLS OF RETELLING IN PRIMARYSCHOOL: INFORMATION MODEL


Scientific adviser – I.L. Artemieva1


One of the problems for schoolchildren is the ability to choose necessary information fromthe educational material and prepare a retelling of the content. This problem is more aggravatedin schoolchildren with mental retardation due to the slow pace of reading, difficulties inunderstanding the reading, limited vocabulary, reduced cognitive activity, limited representations,lack of understanding of the lexical meaning of words and phrases.

In the last decade of the twentieth century Russian researchers started to developpsychological and pedagogical approaches to the targeted, phased implementation of informationtechnologies as new effective measures to improve the learning process of children with particulareducational needs of preschool and school age [1].

With the advent of information and communication technologies and their activeintroduction into the system of modern education, there was a need not only in technical re-equipment of correctional schools, but in the creation of software pedagogical tools and methodsof their application in special didactics.

The aim of the research is to study the impact of information technology on the formationof creative rendering skills for children with mental retardation. To achieve this goal, it isnecessary to solve a number of problems, among which the two are of particular importance: 1) toconstruct an information graph model of the concept of "retelling" 2) to develop an informationmodel to form the skills of creative retelling for primary school children with mental retardation.

The purpose of this paper is to solve the first task of our study. Due to the analysis ofliterature there are several types of retelling classifications: narration on the basis of personalimpressions; retelling close to the text (detailed retelling); short transfer of the text content (shortretelling); selective retelling; creative retelling [2].

To teach each type of retelling, it is necessary to determine the necessary characteristics ofthese types, the criteria for the formation of relevant skills, a set of exercises, and show how thetraining criteria for teaching are achieved as outcome of pedagogic effort.


163

References1. Panchenko, T. V. Training to retelling of the text of the senior preschool children

with delay of mental development. / T. V. Panchenko // Social and humanitarian knowledge. -2007. - № 10. - P. 148-156

2. Gnitetskaya T.N. Graph Model of Interdisciplinary Links as a Tool to Optimize theContent of Physics and Mathematics Courses / T.N. Gnitetskaya // Procedia – Social andBehavioral Sciences. - 2013. - Volume 89. - P. 139-143

Pavlova J.K.1, Balatskiy D.V.1,2

MÖSSBAUER STUDIES OF CORE-SHELL PARTICLES Fe3O4/Ta2O51Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Institute of Chemistry Far Eastern Branch Russian Academy of Sciences IC FEB RAS3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – L.L. Afremov1


Magnetite crystal structure Fe3O4 is a spinel, where Fe3+ and Fe2+ ions can occupy bothtetrahedral A-positions and octahedral B-positions. Core-shell particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5 studied inthis work were obtained by the coprecipitation method.

Fig. 1. Mössbauer spectra core-shell particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5 collected at room temperature (a) andat temperature 93,1 К (b)

Mössbauer spectra were collected at room temperature and at temperature 93,1 К intransmission geometry using the natural content of the 57Fe isotope in the samples. The γ-radiationwas produced by source of 57Co in Rh matrix. The NGR spectrum measured at room temperaturedemonstrates the presence of wide and overlapping lines in the paramagnetic double and theabsence of a ferromagnetic component in spinel (figure 1 a). It can be assumed that iron is in anamorphous or in a superparamagnetic state. The NGR spectrum at Figure 1 (b) demonstrates thepresence of a ferromagnetic structure and decrease in the contribution of the paramagneticstructure. It is possible that the paramagnetic contribution will decrease with a further decrease intemperature, while the ferromagnetic contribution will increase [1]. Fitting results of Mössbauerspectra are shown in Table 1 and Table 2.


164

Table 1Fitting results of Mössbauer spectrum of core-shell particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5 collected at

room temperature (relative to sodium nitroprusside)IS, ±0.002 mm/s QS, ±0.005 mm/s Are, mm/s Wid, mm/s Relative area, %

0,605 0,697 0,081 0,878 100

Table 2Fitting results of Mössbauer spectrum of core-shell particles Fe3O4/Ta2O5 collected at

temperature 93,1 К (relative to α-Fe)IS, ±0.002 mm/s QS, ±0.005 mm/s H, ±0.3 T Are, mm/s Wid, mm/s Relative area, %

0,56 0 – 0,049 2,575 26,50,38 0,158 41,085 0,137 3,924 73,5

The value of the isomer shift is indicated by the presence in the sample of both Fe (II) inthe paramagnetic state in tetrahedral A-positions and Fe (III) in the ferromagnetic state inoctahedral B-positions [2]. The presence of tantalum oxide shell could not be determined.

References1. Estrader, M., López-Ortega Al., Golosovsky I.V. et al. – Origin of the large

dispersion of magnetic properties in nanostructured oxides: FexO/Fe3O4 nanoparticles as a casestudy / M. Estrader, Al. López-Ortega, I. V. Golosovsky // Nanoscale. - 2015. - № 7.– P. 3002

2. Menil F. Systematic trends of the 57-Fe Mossbauer isomer shift in (FeOn), and(FeFn) polyhedra / F. Menil // J Php. Chm. Solids. – 1985.- No. 7. Vol. 46.- P.763-789

Sobirov M.I.1, Sitnik M.A. 1

THERMOMAGNETIC AND HYSTERESIS CHARACTERISTICS OF Fe3O4 / Ta2O5NANOPARTICLES


Scientific adviser – L.L. Afremov1


Particles of iron oxides magnetite (Fe3O4) and maghemite (γ-Fe2O3) are a promisingmaterial for using them as magnetic storage media, as contrast enhancers for magnetic resonanceimaging and for magnetic hyperthermic therapy of malignant tumors [1–4] with targeted drugdelivery. One of the most urgent applications of core-shell nanoparticles based on iron oxides, forexample, coated with tantalum oxide, is oncology [5]. The interest in tantalum oxide in thetreatment of cancer is associated with its radiocontrast, biocompatibility, and non-toxicity withrespect to healthy cells.

In this paper, we studied the thermomagnetic and hysteresis characteristics of Fe3O4 /Ta2O5 particles.

The magnetic hysteresis loop and the hysteresis characteristics of the Fe3O4 / Ta2O5particle system were determined using a Lake Shore VSM 7400 magnetometer. The temperaturedependence of the saturation magnetization was measured on the basis of a vibration


165

magnetometer. Samples containing Fe3O4 / Ta2O5 particles (samples 4 and 6), as well as, forcomparison, samples 2, 3 and 5 with magnetite particles (Fe3O4) were investigated.

The results of measurements of the magnetic hysteresis loops of samples 5 and 6 arepresented in Fig. 1.

-15000 -10000 -5000 0 5000 10000 15000

-1

0

1

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30

-0,004

-0,002

0,000

0,002

0,004m

(nor

mal

ized)

H(Oe)

6(Fe3O4/Ta2O5) 5(Fe3O4)

m(n

orm

alize

d)

H(Oe)

Fig. 1. Magnetic hysteresis loop of Fe3O4 particles (sample No. 5), Fe3O4 / Ta2O5 (sample No.6). The inset shows hysteresis loops in the field of small fields.

The coercive force and the ratio of the residual magnetic moment to the magnetic

moment of saturation were determined from the hysteresis loops. The measurement resultsare shown in table 1.

Table 1The values of the coercive force and the ratio of the residual magnetic moment to the

magnetic moment of saturation of the particles Fe3O4 and Fe3O4 / Ta2O5.

Samplenumber

composition , Oe

2 Fe3O4 16,5 0,00293 Fe3O4 7,7 0,00254 Fe3O4/Ta2O5 6,05 0,00365 Fe3O4 1,92 0,00226 Fe3O4/Ta2O5 11,05 0,0057

The presented values of the hysteresis characteristics turned out to be significantly lowerthan magnetite ( Oe,

By virtue of smallness presented in fig. 2 FORC diagram [6] of particles cannot get anunambiguous interpretation.


166

Fig. 2. FORC diagram of Fe3O4, Fe3O4 / Ta2O5 particles

Myossbauer studies showed that at room temperature, Fe3O4 and Fe3O4 / Ta2O5 particlesare in a paramagnetic and / or superparamagnetic state, and therefore they cannot have a stableFORC diagram.

The results of measurements of the saturation magnetization dependence on thetemperature of the 6th sample are presented in Fig. 3

Fig. 3. The thermal curve of Fe3O4 / Ta2O5 particles

The thermomagnetic curve does not coincide with the expected behavior of the magnetitecurve. The phase transition temperature of the samples under the study is 100–150 K below thecorresponding magnetite temperature.

Conclusion:Our studies have shown that the claimed magnetic particles are not magnetite.


167

References1. Sinibaldi, Ed. Magnetic nanofilms for biomedical applications / Ed. Sinibaldi //

Journal of Nanotechnology in Engineering and Medicine. – 2010. - №1.2 : 021008.2. Pankhurst, Q. A. Progress in applications of magnetic nanoparticles in biomedicine

/ Q.A. Pankhurst // Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics. - 2009. : 224001.3. Laurent, S. et al. Magnetic fluid hyperthermia: focus on superparamagnetic iron

oxide nanoparticles / S. Laurent // Advances in colloid and interface science. – 2011. -№ 166.1-P. 8-23

4. Alexis, F. et al. Nanoparticle technologies for cancer therapy. Drug delivery / F.Alexis // Springer Berlin Heidelberg. - 2010. - P. 55-86

5. Pike, C.R., Roberts, A.P., Verosub, K.L. Characterizing interactions in finemagnetic particle systems using first order reversal curves / C.R. Pike, A.P. Roberts, K.L. Verosub// J. Appl. Phys. – 1999. - №85. – P. 6660–6667

Sorokin M. 1, Petrov P. 2

MODELLING OF SOUND PROPAGATION IN COMPLICATED SHALLOW1 Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2V.I. Ilyichov Pacific Oceanological Institute, FEB RAS3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific advisor – P.S. Petrov2


Modeling of sound propagation in complicated shallow-to-deep water scenarios is animportant problem in many applications of underwater acoustics, including noisemonitoring/mitigation, acoustical navigation and ranging, etc. In such problems the informationabout the bottom relief and sound speed distribution in the water column along acoustical tracksof hundreds of kilometers is required. In order to take horizontal refraction into account, one alsoneeds the information about the bottom relief in a stripe few tens of kilometers wide aligned alongthe track. Such information is seldom available from the direct measurements.

In our work a computational tool that combines parabolic equation (PE) model with thecode for retrieving the bathymetry and hydrology data from open databases available on theinternet is designed. The coordinates of the source and the receiver are used as an input, and thebathymetry along the respective acoustical track is extracted from GEBCO, ETOPO or SRTMdata sets. Hydrological data is retrieved either from measurements databased or from variousocean circulation models. After that the computation of acoustical field for given frequency isaccomplished by means of RAM/RAMs [1], [2] PE-based propagation model. The resulting soundfield (real and imaginary parts of complex acoustic pressure) is written into binary file and can beused for further analysis.

The application of the developed tool in the problems of acoustical navigation is discussed.References

1. Collins, M.D., A split-step Pad´e solution for the parabolic equation method //JASA. – 1993. - vol. 93. - P.1736-1742.

2. Jensen, F.B., Porter, M.B., Kuperman, W.A., Schmidt, H. Computational oceanacoustics. - Springer, 2011. – 794 p.


168

Tanashkin A.S.1

STATISTICAL POTTS MODEL WITH NONLOCAL INTERACTION1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2National Research Center Kurchatov Institute, Institute of Theoretical and Experimental Physics3Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International Studies

Scientific adviser – V.I. Shevchenko1,2


Statistical models are a powerful tool for investigation of complex system behavior. Mostof the models considered in the literature are defined on a regular lattice with the nearest neighborinteraction. The best known are the Ising model and its generalizations like the Potts models family[1]. The Hamiltonian of systems described by this kind of models is defined like

(1)

where variables σi – “spins” – take the values in some discrete set S, while the indices i, k,run over the lattice M. The kernel Jik encodes the “interaction strength” between sites i and k. Inthese types of models the interaction occurs only between neighboring sites. This fact puts arestriction on the number of sites which interact with a particular node on a lattice. This numberdepends on the geometry of the lattice. Thus, such models are characterized by the localinteraction.

The models with nonlocal interaction kernels were less studied. The example of such model– the nonlocal q-color Potts model on a random d = 2 lattice – has been investigated in our study.In this case only identical color spins at unit distance (within some margin δ) interact. Theinteraction kernel is given by

(2)

Assuming δ << R the interaction region can be thought of as a ring. For the regular latticethis means that the number of neighbors is the same for any spin. For a random lattice consider Nsites to be randomly distributed over a compact d-dimensional region with linear size L makingaverage site density to be ρ= N / Ld. Then the average number of each spin neighbors is given byρ ~ Rd-1δ. If each spin has at least one neighbor on the average, there will be ~ Rdρ >> 1noninteracting spins, which are closer to the chosen one than the neighbors it interacts with. Thisis a very important difference between models on regular and random lattices: interaction at thefixed (minimal) distance is the same thing as interaction with the nearest neighbors for the regularbut not for the random lattices.

An example of the hypothetical physical system which can be studied by this model is thegas of particles of several types where each particle is surrounded by the force ring of unit radiuswhich can be seen only to identical particles. The ground state of the system corresponds to stateat which there are no particles inside the unit ring of identical particles, so the energy of the systemis equal to zero. The introduction of nonlocal interaction creates a dynamics which could bedescribed as “pushing out from the ring”. According to the principle of minimum energy anyclosed system goes to the state with minimal possible energy, in this case it means minimizing thenumber of identical particles inside the ring of the particle. The goal is to find the minimal energystate of the system.


169

Beyond the area of standard problems in statistical physics the proposed model could beused for dealing with discrete version of combinatorial topology problem known as unit graphcoloring. In continuous limit the problem is known under the name of Erdos-Hadwiger-Nelsonproblem(EHN): what the minimal number of colors q is that one must use to color the Rd space insuch a way that any two points at unit distance don’t have the same color [2, 3, 5, 6]. Already ford = 2 an answer is unknown, there are only bottom [4] (q = 5) and top [7] (q = 7) boundaries.

The aim of our study was to improve this estimation. The Hamiltonian (1) with interactionkernel (2) on the line d = 1 and the plane d = 2 was analyzed. For this purpose numericalsimulations of the model were carried out using specially designed minimization algorithm andFEFU supercomputer’s Vostok 1 powers. The algorithm belongs to the family of greedyalgorithms, and it is characterized by the feature that the energy of the system at every followingstep is less or equal to the energy at previous step. The prominent clusterization (especially for q≤ 4) was observed on the base of color for every minimized configuration. The resulting patternswere described and classified. For small q’s up to 4 they are very interesting and symmetric. Forq = 5 and higher symmetries break. This fact highly complicates the analysis of EHN problem.The corresponding energy distributions were constructed. Minimized states with the mostsymmetry have the least energies. We were looking for some type of sharp gap between energylevels for successive q’s what could be a possible indication of finding the solution to the soughtproblem. Up to now we haven’t found direct signs of this but we continue our work in thisdirection.

References1. Beaudin, L. A review of the Potts Model: Its connection to the Tutte Polynomial

and its application to the complex expirements / L. Beaudin // Saint Michaels’s College. – 2012.2. Erdos, P. Some unsolved problems / P. Erdos // Publ.Math.Inst Hung. Acad. Sci. –

1961. – N. 6. – P. 221–2543. Erdos P. On a dimension of a graph / P. Erdos, F. Harary, W.T. Tutte//

Mathematica. – 1965. – N. 12. – P. 118–1224. de Grey Aubrey D.N.J. The chromatic number of the plane is at least 5. – 2018.

[Electronic source]. – Access: https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.023855. Guldan F. On a problem of coloring the real plane / F. Guldan // Mathematica

Bohemica. – 1991. – Vol. 116, N. 3. – P. 309–3186. Moser L. Solution to problem 10 / L. Moser, W. Moser // Canad. Math. Bull. – 1961.

– N. 4. – P. 187–1897. Soifer A. The mathematical coloring book: mathematics of coloring and the colcolor

life of its creators. / A. Soifer. – Springer. - 2008.


170

Vornovskikh A.A. 1

A NEW METHOD FOR CALCULATING THE RESIDUAL POROSITY OFTRANSPARENT MATERIALS


Scientific adviser – D. Yu. Kosyanov1


Microstructure analysis is an urgent issue in modern materials science. Functionalproperties of laser materials (single crystals, glasses, ceramics) are mostly governed by theirmicrostructure, particularly, by the residual porosity [3]. For example, laser efficiency of ceramicsamples is the same as for commercial single crystals and glasses if residual pore concentration isbelow 0.001 vol% [4]. At the same time, the ways to visualize such low residual porosity and toevaluate it carefully are still being developed [2]. A common way to solve it is to calculate thequantity and size of pores on the sample’s cross-section according to scanning electron microscopy(SEM), X-ray computed tomography (CT), focused ion beam tomography (FIB), laser scanningmicroscopy (LSM), optical microscopy data etc. However, authors do not pay special attention toexperimental data processing. The present work attempts to develop a method for evaluating poresize distribution in transparent material’s bulk using experimental measurements of pore sizesdetermined by the cross-section.

1-4 at% Nd3+:YAG laser ceramics were produced by reactive sintering with the use ofhigh purity commercial oxides and SiO2 aid according to [1]. Porosity of ceramics was studied byconfocal laser scanning microscopy on the device LSM 800 (ZEISS, Germany). To visualize bulkporosity, regions (“slices”) were merged into 3D images by using microscope software. Tocalculate pore size from the cross-section and their quantity, slices in the region were merged alongz axis and were represented in the xy plane. At the end, residual porosity was calculated for eachceramic sample according to the proposed original mathematical model.

Let’s consider the key moments of this model on the example of a layer of fairly highwidth L, through the center of which the slice of area S has been done. It is important to mentionthat pores of diameter D will be sliced if the distance h between the slice plane and the pore center≤ D/2. Thus, if n∙L∙S∙fDdD is a number of pores with size [D; D+dD] (where fD is a pore sizedistribution in the material’s bulk, n is the whole numeric pore concentration), then only D/L willbe sliced. Pores are assumed to be uniformly distributed. Thus, the density function fh=1/D for h∈ [-D/2; D/2]. Pore with diameter D at the distance h from the slice results in the circle withdiameter d, while 4h2+d2=D2. Therefore, the number of sliced pores sized [D; D+dD] and locatedat distance [h; h+dh] from the slice (i.e. with slice diameter [d; d-dd]) is (1):

(1)The experimental data are presented as a histogram of fd

i values. Consider fD as apiecewise-constant function we obtain for histogram of fD

j values (2), as well:

(2)


171

The calculations have been done according to the proposed method of using pore sizesections obtained by LSM. Additionally, the determined values have been compared with theresults of two other methods:

1) Direct porosity evaluation which assumes that actual pore size is equivalent (on cross-section). Under this assumption, total pore volume is calculated by the formula (3), where di is theequivalent diameter of a certain pore:

(3)2) Method proposed by W. Zhang et al. [6].1-4 at% Nd3+:YAG ceramics possess in-line optical transmittance coefficient of 82-80%

at the wavelength λ=1064 nm (figure 1a). Transparency of ceramics containing 2 at% is identicalto that of single crystal, but gradually decreases with the increase of activator concentration.Optical losses increase for the short wavelengths in the transmittance spectra of 3, 4 at%Nd3+:YAG samples due to scattering on submicron pores, segregation of silicon or neodymiumions.

The mean pore section sizes Deq., obtained from LSM, range in 160-190 nm for 1-3 at%Nd3+:YAG ceramics and increase to 286 nm for 4 at% sample. Some increase of mean pore sizefor 4 at% Nd3+:YAG occurs due to densification at slightly lower density. Calculated residualporosity values of 1-4 at% Nd3+:YAG ceramics lie within the range 0.0009÷0.0112 vol% (figure1b). Since most of equivalent diameters are smaller than real ones, porosity values calculated bythe formula (3) will be always smaller (i.e., real porosity will be higher). Porosity calculations bymethod of W. Zhang et al. [6] do not assume that sections of equal size can correspond to poresof various diameter. That is why discrepancy in porosity values by [6] increases for samples withhigher value of pores and/or variance of their sizes (figure 1b).

(a) (b)Fig. 1. Optical transmission spectra of sintered Nd3+:YAG laser ceramics (a), their residual

porosity values (b)

Acknowledgments: This work was supported by the Russian Science Foundation (ProjectNo. 18-73-00145).

References1. Kosyanov, D.Yu. Effect of Nd3+ ions on phase transformations and microstructure

of 0-4 at.% Nd3+:Y3Al5O12 transparent ceramics / D.Yu. Kosyanov, R.P. Yavetskiy, V.N. Baumer,Yu.L. Kopylov, V.B. Kravchenko, I.O. Vorona, A.I. Cherednichenko, V.I. Vovna,A.V. Tolmachev // Journal of Alloys and Compounds. – 2016. – V. 686. – P. 526-532


172

2. Messing, G.L. Toward pore free ceramics / G.L. Messing, A.J. Stevenson //Science. – 2008. – V. 322. – №5900. – P. 383-384

3. Rice, R.W. The porosity dependence of physical properties of materials: a summaryreview // Key Engineering Materials. – 1996. – V. 115. – P. 1-20

4. Vorona, I. O. The effect of residual porosity on the optical properties ofY3Al5O12:Nd3+ laser ceramics / I.O. Vorona, R.P. Yavetskiy, O.L. Shpilinskaya,D.Yu. Kos’yanov, A.G. Doroshenko, S.V. Parkhomenko, A.V. Lopin, A.V. Tolmachev //Technical Physics Letters. – 2015. – V. 41. – №5. – P. 469-499

5. Yavetskiy, R.P. Microstructure evolution of SiO2, ZrO2-doped Y3Al5O12:Nd3+

ceramics obtained by reactive sintering / R.P. Yavetskiy, D.Yu. Kosyanov, A.G. Doroshenko,S.V. Parkhomenko, P.V. Mateychenko, I.O. Vorona, A.V. Tolmachev, A.V. Lopin,V.N. Baumer, V.L. Voznyy // Ceramics International. – 2015. – V. 41. – №9. – P. 11966-11974

6. Zhang, W. Assessment of light scattering by pores in Nd:YAG transparentceramics / W. Zhang, T. Lu, N. Wei, Y. Wang, B. Ma, F. Li, Z. Lu, J. Qi // Journal of Alloys andCompounds. – 2012. – V. 520. – №5. – P. 36-41

Zorina A.A. 1

PHYSICAL LAWS AS A MEANS OF MEMORING DANCE MOVEMENTS1Far Eastern Federal University, School of Natural Sciences

2Far Eastern Federal University, Oriental Institute School of Regional and International StudiesScientific adviser - T. N. Gnitetskaya1


People involved in dancing should know or, at least, be familiar with the basic physicallaws associated with the movement of the human body in order to try to protect themselves frompossible injuries. Therefore, to explain the technique of performing a dance element it is possibleto associate one of the physical laws of human body movement with the relevant dance movement.At this point, the person turns on thought processes.

Thinking is a mental process of modeling patterns of the world around on the basis ofaxiomatic provisions. Thinking allows to gain knowledge about such objects, properties, andrelations of the surrounding world, which cannot be directly perceived with the help of the firstsignal system.

Analyzing the relevant literature highlighted the main forms of thinking:Concept - the unity of essential properties, connections, and relations of objects or

phenomena displayed in thinking; a thought or a system of thoughts that distinguishes andgeneralizes objects of a certain class according to certain common and collectively specificfeatures for them;

Judgment is a form of thinking in which something is affirmed or denied about an object,its properties or relations between objects. Types of judgments and the relationship between themare studied in philosophical logic;

Inference - the thought process during which a new judgment, called a conclusion, or aconsequence is derived from one or several judgments, called premises.

Based on the work of Henri Poincaré, the classification of thinking was highlighted [2]:


173

- visual-effective thinking (A form of thinking that manipulates the subject sphere. It isavailable for children from their birth to one and a half years old);

- specifically objective thinking (Tasks are solved with the help of an existing, real object.Formation is at the age from 1.5 to 7 years old);

- visual-figurative thinking (It is carried out with the direct perception of the surroundingreality, the images are represented in short-term and operational memory. It dominates from 3years old to primary school age);

- abstract-logical thinking (Thinking abstractions - categories that are not in nature. Theystart forming from the age of 7).

Intellect is associated with thinking, which processes information from the outside world,and thinking is associated with activity because in its process a number of tasks are first solvedand then the mental project is put into practice. In addition, there is creative thinking.

Creativity is a thought process of free realization in the external world, incl. with the helpof tools, internal sensations of a person, which are of aesthetic value for him and others. We intendto base our research on four stages of creative thinking [3]:

1. Preparation - the formulation of the problem; attempts to solve it.2. Incubation - a temporary distraction from the task.3. Illumination - the emergence of an intuitive solution.4. Verification - testing and / or implementing a solution.From the physical laws, the laws of translational and rotational motions (associated with

rotation, acceleration, impulse, inertia, gravity, speed, center of mass), as well as friction force,elastic force, etc., are applicable to dancing. For example, momentum and inertia are inextricablylinked to each other. Any body movement begins with a pulse, like a sigh, and ends with inertia,like an exhalation. An example of a work movement is any wave of the arms, legs, heads; anyjumps are calculated by work. Also, the power calculation applies to the jumps. In such a danceelement as a fouette, and in any rotation, the laws of conservation of moment of force, moment ofimpulse and impulse of rotation are applied.

Two conclusions can be drawn from this. The first is that it is true that physical laws canbe used to explain dance movements since any physical law is applied in any body movement.

Secondly, in order to relate the dance movement and the physical formula or law thosewho are engaged in dancing need to know at least the basics of physics and understand this science.For those who are not familiar with physics, it will be meaningless to use the method ofmemorizing dance elements, because this person will have to do a double work and spend time onstudying science.

However, if there an opportunity to combine these two areas that would be an ideal way.References

1. Gnitetskaya T.N, Martynenko A.B., Plotnikov V.S., Chebotarev A.Yu.,Cherednichenko A.I., Belokon V.I., Ivanova E.B. Information and quantitative methods in theformation of the content of physical education. Methodological aspect / T.N. Gnitetskaya, A.B.Martynenko, V.S. Plotnikov, A.Yu. Chebotarev, A.I. Cherednichenko, V.I. Belokon, E.B. Ivanova// Philosophy of education № 1 (46) - 2013. - P.82-86

2. Poincare A. Mathematical creativity. - 1908 [Electronic source] - URL:http://www.bim-bad.ru/biblioteka/article_full.php?aid=1403

3. Wallace G. The art of thinking. - 1926 [Electronic source] - URL:https://monocler.ru/iskusstvo-myishleniya-grem-uolles-o-chetyiryoh-etapah-tvorchestva/

the 6th annual student scientific conference in english

Documents